11th Physics Chapter 6 Exercise Mechanical Properties of Solids Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 11 Physics Chapter 6

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Physics Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Mechanical Properties of Solids Class 11 Exercise Question Answers Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 11 Physics Chapter 6 Exercise Solutions Maharashtra Board

Physics Class 11 Chapter 6 Exercise Solutions 

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Change in dimensions is known as …………..
(A) deformation
(B) formation
(C) contraction
(D) strain.
Answer:
(A) deformation

Question 2.
The point on stress-strain curve at which strain begins to increase even without increase in stress is called…………
(A) elastic point
(B) yield point
(C) breaking point
(D) neck point
Answer:
(B) yield point

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 3.
Strain energy of a stretched wire is 18 × 10-3 J and strain energy per unit volume of the same wire and same cross section is 6 × 10-3 J/m3. Its volume will be………….
(A) 3cm3
(B) 3 m3
(C) 6 m3
(D) 6 cm3
Answer:
(B) 3 m3

Question 4.
……………. is the property of a material which enables it to resist plastic deformation.
(A) elasticity
(B) plasticity
(C) hardness
(D) ductility
Answer:
(C) hardness

Question 5.
The ability of a material to resist fracturing when a force is applied to it, is called……………
(A) toughness
(B) hardness
(C) elasticity
(D) plasticity.
Answer:
(A) toughness

2. Answer in one sentence:

Question 1.
Define elasticity.
Answer:
If a body regains its original shape and size after removal of the deforming force, it is called an elastic body and the property is called elasticity.

Question 2.
What do you mean by deformation?
Answer:
The change in shape or size or both of u body due to an external force is called deformation.

Question 3.
State the SI unit and dimensions of stress.
Answer:

  1. SI unit: N m-2 or pascal (Pa)
  2. Dimensions: [L-1M1T-2]

Question 4.
Define strain.
Answer:
Strain:

  1. Strain is defined as the ratio of change in dimensions of the body to its original dimensions.
    Strain = \(\frac{\text { change in dimensions }}{\text { original dimensions }}\)
  2. Types of strain:
    • Longitudinal strain,
    • Volume strain,
    • Shearing strain.

Question 5.
What is Young’s modulus of a rigid body?
Answer:
Young’s modulus (Y): It is the modulus of elasticity related to change in length of an object like a metal wire, rod, beam, etc., due to the applied deforming force.

Question 6.
Why bridges are unsafe after a very long use?
Answer:
A bridge during its use undergoes recurring stress depending upon the movement of vehicles on it. When bridge is used for long time, it loses its elastic strength and ultimately may collapse. Hence, the bridges are declared unsafe after long use.

Question 7.
How should be a force applied on a body to produce shearing stress?
Answer:
A tangential force which is parallel to the top and the bottom surface of the body should be applied to produce shearing stress.

Question 8.
State the conditions under which Hooke’s law holds good.
Answer:
Hooke’s Taw holds good only when a wire/body is loaded within its elastic limit.

Question 9.
Define Poisson’s ratio.
Answer:
Within elastic limit, the ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain is called the Poisson‘s ratio.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 10.
What is an elastomer?
Answer:
A material that can be elastically stretched to a larger value of strain is called an elastomer.

Question 11.
What do you mean by elastic hysteresis?
Answer:

  1. In case of some materials like vulcanized rubber, when the stress applied on a body decreases to zero, the strain does not return to zero immediately. The strain lags behind the stress. This lagging of strain behind the stress is called elastic hysteresis.
  2. Below figure shows the stress-strain curve for increasing and decreasing load. It encloses a loop. Area of loop gives the energy dissipated during deformation of a material.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 9

Question 12.
State the names of the hardest material and the softest material.
Answer:
Hardest material: Diamond
Softest material: Aluminium
[Note: Material with highest strength is steel whereas material with lowest strength is plasticine clay.]

Question 13.
Define friction.
Answer:
The property which resists the relative motion between two surfaces in contact is called friction.

Question 14.
Why force of static friction is known as ‘self-adjusting force?
Answer:
The force of static friction varies in accordance with applied force. Hence, it is called as self adjusting force.

Question 15.
Name two factors on which the coefficient of friction depends.
Answer:
Coefficient of friction depends upon:

  1. the materials of the surfaces in contact.
  2. the nature of the surfaces.

3. Answer in short:

Question 1.
Distinguish between elasticity and plasticity.
Answer:

No. Elasticity Plasticity
i. Body regains its original shape or size after removal of deforming force. Body does not regain its original shape or size after removal of deforming force.
ii. Restoring forces are strong enough to bring the displaced molecules to their original positions. Restoring forces are not strong enough to bring the molecules back to their original positions.
Examples of elastic materials: metals, rubber, quartz, etc Examples of plastic materials: clay, putty, plasticine, thick mud, etc

Question 2.
State any four methods to reduce friction.
Answer:
Friction can be reduced by using polished surfaces, using lubricants, using grease and using ball bearings.

Question 3.
What is rolling friction? How does it arise?
Answer:

  1. Friction between two bodies in contact when one body is rolling over the other, is called rolling friction.
  2. Rolling friction arises as the point of contact of the body with the surface keep changing continuously.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 4.
Explain how lubricants help in reducing friction?
Answer:

  1. The friction between lubricant to surface is much less than the friction between two same surfaces. Hence using lubricants reduces the friction between the two surfaces.
  2. When lubricant is applied to machine parts, it fills the depression present on the surface in contact. Thus, less friction is occurred between machine parts.
  3. Application of lubricants also reduces wear and tear of machine parts which in turn reduces friction.
  4. Advantage: Reduction in function reduces dissipation of energy in machines due to which efficiency of machines increases.

Question 5.
State the laws of static friction.
Answer:
Laws of static friction:

  1. First law: The limiting force of static friction (FL) is directly proportional to the normal reaction (N) between the two surfaces in contact.
    FL ∝ N
    ∴ FL = µs N
    where, µs = constant called coefficient of static friction.
  2. Second law: The limiting force of friction is
    independent of the apparent area between the surfaces in contact, so long as the normal reaction remains the same.
  3. Third law: The limiting force of friction depends upon materials in contact and the nature of their surfaces.

Question 6.
State the laws of kinetic friction.
Answer:
Laws of kinetic friction:

  1. First law: The force of kinetic friction (Fk) is directly proportional to the normal reaction (N) between two surfaces in contact.
    Fk ∝ N
    ∴ Fk = µkN
    where, µk = constant called coefficient of kinetic friction.
  2. Second law: Force of kinetic friction is independent of shape and apparent area of the surfaces in contact.
  3. Third law: Force of kinetic friction depends upon the nature and material of the surfaces in contact.
  4. Fourth law: The magnitude of the force of kinetic friction is independent of the relative velocity between the object and the surface provided that the relative velocity is neither too large nor too small.

Question 7.
State advantages of friction.
Answer:
Advantages of friction:

  1. We can walk due to friction between ground and feet.
  2. We can hold object in hand due to static friction.
  3. Brakes of vehicles work due to friction; hence we can reduce speed or stop vehicles.
  4. Climbing on a tree is possible due to friction.

Question 8.
State disadvantages of friction.
Answer:
Disadvantages of friction:

  1. Friction opposes motion.
  2. Friction produces heat in different parts of machines. It also produces noise.
  3. Automobile engines consume more fuel due to friction.

Question 9.
What do you mean by a brittle substance? Give any two examples.
Answer:

  1. Substances which breaks within the elastic limit are called brittle substances.
  2. Examples: Glass, ceramics.

4. Long answer type questions:

Question 1.
Distinguish between Young’s modulus, bulk modulus and modulus of rigidity.
Answer:

No Young’s modulus Bulk modulus Modulus of rigidity
i. It is the ratio of longitudinal stress to longitudinal strain. It is the ratio of volume stress to volume strain. It is the ratio of shearing stress to shearing strain.
ii. It is given by, Y = \(\frac{\mathrm{MgL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\) It is given by, K = \(\frac{V d P}{d V}\) It is given by, \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \theta}\)
iii. It exists in solids. It exists in solid, liquid and gases. It exists in solids.
iv. It relates to change in

length of a body.

It relates to change in volume of a body. It relates to change in shape of a body.

Question 2.
Define stress and strain. What are their different types?
Answer:
i) Stress:

  1. The internal restoring force per unit area of a both is called stress.
    Stress = \(\frac{\text { deforming force }}{\text { area }}=\frac{|\vec{F}|}{\mathrm{A}}\)
    where \(\vec{F}\) is internal restoring force or external applied deforming force.
  2. Types of stress:
    • Longitudinal stress,
    • Volume stress,
    • Shearing stress.

ii. Strain:

  1. Strain is defined as the ratio of change in dimensions of the body to its original dimensions.
    Strain = \(\frac{\text { change in dimensions }}{\text { original dimensions }}\)
  2. Types of strain:
    • Longitudinal strain,
    • Volume strain,
    • Shearing strain.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 3.
What is Young’s modulus? Describe an experiment to find out Young’s modulus of material in the form of a long straight wire.
Answer:
Definition: Young ‘s modulus is the ratio of longitudinal stress to longitudinal strain.
It is denoted by Y.
Unit: N/m2 or Pa in SI system.
Dimensions: [L-1M1T-2]

Experimental description to find Young’s modulus:

i. Consider a metal wire suspended from a rigid support. A load is attached to the free end of the wire. Due to this, deforming force gets applied to the free end of wire in downward direction and it produces a change in length.
Let,
L = original length of wire,
Mg = weight suspended to wire,
l = extension or elongation,
(L + l) = new length of wire.
r = radius of the cross section of wire

ii. In its equilibrium position,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 1

Question 4.
Derive an expression for strain energy per unit volume of the material of a wire.
Answer:
Expression for strain energy per unit volume;

i. Consider a wire of original length L and cross sectional area A stretched by a force F acting along its length. The wire gets stretched and elongation l is produced in it

ii. If the wire is perfectly elastic then,
Longitudinal stress = \(\frac{F}{A}\)
Longitudinal strain = \(\frac{l}{L}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 10

iii. The magnitude of stretching force increases from zero to F during elongation of wire.
Let ‘f’ be the restoring force and ‘x’ be its corresponding extension at certain instant during the process of extension.
∴ f = \(\frac{\text { YAx }}{\mathrm{L}}\) ……………. (2)

iv. Let ‘dW’ be the work done for the further small extension ‘dx’.
Work = force × displacement
∴ dW = fdx
∴ dW= \(\frac{\text { YAx }}{L}\) dx …………..(3) [From (2)]

v. The total amount of work done in stretching the wire from x = 0 to x = l can be found out by integrating equation (3).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 11
∴ Work done in stretching a wire,
W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × load × extension

vi. Work done by stretching force is equal to strain energy gained by the wire.
∴ Strain energy = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × load × extension

vii. Work done per unit volume
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 12
∴ Strain energy per unit volume = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × stress × strain

viii. Other forms:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 13

Question 5.
What is friction? Define coefficient of static friction and coefficient of kinetic friction. Give the necessary formula for each.
Answer:

  1. The property which resists the relative motion between two surfaces in contact is called friction.
  2. The coefficient of static friction is defined as the ratio of limiting force of friction to the normal reaction.
    Formula: \(\mu_{\mathrm{S}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{N}}\)
  3. The coefficient of kinetic friction is defined as the ratio of force of kinetic friction to the normal reaction between the two surfaces in contact.
    Formula: \(\mu_{\mathrm{k}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{K}}}{\mathrm{N}}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 6.
State Hooke’s law. Draw a labelled graph of tensile stress against tensile strain for a metal wire up to the breaking point. In this graph show the region in which Hooke’s law is obeyed.
Answer:
i) Statement: Within elastic limit, stress is directly proportional to strain.
Explanation;

  1. According to Hooke’s law,
    Stress ∝ Strain
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 7
    This constant of proportionality is called modulus of elasticity.
  2. Modulus of elasticity of a material is the slope of stress-strain curve in elastic deformation region and depends on the nature of the material.
  3. The graph of strain (on X-axis) and stress (on Y-axis) within elastic limit is shown in the figure.Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 8

ii)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 6

iii) Hooke’s law is completely obeyed in the region OA.

5. Answer the following

Question 1.
Calculate the coefficient of static friction for an object of mass 50 kg placed on horizontal table pulled by attaching a spring balance. The force is increased gradually it is observed that the object just moves when spring balance shows 50N.
[Answer: µs = 0.102]
Solution:
Given: m = 50 kg, FL = 50 N, g = 9.8 m/s2
To find: Coefficient of static friction (µs)
Formula: µs = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{N}}=\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{L}}}{\mathrm{mg}}\)
µs = \(\frac{50}{50 \times 9.8}\) = 0.102
Answer:
The coefficient of static friction is 0.102.

Question 2.
A block of mass 37 kg rests on a rough horizontal plane having coefficient of static friction 0.3. Find out the least force required to just move the block horizontally.
[Answer: F= 108.8N]
Solution:
Given: m = 37 kg, µs = 0.3, g = 9.8 m /s2
To find: Limiting force (FL)
Formula: FL = µSN = µS mg
Calculation: From formula,
FL = 0.3 × 37 × 9.8 = 108.8 N
Answer:
The force required to move the block is 108.8 N.

Question 3.
A body of mass 37 kg rests on a rough horizontal surface. The minimum horizontal force required to just start the motion is 68.5 N. In order to keep the body moving with constant velocity, a force of 43 N is needed. What is the value of
a) coefficient of static friction? and
b) coefficient of kinetic friction?
Asw:
a) µs = 0.188
b) µk = 0.118]
Solution:
Given:
FL = 68.5 N, Fk = 43 N,
m = 37 kg, g = 9.8 m/s2

To find:

i. Coefficient of static friction (µs)
ii. Coefficient of kinetic friction (µk)

Formulae:

i. µs = \(\frac{F_{L}}{N}\) = \(\frac{F_{L}}{m g}\)
ii. µk = \(\frac{F_{k}}{N}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}_{\mathrm{k}}}{\mathrm{mg}}\)

Calculation:
From formula (i),
∴ µs = \(\frac{F_{S}}{N}=\frac{68.5}{37 \times 9.8}\) = 0.1889
From formula (ii),
∴ µk = \(\frac{F_{k}}{N}=\frac{43}{37 \times 9.8}\) = 0.1186
Answer:

  1. The coefficient of static friction is 0.1889.
  2. The coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.1186.

[Note: Answers calculated above are in accordance with textual methods of calculation.]

Question 4.
A wire gets stretched by 4mm due to a certain load. If the same load is applied to a wire of same material with half the length and double the diameter of the first wire. What will be the change in its length?
Solution:
Given. l1 = 4mm = 4 × 10-3 m
L2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{L}_{1}}{2}\), D2 = 2D, r2 = 2r1
To find: Change in length (l2)
Formula: Y = \(\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\mathrm{Al}}=\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 3
= 0.5 × 10-3 m
= 0.5 mm
The new change in length of the wire is 0.5 mm.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 5.
Calculate the work done in stretching a steel wire of length 2m and cross sectional area 0.0225mm2 when a load of 100 N is slowly applied to its free end. [Young’s modulus of steel= 2 × 1011 N/m2]
Solution:
Given. L = 2m, F = 100 N,
A = 0.0225 mm2 = 2.25 × 10-8 m2,
Y = 2 × 10-11 N/m2,
To find: Work (W)
Formula: W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × F × l
Claculation:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 14
= antilog [log 10 – log 4.5]
= antilog [1.0000 – 0.6532 ]
= antilog [0.3468]
∴ W = 2.222 J
Answer:
The work done in stretching the steel wire is 2.222 J.

Question 6.
A solid metal sphere of volume 0.31m3 is dropped in an ocean where water pressure is 2 × 107 N/m2. Calculate change in volume of the sphere if bulk modulus of the metal is 6.1 × 1010 N/m2
Solution:
Given: V= 0.31 m3, dP = 2 × 107 N/m2,
K = 6.1 × 1010 N/m2
To find: Change in volume (dV)
Formula: K = V × \(\frac{\mathrm{dP}}{\mathrm{dV}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
dV = \(\frac{\mathrm{V} \times \mathrm{dP}}{\mathrm{K}}\)
∴ dV = \(\frac{0.31 \times 2 \times 10^{7}}{6.1 \times 10^{10}}\) ≈ 10-4 m3
The change in volume of the sphere is 10-4 m3.

Question 7.
A wire of mild steel has initial length 1.5 m and diameter 0.60 mm is extended by 6.3 mm when a certain force is applied to it. If Young’s modulus of mild steel is 2.1 × 1011 N/m2, calculate the force applied.
Solution:
Given:
L = 1.5m, d = 0.60 mm,
r = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = 0.30 mm = 3 × 10-4 m,
Y = 2.1 × 1011 N/m2,
l = 6.3 mm = 6.3 × 10-3 m
To find: Force (F)
Calculation:
From formula,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 2
= 2.1 × 3.142 × 6 × 6.3
= antilog [log 2.1 + log 3.142 + log 6 + log 6.3]
= antilog [0.3222 + 0.4972 + 0.7782 + 0.7993]
= antilog [2.3969]
= 2.494 × 102
≈ 250 N
The force applied on wire is 250 N.

Question 8.
A composite wire is prepared by joining a tungsten wire and steel wire end to end. Both the wires are of the same length and the same area of cross section. If this composite wire is suspended to a rigid support and a force is applied to its free end, it gets extended by 3.25mm. Calculate the increase in length of tungsten wire and steel wire separately.
[Given: Ysteel = 2 × 1011 Pa, YTungsten = 4.11 × 1011 Pa]
Solution:
Given: ls + lT = 3.25 mm,
YT = 4.11 × 1011 Pa
Ys = 2 × 1011 Pa
To find: Extension in tungsten wire (lT)
Extension in steel wire (ls)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 4
But ls + lT = 3.25
ls + 0.487 ls = 3.25
ls(1 + 0.487) = 3.25
ls = 2.186 mm
∴ lT = 3.25 – 2.186
= 1.064 mm
The extension in tungsten wire is 1.064 mm and the extension in steel wire is 2.186 mm.

[Note: Values of Young’s modulus of tungsten and steel considered above are standard values. Using them, calculation is carried out ¡n accordance with textual method.]

Question 9.
A steel wire having cross sectional area 1.2 mm2 is stretched by a force of 120 N. If a lateral strain of 1.455 mm is produced in the wire, calculate the Poisson’s ratio.
Solution:
Given: A = 1.2 mm2 = 1.2 × 10-6 m2,
F = 120 N, Ysteel = 2 × 1011 N/m2,
Lateral strain = 1.455 × 10-4
To find: Poisson’s ratio (σ)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids 5
The Poisson’s ratio of steel is 0.291.
[Note: Lateral strain being ratio of two same physical quantities, is unitless. hence, value given in question ¡s modified to 1.455 × 10-4 to reach the answer given in textbook.]

Question 10.
A telephone wire 125m long and 1mm in radius is stretched to a length 125.25m when a force of 800N is applied. What is the value of Young’s modulus for material of wire?
Solution:
Given: L = 125m,
r = 1 mm= 1 × 10-3 m
l = 125.25 – 125 = 0.25 m,
F = 800N
To find: Young’s modulus (Y)
Formula: Y \(\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\mathrm{Al}}=\frac{\mathrm{FL}}{\pi \mathrm{r}^{2} l}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Y = \(\frac{800 \times 125}{3.142 \times 10^{-6} \times 0.25}\)
= {antilog [log 800 + log 125 – log 3.142 – log 0.25 ]} × 106
= {antilog [2.9031 + 2.0969 – 0.4972 – \(\overline{1}\) .3979]} × 106
= {antilog[5.1049]} × 106
= 1.274 × 105
= 1.274 × 1011 N/m2
The Young’s modulus of telephone wire is 1.274 × 1011 N/m2.

Question 11.
A rubber band originally 30cm long is stretched to a length of 32cm by certain load. What is the strain produced?
Solution:
Given: L = 30 cm = 30 × 10 -2 m,
∆l = 32 cm – 30 cm = 2cm = 2 × 10 -2 m
To find. Strain
Formula: Strain = \(\frac{\Delta l}{\mathrm{~L}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Strain = \(\frac{2 \times 10^{-2}}{30 \times 10^{-2}}\) = 6.667 × 10 -2
The strain produced in the wire is 6.667 × 10 -2.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Question 12.
What is the stress in a wire which is 50m long and 0.01cm2 in cross section, if the wire bears a load of 100kg?
Solution:
Given: M = 100 kg, L 50 m, A = 0.01 × 10-4 m
To find: Stress
Formula: Stress = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Stress = \(\frac{100 \times 9.8}{0.01 \times 10^{-4}}\) = 9.8 × 108 N/m2
The stress in the wire is 9.8 × 108 N/m2.

Question 13.
What is the strain in a cable of original length 50m whose length increases by 2.5cm when a load is lifted?
Solution:
Given: L = 50m, ∆l = 2.5cm = 2.5 × 10 -2 m
To find: Strain
Formula: Strain = \(\frac{\Delta l}{\mathrm{~L}}\)
Calculation: From formula,
Strain = \(\frac{2.5 \times 10^{-2}}{50}\) = 5 × 10-4
The Strain produced in wire is 5 × 10-4 .

11th Physics Digest Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 100)

Question 1.

  1. Can you name a few objects which change their shape and size on application of a force and regain their original shape and size when the force is removed?
  2. Can you name objects which do not regain their original shape and size when the external force is removed?

Answer:

  1. Objects such as rubber, metals, quartz, etc. change their shape and size on application of a force (within specific limit) and regain their original shape and size when the force is removed.
  2. Objects such as putty, clay, thick mud. etc. do not regain their original shape and size when the external force is removed.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Mechanical Properties of Solids

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 107)

Question 1.
Why does a rubber band become loose after repeated use?
Answer:

  1. After repeated use of rubber band, its stress-strain curve does not remain linear.
  2. In such case, since rubber crosses its elastic limit, there is a permanent set formed on the rubber due to which it becomes loose.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No.111)

Question 1.
i. It is difficult to run fast on sand.
ii. It is easy to roll than pull a barrel along a road.
iii. An inflated tyre rolls easily than a flat tyre.
iv. Friction is a necessary evil.
Answer:
i.

  1. The intermolecular space between crystals of sand is very large as compared to that in a rigid surface.
  2. Thus, there are number of depressions at the points of contact of feet and sand surface.
  3. Projections and depressions between sand and feet are not completely interlocked.
  4. Thus, action and reaction force become unbalanced. The horizontal component of force helps to move forward and vertical component of the force resist to move.
    Hence, it becomes difficult to run fast on sand.

ii.

  1. When a barrel is pulled along a road, the friction between the tyres and road is kinetic friction, but when its rolls along the road it undergoes rolling friction.
  2. The force of kinetic friction is greater than force of rolling friction.
    Hence, it is easy to roll than pull a barrel along a road.

iii.

  1. When the tyre is inflated, the pressure inside the tyre is reducing the normal force between tyre and the ground, and thus reducing the friction between the tyre and the road.
  2. When the tyre gets deflated, it gets deformed during rolling, the supplied energy is used up in changing the shape and not overcoming the friction, and thus due to deformation, friction increases.
    Hence, an inflated tyre rolls easily than a flat tyre.

iv.

  1. Friction helps us to walk, hold objects in hand, lift objects and without friction we cannot walk, we cannot grip or hold objects with our hands,
  2. Friction is responsible for wear and tear of various part of machines, it produces heat in different parts of machine and also produces noise but it also helps in ball bearing or connecting screws.
    Hence, friction is said to be a necessary evil because it is useful as well as harmful.

Internet my friend (Textbook Page No. 111)

Question 1.
i. https ://opentextbc. ca/physicstestbook2/ chapter/friction/
ii. https://www.livescience.com/
iii. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics
iv. https://courses.lumenleaming.com/physics/ chapter/5-3-elasticity-stress-and-strain/
v. https://www.toppr.com/guides/physics/
Answer:
[Students are expected to visit the above mentioned websites and collect more information about mechanical properties of solid.]

11th Std Physics Questions And Answers:

11th Biology Chapter 15 Exercise Excretion and Osmoregulation Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 11 Biology Chapter 15

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Biology Textbook Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Excretion and Osmoregulation Class 11 Exercise Question Answers Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 11 Biology Chapter 15 Exercise Solutions Maharashtra Board

Biology Class 11 Chapter 15 Exercise Solutions

1. Choose correct option

Question (A).
Which one of the following organisms would spend maximum energy in production of nitrogenous waste?
a. Polar bear
b. Flamingo
c. Frog
d. Shark
Answer:
b. Flamingo

Question (B).
In human beings, uric acid is formed due to metabolism of __________.
a. amino acids
b. fatty acids
c. creatinine
d. nucleic acids
Answer:
d. nucleic acids

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Question (C).
Visceral layer : Podocytes :: PCT : _______
a. Cilliated cells
b. Squamous cells
c. Columnar cells
d. Cells with brush border
Answer:
d. Cells with brush border

Question (D).
Deproteinised plasma is found in __________.
a. Bowman’s capsule
b. Descending limb
c. Glomerular capillaries
d. Ascending limb
Answer:
a. Bowman’s capsule, b. Descending limb, d. Ascending limb

Question (E).
Specific gravity of urine would _______ if level of ADH increases.
a. remain unaffected
b. increases
c. decreases
d. stabilise
Answer:
b. increases

Question (F).
What is micturition?
a. Urination
b. Urine formation
c. Uremia
d. Urolithiasis
Answer:
a. Urination

Question (G).
Which one of the following organisms excrete waste through nephridia?
a. Cockroach
b. Earthworm
c. Crab
d. Liver Fluke
Answer:
c. Crab

Question (H).
Person suffering from kidney stone is advised not to have tomatoes as it has _______.
a. seeds
b. lycopene
c. oxalic acid
d. sour taste
Answer:
c. oxalic acid

Question (I).
Tubular secretion does not take place in ________.
a. DCT
b. PCT
c. collecting duct
d. Henle’s loop
Answer:
b. PCT

Question (J).
The minor calyx ____________.
a. collects urine
b. connects pelvis to ureter
c. is present in the cortex
d. receives column of Bertini
Answer:
a. collects urine

Question (K).
Which one of the followings is not a part of human kidney?
a. Malpighian body
b. Malpighian tubule
c. Glomerulus
d. Loop of Henle
Answer:
b. Malpighian tubule

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Question (L).
The yellow colour of the urine is due to presence of ___________
a. uric acid
b. cholesterol
c. urochrome
d. urea
Answer:
c. urochrome

Question (M).
Hypotonic filtrate is formed in _______
a. PCT
b. DCT
c. LoH
d. CT
Answer:
a. PCT

Question (N).
In reptiles, uric acid is stored in _____
a. cloaca
b. fat bodies
c. liver
d. anus
Answer:
a. cloaca

Question (O).
The part of nephron which absorbs glucose and amino acid is______
a. collecting tubule
b. proximal tubule
c. Henle’s loop
d. DCT
Answer:
b. proximal tubule

Question (P).
Bowman’s capsule is located in kidney in the ________
a. cortex
b. medulla
c. pelvis
d. pyramids
Answer:
a. cortex

Question (Q).
The snakes living in desert are mainly__________
a. aminotelic
b. ureotelic
c. ammonotelic
d. uricotelic
Answer:
d. uricotelic

Question (R).
Urea is a product of breakdown of ___________
a. fatty acids
b. amino acids
c. glucose
d. fats
Answer:
b. amino acids

Question (S).
Volume of the urine is regulated by__________
a. aldosterone
b. ADH
c. both a and b
d. none
Answer:

Question 2.
Answer the following questions

Question (A).
Doctors say Mr. Shaikh is suffering from urolithiasis. How it could be explained in simple words?
Answer:
Urolithiasis is the condition of having calculi in the urinary tract (which also includes the kidneys), which may pass into urinary bladder.

Question (B).
Anitaji needs to micturate several times and feels very thirsty. This is an indication of change in permeability of certain part of nephron. Which is this part?
Answer:

  1. Need to micturate several times (polyuria) and feeling very thirsty (polydipsia) is a symptom of diabetes insipidus (imbalance of fluids in the body).
  2. ADH prevents diuresis and due to absence of ADH, large amount of dilute urine is excreted.
  3. ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.
  4. If the permeability of these cells changes, it will result in increase in urine volume (frequent micturition) and increase in the osmolarity of blood. An imbalance in volume and osmolarity of body fluids increases thirst.

[Note: Water is reabsorbed by osmosis in PCT, DCT and descending limb of loop of Henle)

Question (C).
Effective filtration pressure was calculated to be 20 mm Hg; where glomerular hydrostatic pressure was 70 mm of Hg. Which other pressure is affecting the filtration process? How much is it?
Answer:
The other pressure affecting the filtration process is osmotic pressure of blood and filtrate hydrostatic pressure. Commonly effective filtration pressure (EFP) is represented as;
EFP = Glomerular Hydrostatic pressure in glomerulus – (Osmotic pressure of blood + Filtrate Hydrostatic pressure)
If EFP = 20 mmHg and Glomerular Hydrostatic pressure = 70 mmHg
20 = 70 – (Osmotic pressure of blood + Filtrate hydrostatic pressure)
∴ (Osmotic pressure of blood + Filtrate hydrostatic pressure) = 70-20
Then (Osmotic pressure of blood + Filtrate Hydrostatic pressure) = 50 mmHg .

[Note: Given values are insufficient to calculate the exact osmotic pressure of blood and filtrate hydrostatic pressure. The sum of the two values can be calculated to be 50 mmHg ]

Question (D).
Name any one guanotelic organism.
Answer:
Spiders, scorpions and penguins are guanotelic organisms as they excrete guanine.

Question (E).
Why are kidneys called ‘retroperitoneal’?
Answer:
Kidneys are located in abdomen. Kidneys are not surrounded by peritoneum instead they are located posterior to it. Thus, kidneys are called retroperitoneal.

Question (F).
State role of liver in urea production.
Answer:

  1. Ammonia formed during the breakdown of amino acids is converted into urea in the liver of ureotelic animals.
  2. This conversion takes place by the help of the ornithine / urea cycle.
  3. 3 ATP molecules are used to produce one molecule of urea using the ornithine/ urea cycle. Since, the liver contains carrier molecules and enzymes necessary for urea cycle, it plays a major role in urea production.

Question (G).
Why do we get bad breath after eating garlic or raw onion?
Answer:

  1. Raw onion and garlic contain volatile sulphur-containing compounds.
  2. Sulphur-containing compounds have a distinctive odour which remain in the mouth after consumption of onion and garlic.
  3. Also, volatile compounds (like certain sulphur containing compounds) in foodstuffs are generally excreted through the lungs and may result in bad breath.

3. Answer the following questions

Question (A).
John has two options as treatment for his renal problem : Dialysis or kidney transplants. Which option should he choose? Why?
Answer:

  1. If John has two options of dialysis and kidney transplant, readily available he must opt for kidney transplant.
  2. A kidney transplant, if successful, can improve the quality of life of a patient and reduce the risk of death.
  3. The patient would not have to endure frequent dialysis procedures. Repeated visits for dialysis takes time and may not allow the patient to perform normal activities or go to office regularly.
  4. Dialysis is regarded as a holding measure until kidney transplant can be performed or a supportive measure in those for whom a transplant would be inappropriate. However, dialysis cannot replace all the functions of a normal kidney such as production of hormones like erythropoietin, calcitriol and renin. Hence, if John has an option of kidney transplant, he must opt for it.

Question (B).
Amphibian tadpole can afford to be ammonotelic. Justify.
Answer:

  1. Tadpole (larval stage of life cycle of amphibian) is aquatic. They are ammonotelic as they excrete nitrogenous waste in the form of ammonia.
  2. Ammonia is very toxic and requires large amount of water for its elimination.
  3. It is readily soluble in water and diffuses across the body surface and into the surrounding water.
  4. Also, the water lost during excretion can be made up through the surrounding water in ammonotelic organisms.

Hence, amphibian tadpole can afford to be ammonotelic.

Question (C).
Birds are uricotelic in nature. Give reason.
Answer:

  1. Birds are capable of converting ammonia into uric acid by ‘inosinic acid pathway’ in their liver.
  2. Uric acid is least toxic and hence, it can be retained in the body for some time.
  3. It is least soluble water hence, negligible amount of water is required for its elimination.
  4. This mode of excretion can also help reduce body weight (an adaptation for flight) and those animals which
    need to conserve more water follow uricotelism.

Hence, in order to conserve water as an adaptation for flight, birds are uricotelic in nature.

Question 4.
Write the explanation in your word

Question (A).
Nitya has been admitted to hospital after heavy blood loss. Till proper treatment could be given; how did Nitya’s body must have tackled the situation?
Answer:

  1. Heavy blood loss is called haemorrhage. In case of haemorrhage or severe dehydration, the osmoreceptors stimulate Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) secretion.
  2. ADH is important in regulating water balance through the kidneys. For detailed mechanism of reabsorption by ADH:

Regulating water reabsorption through ADH:
Hypothalamus in the midbrain has special receptors called osmoreceptors which can detect change in osmolarity (measure of total number of dissolved particles per liter of solution) of blood.

If osmolarity of blood increases due to water loss from the body (after eating namkeen or due to sweating), osmoreceptors trigger release of Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) from neurohypophysis (posterior pituitary). ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.

This leads to reduction in urine volume and decrease in osmolarity of blood.

Once the osmolarity of blood comes to normal, activity of osmoreceptor cells decreases leading to decrease in ADH secretion. This is called negative feedback.
In case of hemorrhage or severe dehydration too, osmoreceptors stimulate ADH secretion. ADH is important in regulating water balance through kidneys.

In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus.

[Note: Hypothalamus is a part of forebrain]

Another regulatory mechanism that must have been activated is RAAS. For detailed mechanism of electrolyte reabsorption:

Electrolyte reabsorption through RAAS:
Another regulatory mechanism is RAAS (Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone System) by Juxta Glomerular Apparatus (JGA).

Whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration), JGA cells release Renin. Renin converts angiotensinogen secreted by hepatocytes in liver to Angiotensin I. ‘Angiotensin-converting enzyme’ further modifies Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II, the active form of hormone. It stimulates adrenal cortex to release another hormone called aldosterone that stimulates DCT and collecting ducts to reabsorb more Na+ and water, thereby increasing blood volume and pressure.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Question 5.
Complete the diagram / chart with correct labels / information. Write the conceptual details regarding it

Question (A).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 1
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 2
The composition of urine depends upon food and fluid consumed by an individual. There are two ways in which it the composition is regulated. They are as follows:

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH
ii. Electrolyte reabsorption though RAAS
iii. Atrial Natriuretic Peptide

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH:
Hypothalamus in the midbrain has special receptors called osmoreceptors which can detect change in osmolarity (measure of total number of dissolved particles per liter of solution) of blood.

If osmolarity of blood increases due to water loss from the body (after eating namkeen or due to sweating), osmoreceptors trigger release of Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) from neurohypophysis (posterior pituitary). ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.
This leads to reduction in urine volume and decrease in osmolarity of blood.

Once the osmolarity of blood comes to normal, activity of osmoreceptor cells decreases leading to decrease in ADH secretion. This is called negative feedback.
In case of hemorrhage or severe dehydration too, osmoreceptors stimulate ADH secretion. ADH is important in regulating water balance through kidneys.

In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus.

[Note: Hypothalamus is a part of forebrain]

ii. Electrolyte reabsorption through RAAS:
Another regulatory mechanism is RAAS (Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone System) by Juxta Glomerular Apparatus (JGA).

Whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration), JGA cells release Renin. Renin converts angiotensinogen secreted by hepatocytes in liver to Angiotensin I. ‘Angiotensin converting enzyme’ further modifies Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II, the active form of hormone. It stimulates adrenal cortex to release another hormone called aldosterone that stimulates DCT and collecting ducts to reabsorb more Na+ and water, thereby increasing blood volume and pressure.

iii. Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

Question (B).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 3
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 4

  1. Nephrons are structural and functional units of kidney.
  2. Each nephron consists of a 4 – 6 cm long, thin-walled tube called the renal tubule and a bunch of capillaries known as the glomerulus.
  3. The wall of the renal tubule is made up of a single layer of epithelial cells.
  4. Its proximal end is wide, blind, cup-like and is called as Bowman’s capsule, whereas the distal end is open.
  5. The nephron is divisible into Ilowman’s capsule, neck, proximal convoluted tubule (PCT), Loop of Henle (LoH), distal convoluted tubule (DCT) and collecting tubule (CT).
  6. The glomerulus is present in the cup-like cavity of Bowman’s capsule and both are collectively known as renal corpuscle or Malpighian body.

Question (C)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 5
Answer:
Nephron is the structural and functional unit of kidney.
Structure of nephron:
A nephron (uriniferous tubule) is a thin walled, coiled duct, lined by a single layer of epithelial cells. Each nephron is divided into two main parts:

i. Malpighian body
ii. Renal tubule

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 6

i. Malpighian body: Each Malpighian body is about 200pm in diameter and consists of a Bowman’s capsule and glomerulus.

a. Glomerulus:
Glomerulus is a bunch of fine blood capillaries located in the cavity of Bowman’s capsule.
A small terminal branch of the renal artery, called as afferent arteriole enters the cup cavity (Bowman capsule) and undergoes extensive fine branching to form network of several capillaries. This bunch is called as glomerulus.
The capillary wall is fenestrated (perforated).

All capillaries reunite and form an efferent arteriole that leaves the cup cavity.
The diameter of the afferent arteriole is greater than the efferent arteriole. This creates a high hydrostatic pressure essential for ultrafiltration, in the glomerulus.

b. Bowman’s capsule:
It is a cup-like structure having double walls composed of squamous epithelium.
The outer wall is called as parietal wall and the inner wall is called as visceral wall.
The parietal wall is thin consisting of simple squamous epithelium.
There is a space called as capsular space / urinary space in between two walls.
Visceral wall consists of special type of squamous cells called podocytes having a foot-like pedicel. These podocytes are in close contact with the walls of capillaries of glomerulus.
There are small slits called as filtration slits in between adjacent podocytes.

ii. Renal tubule:

a. Neck:
The Bowman’s capsule continues into the neck. The wall of neck is made up of ciliated epithelium. The lumen of the neck is called the urinary pole. The neck leads to proximal convoluted tubule.

b. Proximal Convoluted Tubule :
This is highly coiled part of nephron which is lined by cuboidal cells with brush border (microvilli) and surrounded by peritubular capillaries. Selective reabsorption occurs in PCT. Due to convolutions (coiling), filtrate flows slowly and remains in the PCT for longer duration, ensuring that maximum amount of useful molecules are reabsorbed.

c. Loop of Henle :
This is ‘U’ shaped tube consisting of descending and ascending limb.
The descending limb is thin walled and permeable to water and lined with simple squamous epithelium.
The ascending limb is thick walled and impermeable to water and is lined with simple cuboidal epithelium.
The LoH is surrounded by capillaries called vasa recta.
Its function is to operate counter current system – a mechanism for osmoregulation.
The ascending limb of Henle’s loop leads to DCT.

d. Distal convoluted tubule:
This is another coiled part of the nephron.
Its wall consists of simple cuboidal epithelium.
DCT performs tubular secretion / augmentation / active secretion in which, wastes are taken up from surrounding capillaries and secreted into passing urine.
DCT helps in water reabsorption and regulation of pH of body fluids.

e. Collecting tubule:
This is a short, straight part of the DCT which reabsorbs water and secretes protons.
The collecting tubule opens into the collecting duct.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 7

Question (D).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 8
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 9
The composition of urine depends upon food and fluid consumed by an individual. There are two ways in which it the composition is regulated. They are as follows:

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH
ii. Electrolyte reabsorption though RAAS
iii. Atrial Natriuretic Peptide

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH:
Hypothalamus in the midbrain has special receptors called osmoreceptors which can detect change in osmolarity (measure of total number of dissolved particles per liter of solution) of blood.

If osmolarity of blood increases due to water loss from the body (after eating namkeen or due to sweating), osmoreceptors trigger release of Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) from neurohypophysis (posterior pituitary). ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.
This leads to reduction in urine volume and decrease in osmolarity of blood.

Once the osmolarity of blood comes to normal, activity of osmoreceptor cells decreases leading to decrease in ADH secretion. This is called negative feedback.
In case of hemorrhage or severe dehydration too, osmoreceptors stimulate ADH secretion. ADH is important in regulating water balance through kidneys.

In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus.

[Note: Hypothalamus is a part of forebrain]

ii. Electrolyte reabsorption through RAAS:
Another regulatory mechanism is RAAS (Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone System) by Juxta Glomerular Apparatus (JGA).
Whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration), JGA cells release Renin. Renin converts angiotensinogen secreted by hepatocytes in liver to Angiotensin I. ‘Angiotensin-converting enzyme’ further modifies Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II, the active form of hormone. It stimulates adrenal cortex to release another hormone called aldosterone that stimulates DCT and collecting ducts to reabsorb more Na+ and water, thereby increasing blood volume and pressure.

iii. Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

Question (E).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 10
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 11

  1. When renal function of a person falls below 5 – 7 %, accumulation of harmful substances in blood begins. In such a condition the person has to go for artificial means of filtration of blood i.e. haemodialysis.
  2. In haemodialysis, a dialysis machine is used to filter blood. The blood is filtered outside the body using a dialysis unit.
  3. In this procedure, the patients’ blood is removed; generally from the radial artery and passed through a cellophane tube that acts as a semipermeable membrane.
  4. The tube is immersed in a fluid called dialysate which is isosmotic to normal blood plasma. Hence, only excess salts if present in plasma pass through the cellophane tube into the dialysate.
  5. Waste substances being absent in the dialysate, move from blood into the dialyzing fluid.
  6. Filtered blood is returned to vein.
  7. In this process it is essential that anticoagulant like heparin is added to the blood while it passing through the tube and before resending it into the circulation, adequate amount of anti-heparin is mixed.
  8. Also, the blood has to move slowly through the tube and hence the process is slow.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Question 6.
Prove that mammalian urine contains urea.
Answer:

  1. Urea is a nitrogenous waste formed by breakdown of protein (deamination of amino acids).
  2. During this process, amino groups are removed from the amino acids present in the proteins and converted to highly toxic ammonia. The ammonia is finally converted to area through ornithine cycle. Thus, the urea formed is passed to kidneys and excreted out of the body through urine.
  3. Reabsorption of urea (proximal tubule, collecting ducts) and active secretion of urea (Henle loop) leads to a urea circulation (urea recycling) between the lumen of the nephron and renal medulla, which is an important element of the renal urine concentration.
  4. About 54 g of urea is filtered per day in the glomerular capsule, of which approximately 30 g is excreted in the urine and 24 g is reabsorbed into blood (assuming GFR is 180 litres/day).
  5. Urinalysis can help detect the amount of urea in urine (Urine urea nitrogen test, urease test, etc.).

Practical / Project :

Visit to a nearby hospital or pathological laboratory and collect detailed information about different blood and urine tests.
Answer:
Testing the urine is known as urinalysis. It generally has three parts:

  1. Visual examination: Check sample colour and clearness.
  2. Dipstick examination: Checks for abnormal amounts of glucose, protein, etc.
  3. Microscopic examination: Check for presence of RBCs. WBCs, bacteria, crystals, etc.
  4. Apart from routine urine examination, specific tests may also be done. They are as follows:
    • BUN (Blood Urea Nitrogen) Test: It measures the amount of nitrogen in blood and evaluates kidney function.
    • Urease Test/ Urea Nitrogen Test: It is done to check the amount of urea in urine sample.
    • Urine albumin to creatine ratio (UACR) test: Estimates the amount of albumin in urine.

[Students are expected to collect more information and perform the given activity on their own]

12th Biology Digest Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 174)

Question 1.
Why are various waste products produced in the body of an organism?
Answer:
Metabolism produces a variety of by-products, some of which need to be eliminated. Such by-produçts are called metabolic waste products.

Question 2.
How are these waste eliminated?
Answer:
Depending on the type of waste product, they are eliminated through various organs of the body:

The various excretory products produced by the human body are as follows:

  1. Fluids such as water; gaseous wastes like CO2 nitrogenous wastes like ammonia, urea and uric acid, creatinine; minerals; salts of sodium, potassium. calcium, etc. if present in body in excess are excreted through urine, faeces and sweat.
  2. Pigments formed due to breakdown of haemoglobin like bilirubin (excreted through faeces) and urochrome (eliminated through urine).
  3. The pigments present in consumed foodstuffs like beet root or excess of vitamins, hormones and drugs.
  4. Volatile substances present in spices (eliminated through lungs).

Have you ever observed? (Textbook Page No. 174)

Question 1.
When does urine appear deeply coloured?
Answer:
Urine can appear deeply coloured due to various reasons:

  • Severe dehydration resulting in production of concentrated urine.
  • Consumption of foodstuff like beet root, which contain coloured pigments.
  • Some medications can also cause the urine to appear deeply coloured.

Think about it. (Textbook Page No. 174)

Question 1.
Do organisms differ in type of metabolic wastes they produce?
Answer:
Yes, organisms differ in the type of metabolic wastes they produce. Some organisms excrete ammonia while some excrete urea or uric acid as metabolic wastes.

Question 2.
Do environment or evolution have any effect on type of waste produced by an organism?
Answer:

  • The theory of evolution proposes that life started in an aquatic environment.
  • Aquatic organisms are generally ammonotelic. It is believed that the urea cycle evolved to adapt to a changing environment when terrestrial life forms evolved.
  • Arid conditions probably led to the evolution of the uric acid pathway as a means of conserving water.
  • However, the correlation between evolution and type of waste production is uncertain.

Question 3.
How do thermoregulation and food habits affect saste production?
Answer:

  1. To generate heat. endotherms convert the food that they eat into energy through a process called metabolism. Hence, they consume more tì.od in order to meet their energy requirements.
  2. Also, carnivorous diet contains more proteins than herbivores.
  3. Consumption of high protein or more food containing proteins can result in production of large amount of nitrogenous waste
  4. These animals would also require more energy to eliminate the high levels oF nitrogenous wastes which build up when animal protein is digested.

Use your brain power. (Textbookpage No. 175)

Question 1.
Why ammonia is highly toxic?
Answer:

  1. Ammonia is basic in nature and its retention in the body would disturb the pH of the body.
  2. An increase in pH would disturb all enzyme catalysed reactions in the body and also make the plasma membrane unstable.

Hence, ammonia is highly toxic to the body.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Find out. (Textbook page No. 175)

You will study about a type of arthritis called gouty arthritis caused due to accumulation of uric acid in joints. Where does uric acid come from in case of ureotelic human beings?
Answer:

  1. Uric acid produced as a waste product during the normal breakdown of nucleic acids (purines) and certain naturally occurring substances found in foods such as mushrooms. Mackerel, dried beans. etc.
  2. This uric acid is generally excreted out along with urine.
  3. If uric acid is produced in excess or not excreted, it accumulates in joints causing gouty arthritis.

Think about it. (Textbook Page No.175)

Endotherms consume more food in order to meet energy requirements. Also, carnivorous diet contains more proteins than herbivorous. Does it affect excretion of nitrogenous waste?
Answer:

  1. To generate heat, endotherms convert the food that they eat into energy through a process called metabolism. Hence, they consume more food in order to meet their energy requirements.
  2. Also, carnivorous diet contains more proteins than herbivores.
  3. Consumption of high protein or more food containing proteins can result in production of large amount of nitrogenous waste.
  4. These animals would also require more energy to eliminate the high levels of nitrogenous wastes which build up when animal protein is digested.

Observe and Discuss (Textbook Page No. 176)

Question 1.
These are blood reports of patients undergoing investigations for kidney function. What is creatinine? What is your observation and opinion about the findings? Why is it used as an index of kidney function?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 12
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 13
Answer:
i. Creatinine:

  • Plasma creatinine is produced from catabolism of creatinine phosphate during skeletal muscle contraction.
  • It provides a ready source of high energy phosphate.

ii. Observations and Opinion:
Report A indicates a value of creatinine which is higher than the normal range. This would indicate impaired kidney function.
Report B indicates high fasting blood sugar and detection of sugar in the blood is known as glucosuria. High fasting blood sugar (>126 mg/dL) is usually indicative of diabetes.

iii. Creatinine used as an index of kidney function:

  • Normally blood creatinine levels remain steady because the rate of production matches his excretion in urine.
  • Hence, plasma creatinine is used as an index of kidney function and its level above normal is an indication of poor renal function.

Think about it. (Textbook Page No. 176)

Question 1.
During summer, we tend to produce less urine, is it so?
Answer:

  1. Generally, excess water containing wastes is lost from the body in the time of urine. sweat and faeces.
  2. During summer when the surrounding temperature is high. we also lose a considerable amount of water in the form of sweat.

Thus, the kidneys retain water for maintaining the concentration of body fluids and reduce the amount of water lost through urine.

Question 2.
Marine birds like Albatross spend their life on the sea. That means the water the, drink is salty. how do they manage osnioregulation then?
Answer:

  1. Marine birds like Albatross have special glands called salt glands near their nostrils.
  2. These glands are capable of secreting salts by active transport and help to manage osmotic balance,

[Note: The salt glands in Albatross are located in or on the skull in the area of eyes.]

Question 3.
like ectothermic and endothermic animals, do organisms differ in the way they maintain salt balance?
Answer:
Yes, organisms differ in the way they maintain salt balance.

  1. Animals can be either isosmotic to the surrounding (osmoconformers or control the internal environment independent of external environment (osmoregulators).
  2. Marine organisms are mostly osmoconfòrmers because their body fluids and external environment are isosmotic in nature while fresh water forms and terrestrial organisms are osmoregulators,
  3. Generally, most organisms can tolerate only a narrow range of salt concentrations. Such organism are known as stenohaline organisms.
  4. Organisms which are capable of handling a wide change in salinity are called euryhaline organisms.e.g. Barnacles, clams etc.

Find out. (Textbook Page No 176)

Question 1.
How do freshwater fishes and marine fishes carry out osmoregulation?
Answer:
Osmoregulation is the process of maintaining an internal concentration of salt and water in the body of fishes.

i. Freshwater fishes:
The salt concentration inside the body of freshwater fishes is higher than their surrounding water. Due to this, water enters the body due to osmosis.
If the flow of water into the body is not regulated. fishes would swell and get bigger.
To compensate this, the kidneys produce a large amount of urine,
Excretion of large amounts of urine regulates the level of water in the body hut results in the loss of salts.
Thus, in order to maintain a sufficient salt level, special cells in the gills (chloride cells) take tip ions from
the water, which are then directly transported into the blood.

ii. Marine fishes:
Since the salt content in blood of marine fishes is much lower than that of seawater, they constantly tend to lose water and build up salt.
To replace the water loss, they continually need to drink seawater.
Since their small kidney can only excrete a relatively small amount of urine, salt is additionally excreted through gills, where chloride cells work in reverse as in freshwater fishes.

Make a table. (Textbook Page No. 178)

Question 1.
The details of modes of excretion of nitrogenous wastes.
Answer:
The three main modes of excretion in animals are as follows:

i. Ammonotelism
ii. Ureotelism
iii. Uricotelism

i. Ammonotelism:

  1. Elimination of nitrogenous wastes in the form of ammonia is called as ammonotelism.
  2. Ammonia is basic in nature and hence it can disturb the pH of the body, if not eliminated immediately.
  3. Any change in pH would disturb all enzyme catalyzed reactions in the body and would also make the plasma membrane unstable.
  4. Ammonia is readily soluble in water and needs large quantity of water to dilute and reduce its toxicity.
  5. This is however an energy saving mechanism of excretion and hence all animals that have plenty of water available for dilution of ammonia, excrete nitrogenous wastes in the form of ammonia.
  6. Animals that follow this mode of excretion are known as ammonotelic animals.
  7. 1 gm ammonia needs about 300 – 500 ml of water for elimination.
  8. Ammonotelic animals excrete ammonia through general body surface (skin), gills and kidneys.
    e.g. Ammonotelism is found in aquatic invertebrates, bony fishes, and aquatic / larval amphibians. Animals without excretory system (Protozoa) are also ammonotelic.

ii. Ureotelism:

  1. Elimination of nitrogenous wastes in the form of urea is called as ureotelism.
  2. Urea is comparatively less toxic and less water-soluble than ammonia. Hence, it can be concentrated to some extent in body.
  3. The body requires less water for elimination.
  4. Since it is less toxic and less water soluble, ureotelism is suitable for animals that need to conserve water to some extent. Hence, ureotelism is common in terrestrial animals, as they have to conserve water.
  5. It takes about 50 ml H2O for removal of 1 gm NH2 in form of urea.
  6. Ureotelic animals generally convert ammonia to urea in the liver by operating ornithine / urea cycle in which 3 ATP molecules are used to produce one molecule of urea.
    e.g. Mammals, cartilaginous fishes (sharks and rays), many aquatic reptiles, most of the adult amphibians, etc. are ureotelic.

iii. Uricotelism:

  1. Elimination of nitrogenous wastes in the form of uric acid is called as uricotelism.
  2. Uric acid is least toxic and hence, it can be retained in the body for some time in concentrated form.
  3. It is least soluble in water. Hence there is minimum (about 5 – 10 ml for 1 gm) or no need of water for its elimination.
  4. Those animals which need to conserve more water follow uricotelism. However, these animals need to spend more energy.
  5. Ammonia is converted into uric acid by ‘inosinic acid pathway’ in the liver of birds, e.g. Birds, some insects, many reptiles, land snails, are uricotelic.

No.

Ureotelism

Uricotelism

i. It is the elimination of nitrogenous waste in the form of urea. It is the elimination of nitrogenous waste in the form of uric acid.
ii. Excretion of urea requires less (moderate ) amount of water. Excretion of uric acid requires negligible amount of water.
iii. Removal of 1 gm of urea requires 50 ml of water. Removal of 1 gm of uric acid requires 5 – 10 ml of
iv. rea is less toxic. Uric acid is least toxic.
e.g. It is generally seen in terrestrial animals. Mammals, cartilaginous fishes (sharks and rays), many aquatic reptiles, most adult amphibians, etc. It is seen in birds, some insects, many reptiles, land snails, etc.
No. Ammonotelism Uricotelism
i. It is the elimination of nitrogenous waste in the form of ammonia. It is the elimination of nitrogenous waste in the form of uric acid.
ii. Excretion of ammonia requires plenty of water. Excretion of uric acid requires negligible amount of water.
iii. Removal of 1 gm of ammonia requires 300 – 500 ml of water. Removal of 1 gm of uric acid requires 10ml of water.
iv. Ammonia is very toxic. Uric acid is less toxic.
e.g. It is found in aquatic invertebrates, bony fishes and aquatic/ larval amphibians, etc. It is seen in birds, some insects, many reptiles, land snails, etc.

[Students can Refer these and make a chart on their own.]

Use your brain power. (Textbook Page No. 178)

Question 1.
Creatinine is considered as index of kidney function. Give reason.
Answer:

  1. Plasma creatinine is produced from catabolism of creatinine phosphate during skeletal muscle contraction.
  2. It provides a ready source of high energy phosphate.
  3. Normally blood creatinine levels remain steady because the rate of production matches its excretion in urine.
  4. Hence, plasma creatinine is used as an index of kidney function and its level above normal is an indication of poor renal function.

[Note: Plasma creatinine is a waste product produced by muscles from the breakdown of a compound called ‘creatine phosphate ’.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Make a table. (Textbook Page No. 178)

Question 1.
The excretory organs found in various animal phyla.
Answer:

Sr. No. Animal Phyla Excretory organs
 i. Porifera Lack excretory organ instead rely on water transport system/ Canal system
ii. Coelenterata Lack specialised excretory organs. Excretion takes place through simple diffusion or through the mouth.
            iii. Ctenophora Lack specialised excretory organs
 iv. Platyhelminthes Protonephridia or Flame cells
v. Aschelminthes Excretory tube and pore
vi. Annelida Nephridia
vii. Arthropoda Malpighian tubules
viii. Mollusca Organ of Bojanus
ix. Echinodermata Lack specialized excretory organs, waste materials directly diffuse into water or are excreted through tube feet
x. Hemichordata Proboscis gland
xi. Chordata Kidney

Observe and complete. (Textbook Page No. 178)

Question 1.
Label the diagram and complete following paragraphs.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 14
i. Kidney: A pair of ____ shaped kidneys are present on either side of the ____ from 12th thoracic to 3rd lumbar vertebra. Kidneys are present behind ___. Hence are called retroperitoneal. Dimensions of
each kidney are 10 × ____ × ____ cms. Average weight is ___ g in males and 135 g in ____. Outer surface is ___ and inner is concave. Notch on the inner concave surface is called ___. Renal artery enters and renal vein as well as ureter leave the kidney through hilus. Each kidney has almost 1 million functional units called ___.

ii. Ureters: A pair of ureters arise from ___ of each kidney. Each ureter is a long muscular tube 25 – 30 cm in length. Ureters open into ___ by separate openings, which are not guarded by valves. They pass obliquely through the wall of urinary bladder. This helps in prevention of ___ of urine due to compression of ureters while bladder is filled.

iii. Urinary bladder: It is a median ___ sac. A hollow muscular organ, the bladder is situated in pelvic cavity posterior to pubic symphysis. At the base of the ___ there is a small inverted triangular area called trigone. At the apex of this triangle is opening of urethra. At the two points of the base of the triangle are openings of ureters. Urinary bladder is covered externally by peritoneum. Inner to peritoneum is muscular layer. It is formed by detrusor muscles which consist of three layers of smooth muscles. Longitudinal – circular – longitudinal respectively. Innermost layer is made up of transitional ___. It helps bladder to stretch.

iv. Urethra: It is a ___ structure arising from urinary bladder and opening to the exterior of the body.
There are ___ urethral sphincters between urinary bladder and urethra.
a. Internal sphincter: Made up of ___ muscles, involuntary in nature.
b. External sphincter: Made up of ___ muscles, voluntary in nature.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 15

i. Kidney: A pair of bean shaped kidneys are present on either side of the backbone from 12th thoracic to 3rd lumbar vertebra. Kidneys are present behind peritoneum. Hence are called retroperitoneal. Dimensions of each kidney are 10 × 5 × 4 cms. Average weight is 150 g in males and 135 g in females. Outer surface is convex and inner is concave. Notch on the inner concave surface is called hilum. Renal artery enters and renal vein as well as ureter leave the kidney through hilus. Each kidney has almost 1 million functional units called nephron.

ii. Ureters: A pair of ureters arise from hilum of each kidney. Each ureter is a long muscular tube 25 – 30 cm in length. Ureters open into urinary bladder by separate openings, which are not guarded by valves. They pass obliquely through the wall of urinary bladder. This helps in prevention of backward flow of urine due to compression of ureters while bladder is filled.

iii. Urinary bladder: It is a median pear-shaped sac. A hollow muscular organ, the bladder is situated in pelvic cavity posterior to pubic symphysis. At the base of the urinary bladder there is a small inverted triangular area called trigone. At the apex of this triangle is opening of urethra. At the two points of the base of the triangle are openings of ureters. Urinary bladder is covered externally by peritoneum. Inner to peritoneum is muscular layer. It is formed by detrusor muscles which consist of three layers of smooth muscles. Longitudinal – circular – longitudinal respectively. Innermost layer is made up of transitional epithelial tissue. It helps bladder to stretch.

iv. Urethra: It is a fibromuscular tube-like structure arising from urinary bladder and opening to the exterior of the body. There are two urethral sphincters between urinary bladder and urethra.
a. Internal sphincter: Made up of detrusor muscles, involuntary in nature.
b. External sphincter: Made up of striated muscles, voluntary in nature.
If this valve is not functioning properly during inflammation of bladder, it can lead to kidney infection.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Internet is my friend. (Textbook Page No. 179)

Question 1.
Find out what is floating kidney.
Answer:

  1. Floating kidney or nephroptosis, is an inferior displacement or dropping of the kidney.
  2. This condition occurs when the kidney slips from its normal position because it is not held securely in place by the adjacent organs or its fat covering.
  3. It generally develops in extremely thin people whose adipose capsule or renal fascia is deficient.
  4. It may result in twisting of the ureter and cause blockage of urine flow. The resulting backup of urine would put pressure on the kidney and damage the tissues.
  5. Twisting of the ureter may also cause pain and discomfort.
  6. This condition is more common in females than males and happens commonly among one in four people.
  7. Weakening of the fibrous bands that hold the kidney in place can predispose to floating kidney.

Can you recall? (Textbook Page No. 179)

Question 1.
Observe the figure carefully and label various regions of L.S. of kidney.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 16
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 17

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No.182)

Question 1.
Why are kidneys called ‘retroperitoneal’?
Answer:
Kidneys are located in abdomen. Kidneys are not surrounded by peritoneum instead they are located posterior to it. Thus, kidneys are called retroperitoneal.

Question 2.
Why urinary tract infections are more common in females than males?
Answer:

  • The urethra in women (4 cm) is much shorter than that of males (20 cm).
  • This allows easy passage of bacteria into the urinary bladder.

Hence, urinary tract infections are more common in females than males.

Question 3.
What is nephron? Which are its main parts? Why are they important?
Answer:
Nephron is the structural and functional unit of kidney.
Structure of nephron:
A nephron (uriniferous tubule) is a thin walled, coiled duct, lined by a single layer of epithelial cells. Each nephron is divided into two main parts:

i. Malpighian body
ii. Renal tubule
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 6

i. Malpighian body: Each Malpighian body is about 200pm in diameter and consists of a Bowman’s capsule and glomerulus.

a. Glomerulus:
Glomerulus is a bunch of fine blood capillaries located in the cavity of Bowman’s capsule.
A small terminal branch of the renal artery, called as afferent arteriole enters the cup cavity (Bowman capsule) and undergoes extensive fine branching to form network of several capillaries. This bunch is called as glomerulus.
The capillary wall is fenestrated (perforated).

All capillaries reunite and form an efferent arteriole that leaves the cup cavity.
The diameter of the afferent arteriole is greater than the efferent arteriole. This creates a high hydrostatic pressure essential for ultrafiltration, in the glomerulus.

b. Bowman’s capsule:
It is a cup-like structure having double walls composed of squamous epithelium.
The outer wall is called as parietal wall and the inner wall is called as visceral wall.
The parietal wall is thin consisting of simple squamous epithelium.
There is a space called as capsular space / urinary space in between two walls.
Visceral wall consists of special type of squamous cells called podocytes having a foot-like pedicel. These podocytes are in close contact with the walls of capillaries of glomerulus.
There are small slits called as filtration slits in between adjacent podocytes.

ii. Renal tubule:

a. Neck:
The Bowman’s capsule continues into the neck. The wall of neck is made up of ciliated epithelium. The lumen of the neck is called the urinary pole. The neck leads to proximal convoluted tubule.

b. Proximal Convoluted Tubule :
This is highly coiled part of nephron which is lined by cuboidal cells with brush border (microvilli) and surrounded by peritubular capillaries. Selective reabsorption occurs in PCT. Due to convolutions (coiling), filtrate flows slowly and remains in the PCT for longer duration, ensuring that maximum amount of useful molecules are reabsorbed.

c. Loop of Henle :
This is ‘U’ shaped tube consisting of descending and ascending limb.
The descending limb is thin walled and permeable to water and lined with simple squamous epithelium.
The ascending limb is thick walled and impermeable to water and is lined with simple cuboidal epithelium.
The LoH is surrounded by capillaries called vasa recta.
Its function is to operate counter current system – a mechanism for osmoregulation.
The ascending limb of Henle’s loop leads to DCT.

d. Distal convoluted tubule:
This is another coiled part of the nephron.
Its wall consists of simple cuboidal epithelium.
DCT performs tubular secretion / augmentation / active secretion in which, wastes are taken up from surrounding capillaries and secreted into passing urine.
DCT helps in water reabsorption and regulation of pH of body fluids.

e. Collecting tubule:
This is a short, straight part of the DCT which reabsorbs water and secretes protons.
The collecting tubule opens into the collecting duct.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 7

Think about ¡t. (Textbook Page No. 182)

Question 1.
How much blood ¡s supplied to kidney?
Answer:
Around 600 ml of blood passes through each kidney per minute.

Do this. (Textbook Page No. 183)

Question 1.
Check blood reports of patients and comment about possibility of glucosuria.
Answer:
Glucosuria is the presence of glucose sugar in urine. High glucose in urine is usually indicative of diabetes mellitus.

Condition Glucose range in urine
Normal 0 to 15 mg/dL (0 to 0.8 mmol/L)
Prediabetes 100 to 125 mg/dL (5.6 to 6.9 mmol/L)
Diabetes 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L)

[Students can get access to sample reports on the internet and refer the above table to comment on blood reports of patients on their own.]

Use your brain power. (Textbook Page No. 185)

Question 1.
In which regions of nephron the filtrate will he isotonic to blood?
Answer:
Filtrate leasing the proximal convoluted tubule (PCT) is isotonic to the blood plasma.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 185)

Question 1.
Explain the process of urine formation in details.
Answer:
Process of urine formation is completed in three steps, namely;

i. Ultrafiltration/ Glomerular filtration,
ii. Selective reabsorption,
iii. Tubular secretion / Augmentation

i. Ultrafiltration / Glomerular filtration :
Diameter of afferent arteriole is greater than the efferent arteriole. The diameter of capillaries is still smaller than both arterioles. Due to the difference in diameter, blood flows with greater pressure through the glomerulus. This is called as glomerular hydrostatic pressure (GHP) and normally, it is about 55 mmHg. GIIP is opposed by osmotic pressure of blood (normally, about 30 mm Hg) and capsular pressure (normally, about 15 mm Hg).

Hence net / effective filtration pressure (EFP) is 10 mm Hg.
EFP = Hydrostatic pressure in glomerulus – (Osmotic pressure of blood + Filtrate Hydrostatic pressure)
= 55 – (30 + 15)
= 10 mm Hg

Under the effect of high pressure, the thin walls of the capillary become permeable to major components of blood (except blood cells and macromolecules like protein).
Thus, plasma except proteins oozes out through wall of capillaries.
About 600 ml blood passes through each kidney per minute.

The blood (plasma) flowing through kidney (glomeruli) is filtered as glomerular filtrate, at a rate of 125 ml / min. (180 L/d).
Glomerular filtrate / deproteinized plasma / primary urine is alkaline, contains urea, amino acids, glucose, pigments, and inorganic ions.
Glomerular filtrate passes through filtration slits into capsular space and then reaches the proximal convoluted tubule.

ii. Selective reabsorption :
Selective reabsorption occurs in proximal convoluted tubule (PCT). It is highly coiled so that glomerular filtrate passes through it very slowly. Columnar cells of PCT are provided with microvilli due to which absorptive area increases enormously.
This makes the process of reabsorption very effective.
These cells perform active (ATP mediated) and passive (simple diffusion) reabsorption.

Substances with considerable importance (high threshold) like – glucose, amino acids, vitamin C, Ca++, K+, Na+, Cl are absorbed actively, against the concentration gradient. Low threshold substances like water, sulphates, nitrates, etc., are absorbed passively.
In this way, about 99% of glomerular filtrate is reabsorbed in PCT and DCT.

iii. Tubular secretion / Augmentation :
Finally filtrate reaches the distal convoluted tubule via loop of Henle. Peritubular capillaries surround DCT. Cells of distal convoluted tubule and collecting tubule actively absorb the wastes like creatinine and ions like K+, H+ from peritubular capillaries and secrete them into the lumen of DCT and CT, thereby augmenting the concentration of urine and changing its pH from alkaline to acidic.
Secretion of H+ ions in DCT and CT is an important homeostatic mechanism for pH regulation of blood. Tubular secretion is the only process of excretion in marine bony fishes and desert amphibians.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 18

Question 2.
How does counter current mechanism help concentration of urine?
Answer:
Under the conditions like low water intake or high water loss due to sweating, humans can produce concentrated urine. This urine can be concentrated around four times i.e. 1200 mOsm/L than the blood (300 mOsm/L). Hence, a mechanism called countercurrent mechanism is operated in the human kidneys. The countercurrent mechanism operating in the Limbs of Henle’s loop of juxtamedullary nephrons and vasa recta is as follows:

  1. It involves the passage of fluid from descending to ascending limb of Henle’s loop.
  2. This mechanism is called countercurrent mechanism, since the flow of tubular fluid is in opposite direction through both limbs.
  3. In case of the vasa recta, blood flows from ascending to descending parts of itself.
  4. Wall of descending limb is thin and permeable to water, hence, water diffuses from tubular fluid into tissue fluid due to which, tubular fluid becomes concentrated.
  5. The ascending limb is thick and impermeable to water. Its cells can reabsorb Na+ and Cl from tubular fluid and release into tissue fluid.
  6. Due to this, tissue fluid around descending limb becomes concentrated. This makes more water to move out from descending limb into tissue fluid by osmosis.
  7. Thus, as tubular fluid passes down through descending limb, its osmolarity (concentration) increases gradually due to water loss and on the other hand, progressively decreases due to Na+ and Cl secretion as it flows up through ascending limb.
  8. Whenever retention of water is necessary, the pituitary secretes ADH. ADH makes the cells in the wall of collecting ducts permeable to water.
  9. Due to this, water moves from tubular fluid into tissue fluid, making the urine concentrated.
  10. Cells in the wall of deep medullar part of collecting ducts are permeable to urea. As concentrated urine flows through it, urea diffuses from urine into tissue fluid and from tissue fluid into the tubular fluid flowing through thin ascending limb of Henle’s loop.
  11. This urea cannot pass out from tubular fluid while flowing through thick segment of ascending limb, DCT and cortical portion of collecting duct due to impermeability for it in these regions.
  12. However, while flowing through collecting duct, water reabsorption is operated under the influence of ADII. Due to this, urea concentration increases in the tubular fluid and same urea again diffuses into tissue fluid in deep medullar region.
  13.  Thus, same urea is transferred between segments of renal tubule and tissue fluid of inner medulla. This is called urea recycling; operated for more and more water reabsorption from tubular fluid and thereby excreting small volumes of concentrated urine.
  14. Osmotic gradient is essential in the renal medulla for water reabsorption by counter current multiplier system.
  15. This osmotic gradient is maintained by vasa recta by operating counter current exchange system.
  16. Vasa recta also have descending and ascending limbs. Blood that enters the descending limb of the vasa recta has normal osmolarity of about 300 mOsm/L.
  17.  As it flows down in the region of renal medulla where tissue fluid becomes increasingly concentrated, Na+, Cl and urea molecules diffuse from tissue fluid into blood and water diffuse from blood into tissue fluid.
  18. Due to this, blood becomes more concentrated which now flows through ascending part of vasa recta. This part runs through such region of medulla where tissue fluid is less concentrated.
  19. Due to this, Na+, Cl and urea molecules diffuse from blood to tissue fluid and water from tissue fluid to blood. This mechanism helps to maintain the osmotic gradient.
    Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 19

Try this. (Textbook Page No. 185)

Question 1.
Read the given urine report and prepare a note on composition of normal urine.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation 20
Answer:
The composition of normal urine is as follows:

  1. A volume of 1 – 2 litres of urine in 24 hours is normal. This volume can however vary considerably as it depends on fluid intake, physical activity, temperature, etc.
  2. The colour of normal urine is generally pale yellow due to urochrome (pigment produced by breakdown of bile). The colour of urine may vary slightly due to urochrome concentration and diet.
  3. The appearance of urine is generally clear and transparent.
  4. Any form of deposits (sediments/ crystals) is generally absent in normal urine.
  5. The pH of normal urine is acidic and is generally around 6.0 (Range: 4.6 to 8.0). The pH varies considerably with the diet of a person.
  6. The specific gravity of urine is an average of 1.02 ( Range : 1.001 to 1.035).
  7. Albumin, sugar, bile salts bile pigments, ketone bodies and casts are absent in normal urine.
  8. Occult blood is generally not seen in normal urine.

Think (Textbook Page No. 185)

Question 1.
What would happen if ADH secretion decreases due to any reason?
Answer:
In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus. Frequent excretion of large amount of dilute urine may cause a person to feel thirsty.

Think and appreciate. (Textbook Page No. 185)

Question 1.
How do kidneys bring about homeostasis? Is there any role of neuro endocrine system in it?
Answer:
The composition of urine depends upon food and fluid consumed by an individual. There are two ways in which it the composition is regulated. They are as follows:

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH
ii. Electrolyte reabsorption though RAAS
iii. Atrial Natriuretic Peptide

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH:
Hypothalamus in the midbrain has special receptors called osmoreceptors which can detect change in osmolarity (measure of total number of dissolved particles per liter of solution) of blood.
If osmolarity of blood increases due to water loss from the body (after eating namkeen or due to sweating), osmoreceptors trigger release of Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) from neurohypophysis (posterior pituitary). ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.

This leads to reduction in urine volume and decrease in osmolarity of blood.
Once the osmolarity of blood comes to normal, activity of osmoreceptor cells decreases leading to decrease in ADH secretion. This is called negative feedback.
In case of hemorrhage or severe dehydration too, osmoreceptors stimulate ADH secretion. ADH is important in regulating water balance through kidneys.

In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus.
[Note: Hypothalamus is a part of forebrain]

ii. Electrolyte reabsorption through RAAS:
Another regulatory mechanism is RAAS (Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone System) by Juxta Glomerular Apparatus (JGA).
Whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration), JGA cells release Renin. Renin converts angiotensinogen secreted by hepatocytes in liver to Angiotensin I. ‘Angiotensin converting enzyme’ further modifies Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II, the active form of hormone. It stimulates adrenal cortex to release another hormone called aldosterone that stimulates DCT and collecting ducts to reabsorb more Na and water, thereby increasing blood volume and pressure.

iii. Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

No. Both ADH and RAAS are essential for homeostasis.

  1. Only ADH can lower blood Na+ concentration by way of water reabsorption in DCI and collecting duct. whereas RAAS stimulates Na+ reabsorption and maintains osmolarity of body fluid.
  2. Action of ADH and RAAS leads to increase in blood volume and osmolarity.
  3. For mechanism of Atrial natriuretic peptide:

Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

ADH is produced by the hypothalamus and is stored and released by the posterior pituitary or the neurohypophysis in response to appropriate trigger. Hence, there is a role of the neuroendocrine system in homeostasis.

Use your brain power. (Textbook Page No. 186)

Question 1.
Can we use this knowledge in treatment of high blood pressure? Why high BP medicines are many a times diuretics?
Answer:

  1. Yes, the knowledge of homoeostasis is used in the treatment of high blood pressure.
  2. Some commonly used theories for treatment of high blood pressure are as follows:
    • Angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are used as medications to treat high blood pressure. These medications block the action of angiotensin II by preventing angiotensin II from binding to angiotensin II receptors on the muscles surrounding blood vessels. As a result, blood vessels enlarge (dilate), and blood pressure is reduced.
    • Another method is the use of ‘Angiotensin converting enzyme’ ACE blockers. These inhibitors inhibit activity of ACE and therefore decrease the production of angiotensin II. As a result, these medications cause the blood vessels to enlarge or dilate, and this reduces blood pressure.
  3. Vasodilation reduces arterial pressure. Reduced angiotensin II leads to natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis, thereby reducing blood pressure.
  4. Too much salt can cause extra fluid to build up in the blood vessels, raising blood pressure. Diuretics are substances that slow renal absorption of water and thereby cause diuresis (elevated urine flow rate) which in turn reduces blood volume and blood pressure by flushing out salt and extra fluid. Hence, high BP medicines are many a times diuretics.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Can you tell? (Textbook page no. 186)
How do skin and lungs help in excretion?
OR
Can you tell? (Textbook page no. 187)
Explain role of lungs and skin in excretion.
Answer:
Yes, various organs other than the kidney participate in excretion. They are as follows:

i. Skin:

Skin acts as an accessory excretory organ. The skin of many organisms is thin and permeable. It helps in diffusion of waste products like ammonia.
Human skin however is thick and impermeable. It shows presence of two types of glands namely, sweat glands and sebaceous glands.

  • Sweat glands are distributed all over the skin. They are abundant in the palm and facial regions.
    These simple, unbranched, coiled, tubular glands open on the surface of the skin through an opening called sweat pore. Sweat is primarily produced for thermoregulation but it also excretes substances like water, NaCl, lactic acid and urea.
  • Sebaceous glands are present at the neck of hair follicles. They secrete oily substance called sebum.
    It forms a lubricating layer on skin making it softer. It protects skin from infection and injury.

ii. Lungs:

Lungs are the accessory excretory organs. They help in excretion of volatile substances like CO2 and water vapour produced during cellular respiration. Along with CO2, lungs also remove excess of H2O in the form of vapours during expiration. They also excrete volatile substances present in spices and other food stuff.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 187)

Question 1.
When does kidney produce renin? Where is it produced in kidney?
Answer:
Kidney produces renin whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration).
The juxtaglomerular Apparatus (JGA) cells secrete renin.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Biology Solutions Chapter 15 Excretion and Osmoregulation

Question 2.
Explain how electrolyte balance of blood plasma maintained.
Answer:
The composition of urine depends upon food and fluid consumed by an individual. There are two ways in which it the composition is regulated. They are as follows:

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH
ii. Electrolyte reabsorption though RAAS
iii. Atrial Natriuretic Peptide

i. Regulating water reabsorption through ADH:
Hypothalamus in the midbrain has special receptors called osmoreceptors which can detect change in osmolarity (measure of total number of dissolved particles per liter of solution) of blood.

If osmolarity of blood increases due to water loss from the body (after eating namkeen or due to sweating), osmoreceptors trigger release of Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) from neurohypophysis (posterior pituitary). ADH stimulates reabsorption of water from last part of DCT and entire collecting duct by increasing the permeability of cells.

This leads to reduction in urine volume and decrease in osmolarity of blood.
Once the osmolarity of blood comes to normal, activity of osmoreceptor cells decreases leading to decrease in ADH secretion. This is called negative feedback.
In case of hemorrhage or severe dehydration too, osmoreceptors stimulate ADH secretion. ADH is important in regulating water balance through kidneys.

In absence of ADH, diuresis (dilution of urine) takes place and person tends to excrete large amount of dilute urine. This condition called as diabetes insipidus.
[Note: Hypothalamus is a part of forebrain]

ii. Electrolyte reabsorption through RAAS:
Another regulatory mechanism is RAAS (Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone System) by Juxta Glomerular Apparatus (JGA).

Whenever blood supply (due to change in blood pressure or blood volume) to afferent arteriole decreases (e.g. low BP/dehydration), JGA cells release Renin. Renin converts angiotensinogen secreted by hepatocytes in liver to Angiotensin I. ‘Angiotensin converting enzyme’ further modifies Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II, the active form of hormone. It stimulates adrenal cortex to release another hormone called aldosterone that stimulates DCT and collecting ducts to reabsorb more Na and water, thereby increasing blood volume and pressure.

iii. Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

No. Both ADH and RAAS are essential for homeostasis.

  1. Only ADH can lower blood Na+ concentration by way of water reabsorption in DCI and collecting duct. whereas RAAS stimulates Na+ reabsorption and maintains osmolarity of body fluid.
  2. Action of ADH and RAAS leads to increase in blood volume and osmolarity.
  3. For mechanism of Atrial natriuretic peptide:

Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP): A large increase in blood volume and pressure stimulates atrial wall to produce atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). ANP inhibits Na+ and Cl reabsorption from collecting ducts inhibits release of renin, reduces aldosterone and ADH release too. This leads to a condition called Natriuresis (increased excretion of Na+ in urine) and diuresis.

Can you tell? (Textbook Page No. 187)

Question 1.
What is the composition of sweat?
Answer:
Sweat is composed of water, NaCl, lactic acid and urea.

Internet my friend. (Textbook Page No. 189)

Question 1.
Treatments other than surgical removal of kidney stone like Lithotripsy. (Breaking down of kidney stones using shock waves).
Answer:
a. Cystoscopy and ureteroscopy:
During cystoscopy, the doctor uses a cystoscope to look inside the urethra and bladder to find a stone in the urethra or bladder.
During ureteroscopy, the doctor uses a ureteroscope, which is longer and thinner than a cystoscope, to see detailed images of the lining of the ureters and kidneys.

The doctor inserts the cystoscope or ureteroscope through the urethra to see the rest of the urinary tract. Once the stone is found, the doctor can remove it or break it into smaller pieces.
The doctor performs these procedures in the hospital with anesthesia.

b. Percutaneous nephrolithotomy:
The doctor uses a thin viewing tool, called a nephroscope, to locate and remove the kidney stone.
The doctor inserts the tool directly into your kidney through a small cut made in your back.
For larger kidney stones, the doctor also may use a laser to break the kidney stones into small pieces. The doctor performs percutaneous nephrolithotomy in a hospital with anesthesia.

c. Generally for smaller stones doctors recommend drinking lots of water, consuming pain relievers and consuming medicines like alpha blocker to relax the ureter muscles, and help pass the kidney stones more quickly and with less pain

[Students are expected to find more information using the internet.]

Question 2.
Dietary restrictions suggested for kidney patients.
Dietary restrictions for kidney patients include the following:

  1. Drinking large amounts of water.
  2. Reduce consumption of oxalate rich food like rhubarb, beets, okra, spinach, Swiss chard, sweet potatoes, nuts, tea, chocolate and soy products.
  3. Follow a diet low in salt and animal protein.
  4. Reduce consumption of calcium supplements (if any) but consume appropriate amount of calcium in food.

[Students are expected to find more information using the internet.]

11th Std Biology Questions And Answers:

Heredity and Variation Class 9 Science Chapter 16 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 16

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Complete the following sentences by choosing the appropriate words from the brackets.
(Inheritance, sexual reproduction, asexual reproduction, chromosomes, DNA, RNA, gene)

a. Hereditary characters are transferred from parents to offsprings by …………………………….., hence they are said to be structural and functional units of heredity.
b. Organisms produced by …………………………….. show minor variations.
c. The component which is in the nuclei of cells and carries the hereditary characteristics is called ……………………………..
d. Chromosomes are mainly made up of ……………………………..
e. Organisms produced through …………………………….. show major variations.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

2. Explain the following.

a. Explain Mendel’s monohybrid progeny with the help of any one cross.
Answer:

  • Mendel brought about a cross between two pea plants with only pair of contrasting characters. This type of cross is called a monohybrid cross.
  • Tall pea plants and dwarf pea plants were used in this cross. Hence this is parent generation (P1).
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 3
  • All the plants produced in F1 genration are tall, having genotype Tt. This indicates that the gene responsible for tallness in pea plants is dominant over the gene responsible for dwarfness.
  • When F1 plants are self pollinated they produce second filial generation (F2).
  • In F2 generation both tall and dwarf plants appeared in the ratio 3:1.
  • Thus, the genotypic ratio of F2 generation is 3 (Tall) : 1 (Dwarf) and the genotypic ratio is 1 TT : 2 Tt: 1 tt.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

b. Explain Mendel’s dihybrid ratio with the help of any one cross.
Answer:

  • In dihybrid cross, Mendel considered two pairs of contrasting characters.
  • He made a cross between a pea plant producing rounded and yellow couloured seeds and a pea plant with wrinkled and green coloured seeds.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 4
  • All the plants produced in F1 generation had rounded yellow seeds. This is because in pea plants, round shape of seed is dominant over wrinkled shape and yellow colour of seed is dominant over green colour.
  • When F1 plants are self pollinated, they produce four types of gamates – RY, Ry, rY, ry.
  • F2 plants formed by the fusion of four types of male gametes and four types of female gametes, had phenotypes such as round yellow, wrinkled yellow, round green and wrinkled green.
  • Also, F2 generation showed nine different types of genotypes such as RRYY, RRYy, RRyy, RrYY, RrYy, Rryy, rrYY, rrYy, rryy.
  • Phenotypic ratio of dihybrid cross is
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 5
  • The genotypic ratio of dihybrid cross is
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 6

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

c. Distinguish between monohybrid and dihybrid cross.
Answer:

Monohybrid cross Dihybrid cross
(i) Cross involving a single pair of contrasting characters is called monohybrid cross. (i) Cross involving two pairs of contrasting characters is called a dihybrid cross.
(ii) F1 plants of monohybrid cross produce two types of gametes. (ii) F1 plants of dihybrid cross produce four types of gametes.
(iii) Monohybrid cross has a phenotypic ratio of 3 : 1 in F2 generation. (iii) Dihybrid cross has a phenotypic ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 in F2 generation.

d. Is it right to avoid living with a person suffering from a genetic disorder?
Answer:

  • No, it is not right to avoid living with a person suffering from a genetic disorder.
  • Genetic disorders are transmitted from parents to offsprings only and they are non-contagious, i.e., they do not spread from one person to another through contact.

3. Answers the following questions in your own words.

a. What is meant by ‘chromosome’. Explain its types.
Answer:

  • The structure in the nucleus of cells that carries the hereditary characteristics is called the chromosome.
  • It is made up mainly of nucleic acids and proteins.
  • Depending upon the position of the centromere, there are four types of chromosomes.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 7

(a) Metacentric: The centromere is exactly at the mid-point in this chromosome, and therefore, it looks like the English letter ‘V’. The arms of this chromosome are equal in length.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

(b) Sub-metacentric: The centromere is somewhere near the mid-point in this chromosome which, therefore, looks like the English letter ‘U. One arm is slightly shorter than the other.

(c) Acrocentric: The centromere is near one end of this chromosome which therefore looks like the English letter One arm is much smaller than the other.

(d) Telocentric: The centromere is right at the end of this chromosome making the chromosome look like the English letter ‘i’. This chromosome consists of only one arm.

b. Describe the structure of the DNA molecule.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 8

  • In 1953, Watson and Crick proposed a model of the DNA molecule.
  • As per their model, two parallel threads (strands) of nucleotides are coiled around each other to form a double helix structure. This structure can be compared with a coiled and a flexible ladder.
  • Each strand of DNA is made up of many small molecules known as nucleotides.
  • Each nucleotide is made up of a molecule of nitrogen base and phosphoric acid joined to a molecule of sugar.
  • There are four types of nitrogen bases-adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymine. Adenine and guanine are called as purines while cytosine and thymine are called as pyrimidines.
  • Nucleotides are arranged like a chain in the DNA.
  • The two threads (strands) of the DNA are comparable to the two rails of the ladder and each rail is made up of alternately joined molecules of sugar and phosphoric acid.
  • Each rung of the ladder is a pair of nitrogenous bases joined by hydrogen bonds. Adenine always pairs with thymine and cytosine always pairs with guanine.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

c. Express your opinion about the use of DNA fingerprinting.
Answer:

  • DNA fingerprinting is the technique in which the sequence of the genes in the DNA of a person, i.e., the genome of the person is identified.
  • This technique is useful to identify the lineage and to identify criminals because it is unique to every person.
  • It is also useful to identify paternity and maternity disputes etc.
  • This technique was developed by Professor of genetics Sir Alec Jeffreys.
  • A common method of collecting a reference sample, is in the use of a buccal swab. If this is not available, blood or saliva or hair sample may be used.
  • Just like your actual fingerprint, your DNA fingerprint is something that you are born with. It is unique to you.
  • DNA fingerprint is very useful in forensic science.

d. Explain the structure, function and types of RNA.
Answer:

  • Ribonucleic acid (RNA) is an important nucleic acid of the cell.
  • RNA is made up of ribose sugar, phosphate molecules and four types of nitrogenous bases adenine, guanine, cytosine and uracil.
  • The nucleotide i.e., smallest unit of the chain of the RNA molecule is formed by the combination of a ribose sugar, phosphate molecule and one of the nitrogen bases.
  • Large numbers of nucleotides are bonded together to form the macromolecule of RNA.
  • RNA performs the function of protein synthesis.
  • According to function, there are three types of RNA:
    (a) Ribosomal RNA (rRNA): It is the component of cellular organelle ribosome. Ribosomes perform the function of protein synthesis.(b) Messenger RNA (mRNA): It carries the information for protein synthesis from genes (i.e. DNA segment in the cell nucleus) to ribosomes (in the cytoplasm) which produce the proteins.(c) Transfer RNA (tRNA): It carries the amino acid up to the ribosomes as per the message of the mRNA.

e. Why is it necessary for people to have their blood examined before marriage?
Answer:

  • If people have their blood examined before marriage, the partners will know about the possible genetic diseases that their children might inherit. So they may decide not to have children or not to get married.
  • Blood tests before marriage are also done to check for any contagious disease in the partners. This will help to protect the partners from contagious diseases like STDs.

4. Write a brief note on each.

a. Down syndrome
Answer:

  • Down syndrome is the disorder arising due to chromosomal abnormality.
  • This is the first discovered and described the chromosomal disorder in human beings.
  • This disorder is characterized by the presence of 47 chromosomes. It is described as the trisomy of the 21st pair.
  • Infants with this disorder have one extra chromosome with the 21st pair in every cell of the body. Therefore, they have 47 chromosomes instead of 46. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation
  • Children suffering from Down syndrome are usually mentally retarded and have a short lifespan. Mental retardation is the most prominent characteristic.
  • Other symptoms include short height, short wide neck, flat nose, short fingers, scanty hair, single horizontal crease on palm and a life expectancy of about 16-20 years.

b. Monogenic disorders
Answer:

  • Disorders occurring due to mutation in any single gene into a defective one are called monogenic disorders.
  • Approximately 4000 disorders of this type are now known.
  • Due to abnormal genes, their products are either produced in insufficient quantity or not produced at all.
  • It causes abnormal metabolism and may lead to death at a tender age.
  • Examples of monogenic disorders are Hutchinson’s disease, Tay-Sachs disease, galactosaemia, phenylketonuria, sickle cell anaemia, cyctic fibrosis, albinism, haemophilia, night blindness etc.

c. Sickle cell anaemia: symptoms and treatment.
Answer:

  • Sickle-cell anaemia is a hereditary disease caused due to mutation in a single gene. It is a monogenic disorder.
  • Normal haemoglobin has glutamic acid as the 6th amino acid in its molecular structure. However, if it is replaced by valine, the shape/structure of the haemoglobin molecule, changes.
  • Due to this, the erythrocytes (RBCs) which are normally biconcave become sickle-shaped. This condition is called sickle-cell anaemia. The oxygen-carrying capacity of haemoglobin in such individuals is very low.
  • In this condition, clumping and thereby, destruction of erythrocytes occurs most often. As a result, blood vessels are obstructed and the circulatory system, brain, lungs, kidneys, etc. are damaged.
  • Symptoms of sickle-cell anaemia are swelling of legs and hands, pain in joints, severe general body aches, frequent cold and cough, constant low-grade fever, exhaustion, pale face, low haemoglobin count.
  • A person suffering from sickle-cell anaemia should take a tablet of folic acid daily.

5. How are the items in groups A, B and C inter-releated?

6. Filling the blanks based on the given relationship.
a. 44 + X : Turner syndrome : : 44 + XXY: – ……………………………..
b. 3:1 Monohybrid : : 9:3:3:1 : ……………………………..
c. Women : Turner syndrome : : Men : ……………………………..
Answer:
a. Klinefelter syndrome
b. Dihybrid
c. Klinefelter syndrome

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

7. Complete the tree diagram below based on types of hereditary disorders.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 1
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 2

Class 9 Science Chapter 12 Study of Sound Intext Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How do specific traits or characteristics appear in organisms? (Can you tell; Textbook Page No. 180)
Answer:

  • Information necessary for synthesis of a particular protein is stored in the DNA.
  • The segment of DNA which contains all the information for synthesis of a particular protein is called a gene for that protein.
  • To understand how a specific trait is expressed, let us consider plant height as an example.
  • We know that there are growth hormones in plants. Increase in the height of plants depends upon the quantity of growth hormones.
  • The quantity of growth hormone produced by a plant depends upon the efficiency of the concerned enzyme.
  • Efficient enzymes produce a greater quantity of the hormone due to which the height of the plant increases.
  • However, if the enzymes are less efficient, a smaller quantity of hormone is produced leading to the stunting of the plant.
  • Thus, the expression of traits is controlled by the genes.

Question 2.
Show the monohybrid cross between (RR) and (rr) and write the phenotypic and genotypic ratio of F2 generation. (Use your brain power; Textbook Page No. 187)
Answer:
Parental Generation (P1)
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 9
Phenotypic ratio : 3 Round : 1 Wrinkled
Genotypic ratio : 1 RR : 2 Rr : 1 rr

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 3.
Why did the characteristic of the Rounded- Yellow seeds alone appear in the Fj generation but not the characteristic of the wrinkled- green seeds? (Use your brain power; Textbook Page No. 187)
Answer:

  • Rounded-Yellow seeds is a dominant characteristic whereas wrinkled-green seeds is a recessive characteristic.
  • Therefore only the characteristic of Rounded- Yellow seeds appeared in the F1 generation.

Question 4.
Do all boys and girls of your class look alike? (Think about it; Textbook Page No. 179)
Answer:

  • No, all the boys and girls of my class do not look alike.
  • There is a lot of variation among them.

Question 5.
Carefully observe your classmate’s earlobes. (Observe; Textbook Page No. 179)
Answer:

  • Most of the classmates have free earlobes while very few have attached ear lobes.
  • This shows that in humans free earlobes is a dominant characteristic whereas attached earlobe is a recessive characteristic.

Question 6.
Irrespective of all of us being humans, what difference do you notice in our skin colour? (Observe; Textbook Page No. 179)
Answer:

  • Irrespective of all of us being humans, there is a lot of variation in our skin colour. Some people are light-skinned while some are dark-skinned.
  • The difference in skin colour is due to the gene responsible for the production of the pigment melanin.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 7.
All of you are in std. IX. Why then are some students tall and some short? (Observe; Textbook Page No. 179)
Answer:
Our height is decided by gene. People who are tall have genes for tallness whereas people who are short have genes for shortness and hence the variation.

Class 9 Science Chapter 12 Study of Sound Additional Important Questions and Answers

Choose and write the correct option:

Question 1.
The similarities and differences are all the effect of
(a) Heredity
(b) Fertilization
(c) Evolution
(d) Natural selection
Answer:
(a) Heredity

Question 2.
Each chromosome appears midway during cell division.
(a) Circular
(b) Rod-shaped
(c) Dumbbell-shaped
(d) Bottle-shaped
Answer:
(c) dumbbell-shaped

Question 3.
The chromosome in which the centromere is exactly at the mid-point is called chromosome.
(a) sub-metacentric
(b) metacentric
(c) acrocentric
(d) telocentric
Answer:
(b) metacentric

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 4.
The chromosome in which the centromere is somewhere near the mid-point is called chromosome.
(a) metacentric
(b) acrocentric
(c) sub-metacentric
(d) telocentric
Answer:
(c) sub-metacentric

Question 5.
The chromosome in which the centromere is near one end of the chromosome is called chromosome.
(a) metacentric
(b) acrocentric
(c) sub-metacentric
(d) telocentric
Answer:
(d) telocentric

Question 6.
Sex chromosomes are called
(a) homologous chromosomes
(b) autosomes
(c) allosomes
(d) metacentric chromosomes
Answer:
(c) allosomes

Question 7.
Which of the following is absent in RNA?
(a) Adenine
(b) Uracil
(c) Cytosine
(d) Thymine
Answer:
(d) Thymine

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 8.
DNA was discovered by
(a) Watson and Crick
(b) Frederick Miescher
(c) Gregor Johann Mendel
(d) Robert Brown
Answer:
(b) Frederick Miescher

Question 9.
The double helix model of DNA was produced by
(a) Watson and Crick
(b) Frederick Miescher
(c) Gregor Johann Mendel
(d) Robert Hooke
Answer:
(a) Watson and Crick

Question 10.
The molecule of RNA which is a component of the ribosome organelle is called a
(a) mRNA
(b) tRNA
(c) rRNA
(d) DNA
Answer:
(c) rRNA

Question 11.
In a monohybrid cross, the phenotypic ratio of F, generation is
(a) 1 tall: 3 dwarf
(b) 2 tall: 2 dwarf
(c) 3 tall: 1 dwarf
(d) 3 tall: 2 dwarf
Answer:
(c) 3 talhl dwarf

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 12.
arises due to either inheritance of only X chromosome from parents or due to inactivation of the gender-related part of X-chromosomes.
(a) Down syndrome
(b) Turner syndrome
(c) Klinefelter syndrome
(d) Albinism
Answer:
(b) Turner syndrome

Question 13.
Progenies of normal man and sufferer woman for sickle-cell anaemia will be
(a) all normal
(b) 25% normal and 75% sufferer
(c) all carrier
(d) all sufferer
Answer:
(c) all carrier

Question 14.
is a mitochondrial disorder.
(a) Down syndrome
(b) Cleft palate
(c) Spina bifida
(d) Leber hereditary optic neuropathy
Answer:
(d) Leber hereditary optic neuropathy

Question 15.
is a monogenic disorder.
(a) Haemophilia
(b) Cleft palate
(c) Diabetes
(d) Spina bifida
Answer:
(a) Haemophilia

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 16.
is a recessive character of pea plant.
(a) Round shape of seeds
(b) White colour of flowers
(c) Green colour of pods
(d) Inflated shape of pods
Answer:
(b) White colour of flowers

Question 17.
is a dominant character of pea plant.
(a) Dwarf height
(b) Yellow colour of pod
(c) Yellow colour of seeds
(d) Terminal position of flower
Answer:
(c) Yellow colour of seeds

Question 18.
is a dominant character in human beings.
(a) Non-rolling tongue
(b) Attached ear lobe
(c) Absence of hair on arms
(d) Free ear lobe
Answer:
(d) Free ear lobe

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 19.
is a recessive character in human beings.
(a) Absence of hair on arms
(b) Black and curly hair
(c) Free earlobe
(d) Presence of hair on arms
Answer:
(a) Absence of hair on arms

Question 20.
If one parent is normal and one parent is carrier of sickle-cell anaemia, then the progenies will be
(a) all normal
(b) 50% normal and 50% carrier
(c) 50% carrier and 50% sufferer
(d) all carrier
Answer:
(b) 50% normal and 50% carrier

Question 21.
If one parent is carrier and one parent is a sufferer of sickle-cell anaemia, then the progenies will be
(a) 50% normal and 50% carrier
(b) all sufferers
(c) 50% carrier and 50% sufferer
(d) all carrier
Answer:
(c) 50% carrier and 50% sufferer

Find the odd man out:

Question 1.
Adenine, thymine, cytosine, uracil
Answer:
Adenine. It is a purine whereas the others are pyrimidines.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 2.
Axillary flower, green pod, green seed, inflated pod
Answer:
Green seed. It is a recessive character of pea plant whereas the others are dominant characters.

Question 3.
Constricted pod, purple flower, axillary flower, yellow seeds.
Answer:
Constricted pod. It is a recessive character of pea plant whereas the others are dominant characters.

Question 4.
Green seeds, wrinkled seeds, terminal flower, green pod.
Answer:
Green pod. It is a dominant character of pea plant whereas the others are recessive characters.

Question 5.
Attached ear lobes, brown and straight hair, non-rolling tongue, presence of hair on arms.
Answer:
Presence of hair on arms. It is a dominant characteristic of human beings whereas the others are recessive characters.

Question 6.
Cystic fibrosis, albinism, spina bifida, sicklecell anaemia.
Answer:
Spina bifida. It is a polygenic disorder whereas the others are monogenic disorders.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 7.
Fiutchinson’s disease, phenylketonuria, nightblindness, leber hereditary optic neuropathy.
Answer:
Leber hereditary optic neuropathy. It is a mitochondrial disorder whereas the others are monogenic disorders.

Complete the analogy:

a. Tall plant: Phenotype :: Tt:
b. Dominant trait : Axial position of flower :: Recessive trait:
c. Women : 44 + XX :: Men :
d. Adenine and Guanine : Purine :: Cytosine and Thymine :
Answer:
a. Genotype
b. Terminal position of flower
c. 44 + XY
d. Pyrimidine

Match the columns

Question 1.

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
(1) Leber hereditary optic neuropathy (a) 44 + XXY (i) Pale skin, white hairs.
(2) Diabetes (b) 45 + X (ii) Men are sterile.
(3) Albinism (c) Mitochondrial disorder (iii) Women are sterile.
(4) Turner syndrome (d) Polygenic disorder (iv) This disorder arises during development of zygote.
(5) Klinefelter Syndrome (e) Monogenic disorder (v) Effect on blood- glucose level.

Answer:
(1 – c – iv),
(2 – d – v),
(3 – e – i),
(4-b- Hi),
(5 – a – ii)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 2.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Yellow and rinkled (a) yyrr
(2) Green and round (b) YyRr
(3) Yellow and round (c) YYrr
(4) Green and wrinkled (d) yyRr

Answer:
(1 – c),
(2 – d),
(3 – b),
(4 – a)

Question 3.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Tay-Sachs disease (a) Multifactorial disorder
(2) Diabetes (b) Destruction of erythrocytes
(3) Sickle-cell anaemia (c) Absence of melanin
(4) Albinism (d) Monogenic disorder

Answer:
(1 – d),
(2 – a),
(3 – b),
(4 – c)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

State whether the following statements are true or false. Correct the false statement:

Question 1.
Offsprings produced through asexual reproduction show greater variations as compared to those produced through sexual reproduction.
Answer:
False. Offsprings produced through asexual reproduction show minor variations as compared to those produced through sexual reproduction.

Question 2.
Information necessary for protein synthesis is stored in the RNA.
Answer:
False. Information necessary for protein synthesis is stored in the DNA.

Question 3.
The quantity of growth hormone produced by a plant depends upon the efficiency of the concerned enzyme.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
The chromosome in which the centromere is exactly at the mid-point is called telocentric chromosome.
Answer:
False. The chromosome in which the centromere is exactly at the mid-point is called metacentric chromosome.

Question 5.
RNA molecules are called master molecules.
Answer:
False. DNA molecules are called master molecules.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 6.
The pair of sex chromosomes are called autosomes.
Answer:
False. The pair of sex chromosomes is called allosomes.

Question 7.
In DNA, Adenine always pairs with thymine and cytosine always pairs with guanine.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
In humans there are 23 pairs of autosomes and one pair of allosomes.
Answer:
False. In humans, there are 22 pairs of autosomes and one pair of allosomes.

Question 9.
The phenotypic and genotypic ratios are not same.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
Phenotype means the pairs of genes responsible for the visible characteristics of organisms.
Answer:
False. Phentotype means external appearance of visible characteristics of organisms.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 11.
During gamete formation, in Pj generation the pair of gametes separate independently.
Answer:
True

Question 12.
Down syndrome is caused due to monosomy of X chromosome.
Answer:
False. Down syndrome is caused due to trisomy of 21st chromosome.

Question 13.
In Klinefelter syndrome, women are sterile.
Answer:
False. In Klinefelter syndrome, men are sterile as this disorder arises in men due to abnormality in sex chromosome.

Question 14.
If the father and mother are both sufferers or carriers of sickle-cell anaemia, their offsprings are likely to suffer from this disease.
Answer:
True

Question 15.
During fertilization, mitochondria is contributed by the sperm cell and egg cell(ovum).
Answer:
False. During fertilization, mitochondria is contributed by the egg cell (ovum) alone.

Question 16.
Polygenic disorders strictly follow Mendel’s principles of heredity.
Answer:
False. Polygenic disorders do not strictly follow Mendel’s principles of heredity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 17.
Genetic material is transferred in equal quantity from parents to progeny.
Answer:
True

Give scientific reasons:

Question 1.
DNA molecules are called as ‘Master molecules’.
Answer:

  • Molecules of DNA are present in all organisms from viruses and bacteria to human beings.
  • These molecules control the functioning, growth and division (reproduction) of the cell.
  • Genes present in the DNA are also responsible for transfer of hereditary characteristics from parents to offsprings.
  • Therefore, DNA molecules are called as ‘Master molecules’.

Question 2.
Phenotypic and genotypic ratios are different.
Answer:

  • Phenotype means external appearance or visible characteristics of organisms whereas the genotype is the pairs of genes responsible for the visible characteristics.
  • The genes responsible for any particular character are present in pairs.
  • Though, there are two genes, the phenotype
    depends on the presence of the dominant gene, e.g. Genotype for tall height of the plant is TT or Tt.
  • Therefore, phenotypic and genotypic ratios are different.

Question 3.
A carrier or sufferer of sickle-cell anaemia should avoid marriage with another carrier or sufferer.
Answer:

  • Sickle-cell anaemia is a hereditary disease caused due to mutation of a single gene.
  • It is a monogenic disorder that occurs due to changes in a gene during conception.
  • If father and mother both are sufferers or carriers of sickle-cell anaemia, their offsprings are likely to suffer from the disease.
  • Therefore, a carrier or sufferer of sickle-cell anaemia should avoid marriage with another carrier or sufferer.

Question 3.
Mitochondrial disorders are inherited from the mother only.
Answer:

  • Mitochondrial DNA becomes defective due to mutation.
  • During fertilization, mitochondria are contributed by the egg cell (ovum) alone.
  • Hence, mitochondrial disorders are inherited from the mother only.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 4.
Tobacco smoking causes cancer.
Answer:

  • Tobacco smoke contains harmful chemicals like pyridine, ammonia, aldehyde furfural, carbon monoxide, nicotine, sulphur dioxide etc.
  • They cause uncontrolled cell division.
  • Tobacco smoke is full of minute carbon particles which cause normal tissue lining of the lung to transform into thickened black tissue. This leads to cancer.
  • Therefore, tobacco smoking causes cancer.

Define the following terms:

Question 1.
Gene
Answer:
The segment of DNA which contains all the information for synthesis of a particular protein is called a ‘gene’.

Question 2.
Chromosome
Answer:
The structure in the nucleus of the cells that carries the hereditary characteristics is called chromosome.

Question 3.
Genetics
Answer:
The branch of biology which studies the transfer of characteristics of organism from one generation to the next and genes in particular, is called genetics.

Question 4.
Heredity
Answer:
Transfer of characteristics from parents to offsprings is called heredity.

Question 5.
Homologous chromosomes
Answer:
If the pair consists of chromosomes are similar in shape and organization, they are called homologous chromosomes.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 6.
Heterologous chromosomes
Answer:
If the pair which consists of chromosomes are not similar in shape and organization, they are called heterologous chromosomes.

Question 7.
Genetic disorders
Answer:
Diseases or disorders occuring due to abnormalities in chromosomes and mutations in genes are called genetic disorders.

Distinguish between:

Question 1.
DNA and RNA
Answer:

DNA RNA
(i) In DNA, the sugar present is deoxyribose. (i) In RNA, the sugar present is ribose.
(ii) In DNA, the nitrogen bases are adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymine. (ii) In RNA, the nitrogen base thymine is replaced by uracil.
(iii) DNA is double stranded. (iii) RNA is single-stranded.
(iv) DNA carries hereditary information (iv) RNA helps in protein synthesis.

Question 2.
Turner syndrome and Klinefelter syndrome.
Answer:

Turner syndrome Kline fater syndrome
(i) It is due to monosomy of sex chromosome. (i) It is due to felter of sex chromosome.
(ii) Disorder in sex chromosome results in 44 + X condition. (ii) Disorder in sex chromosome results is 44 + XY condition.
(iii) Seen in women. (iii) Seen in men
(iv) Women suffering from this syndrome are sexually sterile. (iv) Men suffering from this syndrome are sexually sterile.
(v) There is presence of total 45 chromosomes instead of 46. (v) There is presence of total 47 chromosomes instead of 46.

Write short notes on:

Question 1.
Albinism
Answer:

  • Albinism is a monogenic disorder.
  • Our eyes, skin and hair have colour due to the brown pigment melanin. In this disease, the body cannot produce melanin. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation
  • The skin becomes pale, hair are white and eyes are usually pink due to absence of melanin pigment in the retina and sclera.

Question 2.
Polygenic disorders.
Answer:

  • Polygenic disorders are caused due to mutations in more than one gene.
  • In most such cases, their severity increases due to effects of environmental factors on the foetus.’
  • Common examples of such disorders are cleft lip, cleft palate, constricted stomach, spina bifida (a defect of the spinal cord), etc. Besides diabetes, blood pressure, heart disorders, asthma and obesity are also polygenic disorders.
  • Polygenic disorders do not strictly follow Mendel’s principles of heredity.
  • These disorders arise from a complex interaction between environment, life style and defects in several genes.

Question 3.
Turner syndrome.
Answer:

  • Turner syndrome is a disorder arising in women due to abnormality in sex chromosomes.
  • Turner syndrome arises due to either inheritance of only one X chromosome from parents or due to inactivation of the gender- related part of X-chromosomes.
  • Instead of the normal 44 + XX condition, women suffering from Turner syndrome show a 44 + X condition.
  • Such women are sterile i.e. unable to have children due to improper growth of the reproductive organ.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What are the main objectives of National Health Mission?
Answer:
The main objectives of National Health Mission are:

  • Strengthening of the rural and urban health facilities.
  • Controlling various diseases and illnesses.
  • Increasing public awareness about health.
  • Offering financial assistance to patients through various schemes.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 2.
Which were the seven pairs of contrasting characteristics studied by Mendel in pea plant?
Answer:
The seven pairs of contrasting characters studied by Mendel in pea plant were as follows:

Characters Dominant Recessive
Shape of the seed Round(R) Wrinkled (r)
Colour of the seed Yellow (Y) Green (y)
Colour of the flower Purple (C) White (c)
Shape of pod Inflated (I) Constricted (i)
Colour of pod Green (G) Yellow (g)
Position of flower Axillary (A) Terminal (a)
Height of the plant Tall (T) Dwarf (t)

Question 3.
Name some dominant and recessive characteristics seen in human beings.
Answer:
Some dominant and recessive characteristics of human beings.

Dominant Recessive
Rolling tongue Non-rolling tongue
Presence of hair on arms Absence of hair on arms
Black and curly hair Brown and straight hair
Free earlobe Attached earlobe

Question 4.
What is Klinefelter syndrome?
Answer:

  • Klinefelter syndrome is a disorder arising in men due to abnormalities in sex chromosomes.
  • In this disorder, men have one extra X chromosome, hence their chromosomal condition becomes 44 + XXY.
  • Such men are usually sterile because their reproductive organs are not well developed.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 5.
How is the diagnosis for sickle-cell anaemia made?
Answer:

  • Under the National Health Mission scheme, the ‘Solubility Test’ for diagnosis of sickle-cell anaemia is available at all district hospitals.
  • Similarly, the confirmatory diagnostic test – ‘Electrophoresis’ is performed at rural and subdistrict hospitals.

Question 6.
Find out the Phenotypic ratio of the following:
(a) Round-Yellow
(b) Wrinkled-Yellow
(c) Round-Green
(d) Wrinkled-Green
Answer:
(a) Round-Yellow: 9
(b) Wrinkled-Yellow: 3
(c) Round-Green: 3
(d) Wrinkled-Green: 1
Phenotypic ratio: 9:3:3:1

Question 7.
Find out the Genotypic ratio of the following:
(a) RRYY
(b) RRYy
(c) RRyy
(d) RrYY
(e) RrYy
(f) Rryy
(g) rrYY
(h) rrYy
(i) rryy
Answer:
(a) RRYY -1
(b) RRYy-2
(c) RRyy-1
(d) RrYY-2
(e) RrYy-4
(f) Rryy-2
(g) rrYY – 1
(h) rrYy – 2
(i) rryy – 1
Genotypic ratio: 1:2:1:2:4:2:1:2:1

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Draw neat and labelled diagrams of the following:

Question 1.
Structure of chromosome
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 10

Question 2.
Types of RNA
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation 11

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What are the effects of tobacco consumption?
Answer:

  • Smoking of cigarettes and bidis adversely affects the process of digestion.
  • It causes a burning sensation in the throat and cough.
  • Excessive smoking causes instability and trembling of fingers.
  • It causes dry cough which leads to sleeplessness.
  • Tobacco consumption can lead to shortening of life span, chronic bronchitis, pericarditis, cancer of the lungs, mouth, larynx (voice box), pharynx, urinary bladder, lips or tongue.
  • The nicotine present in tobacco affects the central and peripheral nervous system. Arteries become hard i.e. it causes arteriosclerosis and hypertension.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 16 Heredity and Variation

Question 2.
Complete the table for number of chromosomes in different organisms.
Answer:

Organism No. of Chromosomes
Crab 200
Maize 20
Frog 26
Roundworm 04
Potato 48
Human 46
Dog 78
Elephant 56
Fruit fly 08
Mango 40

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 7

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Complete the following table (Carefully study the carbon, oxygen and nitrogen cycles).

Bio-geo-chemical cycles  Biotic processes  Abiotic processes
1. Carbon cycle
2. Oxygen cycle
3. Nitrogen cycle

2. Correct and rewrite the following statements and justify your corrections.
a. Carnivores occupy the second trophic level in the food chain.
b. The flow of nutrients in an ecosystem is considered to be a ‘one-way’ transport.
c. Plants in an ecosystem are called primary consumers.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

3. Give reasons.
a. Energy flow through an ecosystem is ‘one way’.
Answer:

  • The Sun is the most important source of energy in any ecosystem.
  • Green plants of the ecosystem store some amount of solar energy in the form of food.
  • Before reaching the decomposers, this energy is passed on from one trophic level to the next.
  • Decomposers dissipate some amount of energy in the form of heat.
  • However, no part of the energy ever returns to the Sun. Hence, energy flow through an ecosystem is ‘one way’.

b. Equilibrium is necessary in the various bio-geo-chemical cycles.
Answer:

  • The cyclic flow of nutrients within an ecosystem is called bio-geo-chemical cycles.
  • Nutrients, necessary for the growth of organisms are continuously transferred from abiotic to biotic factors and biotic to abiotic factors within an ecosystem.
  • Any imbalance in the cycles will break the link between the biotic and abiotic factors.
  • Therefore, equilibrium is necessary between bio-geo-chemical cycles.

c. Flow of nutrients through an ecosystem is cyclic.
Answer:

  • All organisms need nutrients for their growth.
  • The nutrients carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, iron, calcium etc. are circulated and recycled from the biosphere to living organisms and after their death back to the biosphere.
  • Nutrients are taken up by plants and then passed on to the consumers.
  • Eventually, after their death, all types of consumers, are decomposed by decomposers like bacteria and fungi and the nutrients are again released into the biosphere and are, used again by living organisms.

Therefore, the flow of nutrients through an ecosystem is cyclic.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

4. Explain the following cycles in your own words with suitable diagrams.
a. Carbon cycle.
7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Exercises
Answer:

  • The circulation and recycling of carbon from the atmosphere to living organisms and after their death back to the atmosphere is called the carbon cycle.
  • Abiotic carbon atoms are circulated and recycled into biotic form mainly through photosynthesis and respiration.
  • Hence, the carbon cycle is one of the important bio-geochemical cycles.
  • Plants convert carbon dioxide into carbohydrates by the process of photosynthesis.
  • Similarly, they produce carbon compounds like proteins and fats, too.
  • Carnivores feed upon herbivores. In this way, biotic carbon is transported from plants to herbivores, from herbivores to carnivores and from carnivores to apex consumers.
  • Main processes in the carbon cycle
    Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Class 9 Questions And Answers
  • Eventually, after death, all types of consumers, are decomposed by decomposers like bacteria and fungi and carbon dioxide is released again into the atmosphere and is used again by living organisms.
  • In this way, carbon is continuously passed on from one living organism to another. After the death of living organisms, carbon goes to the atmosphere and is again taken up by living organisms.

b. Nitrogen cycle.
Answer:
Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem

  • Nitrogen forms 78% i.e. the maximum portion of the atmosphere. It is necessary for the maintenance of the cycle of nature.
  • The circulation and recycling of nitrogen gas into the form of different compounds through various biotic and abiotic processes in nature is called the nitrogen cycle. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
  • All organisms participate in the nitrogen cycle. It is an important component of proteins and nucleic acids.
  • As compared to other elements, it is inactive and does not easily combine with other elements. Most organisms cannot use the free form of nitrogen.
  • Important processes of nitrogen cycle:
    (a) Nitrogen fixation: Conversion of nitrogen into nitrates and nitrites through atmosphere, industrial and biological processes.
    (b) Ammonification: Release of ammonia through the decomposition of dead bodies and excretory wastes of organisms.
    (c) Nitrification: Conversion of ammonia into a nitrite and then nitrate.
    (d) Denitrification: Conversion of nitrogen compounds into gaseous nitrogen.

c. Oxygen cycle.
Answer:
Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Class 9 Exercise 1

  1. Oxygen forms 21% of the atmosphere. It is also present in the hydrosphere and lithosphere. The circulation and recycling of oxygen within the biosphere is called the oxygen cycle.
  2. This cycle, includes both the biotic and abiotic components. Oxygen is continuously produced as well as used up in the atmosphere. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
  3. Oxygen is highly reactive and it readily reacts with other elements and compounds.
  4. As oxygen is found in various forms like molecular oxygen (Oz), water (H,0), carbon dioxide (C02), inorganic compounds etc, the oxygen cycle of the biosphere is extremely complex.
  5. Oxygen is released in the process of photosynthesis, whereas it is used up in processes like respiration, combustion, decomposition, corrosion, rusting, etc.

5. What would you do to help maintain the equilibrium in the various bio-geochemical cycles? Explain in brief.
Answer:

  • Bio-geo-chemical cycles always involve the achievement of equilibrium, i.e., a balance in the cycling of the nutrients between the spheres.
  • Human activities that are known to be environmentally unfriendly can disrupt this balance.
  • We should avoid deforestation as trees play an important role in maintaining the balance.
  • We should avoid overuse of fertilizers. The fertilizers get washed away in the nearby water bodies disrupting the balance.
  • Avoid burning of fossil fuels as these fuels release a large amount of carbon in the form of carbondioxide, thus disrupting the balance.
  • Vehicular emissions is another contributor to the disruption in balance of the various cycles.
  • These emissions release oxides of nitrogen and carbon and other hazardous air pollutants.
  • So, we must use better quality fuel like CNG or ethanol to reduce vehicular emissions.

6. Explain in detail the inter-relationship between the food chain and food web.
Answer:

  • Interaction go on continuously between producers, consumers and decomposers.
  • There is a definite sequence in these interactions which is called the food chain.
  • Each chain consists of four, five or more links.
  • An ecosystem consists of many food chains that are interconnected at various levels. Thus, a food web is formed.
  • An organism may be the prey for many other organisms.
  • For example, an insect feeds upon leaves of various plants but the same insect is the prey for different animals like frog, wall lizard, birds, etc.
  • Thus, many food chains interconnected together form an intricate web called as food web.

7. State the different types of bio-geochemical cycles and explain the importance of those cycles.
Answer:

  • The different types of bio-geo-chemical cycles are nitrogen, oxygen, carbon, water vapour, iron, calcium, phosphorus, etc.
  • Nutrients, necessary for the growth of the organisms are continuously transferred from abiotic to biotic factors and biotic to abiotic factors within an ecosystem.
  • These cycles operate continuously through the medium of the biosphere formed by the lithosphere, atmosphere and hydrosphere. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
  • (iv) The recycling of biological, geological and chemical sources of nutrients takes place through these cycles.
  • Nutrients from the biosphere enter the bodies of plants and animals. Eventually, after death, all types of consumers are decomposed by decomposers like bacteria and fungi and they are again released into the biosphere and are used again by living organisms.
  • Therefore, these cycles help in maintaining the flow of nutrients and energy through ecosystem and maintaining the equilibrium in the ecosystem.

8. Explain the following with suitable examples.
a. What type of changes occur in the amount of energy during its transfer from plants to apex consumers?
Answer:

  • Plants of the ecosystem store some of the solar energy in the form of food.
  • Before reaching the decomposers, this energy is passed on from one trophic level to the next.
  • At every trophic level, some amount of energy is used by the organism for its own life processes and some amount of energy is lost to the surroundings.
  • Decomposers dissipate some amount of energy in the form of heat.
  • However, no part of the energy ever returns to the Sun. Hence, such passage of energy is referred to as ‘one way’ transport.
  • Therefore, energy is maximum at the base of the pyramid and is least at the apex, e.g.
  • phytoplanktons which form the base of the pyramid have 10,000 kcal of energy while humans at the apex have 10 kcal of energy.

b. What are the differences between flow of matter and of energy in an ecosystem? Why?
Answer:

Flow of matter Flow of energy
(i) It involves the circulation and recycling of nutrients in a cyclic manner within the biosphere. (i) It involves the flow of energy from one trophic level to another in a unidirectional or non-cyclic manner.
(ii) There is no dissipation of matter at any level. (ii) There is the dissipation of energy at every level.
(iii) Biosphere is the source of nutrients. (iii) The Sun is the most important source of energy.

Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall?

7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Exercises  Question 1.
What is meant by nitrogen fixation?
Answer:
The process of conversion of Nitrogen into nitrates and nitrites is called Nitrogen fixation.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Class 9 Questions And Answers Question 2.
Which microbes bring about the process of nitrogen fixation?
Answer:
Rhizobium present in the root nodules of the leguminous plant bring about the process of nitrogen fixation.

Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Question 3.
What is meant by ‘ecosystem’?
Answer:
An ecosystem includes all of the living things like plants, animals and other organisms in a given area, interacting with each other and also with non-living environmental factors like weather, earth, sun, soil, climate and atmosphere.

Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Class 9 Exercise 1Question 4.
Which are different types of ecosystems?
Answer:
Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Exercise

Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow In An Ecosystem Exercise Question 5.
How do interactions take place between biotic and abiotic factors of an ecosystem?
Answer:

  • Abiotic factors include non-living factors such as soil, water etc. and biotic factors include all living organisms.
  • Both these abiotic and biotic ecosystems are connected through various bio-geo-chemical cycles.
  • These connections/interactions are important for the flow of matter and flow of energy.

Class 9 Science Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem Additional Important Questions and Answers

Choose and write the correct option:

Question 1.
An intricate network of food chains is called
(a) Biosphere
(b) Food web
(c) Energy pyramid
(d) Ecosystem
Answer:
(b) food web

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 2.
Fungi and other microbes are called
(a) Producers
(b) Consumers
(c) Decomposers
(d) Omnivores
Answer:
(c) decomposers

Question 3.
Oxygen forms of the atmosphere.
(a) 78%
(b) 21%
(c) 10%
(d) 90%
Answer:
(b) 21%

Question 4.
Microbes which do not need oxygen are called
(a) Producers
(b) Aerobes
(c) Anaerobes
(d) Decomposers
Answer:
(c) anaerobes

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 5.
The pattern of energy exchange in an ecosystem is called a
(a) Food chain
(b) Food web
(c) Pyramid of energy
(d) Trophic levels
Answer:
(c) Pyramid of energy

Question 6.
Carbon atoms are circulated and recycled through
(a) Nitrification and denitrification
(b) Photosynthesis and respiration
(c) Respiration and nitrification
(d) Photosynthesis and ammonification
Answer:
(b) photosynthesis and respiration

Question 7.
Conversion of ammonia into a nitrite and then nitrate is called
(a) Nitrogen fixation
(b) Denitrification
(c) Nitrification
(d) Ammonification
Answer:
(c) nitrification

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 8.
The conversion of nitrogen compounds into gaseous nitrogen is called
(a) Nitrogen fixation
(b) Denitrification
(c) Ammonification
(d) Nitrification
Answer:
(b) denitrification

Question 9.
is an important component of proteins and nucleic acids.
(a) Carbon
(b) Nitrogen
(c) Phosphorus
(d) Oxygen
Answer:
(b) Nitrogen

Question 10.
Amount of matter and energy from the lowest level to the highest level.
(a) decreases
(b) increases
(c) remains the same
(d) multiplies
Answer:
(a) decreases

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 11.
is the most important source of energy in any ecosystem.
(a) The Sun
(b) The Moon
(c) Producers
(d) Decomposers
Answer:
(a) The Sun

Question 12.
Flow of energy in an ecosystem is
(a) cyclical
(b) two way transport
(c) o ne way transport
(d) to and fro transport
Answer:
(c) one way transport

Question 13.
The Indian Institute of Ecology and Environment, Delhi, has published
(a) Invasive species in a changing Environment
(b) Encyclopaedia of Ecology and Environment
(c) Environment and Ecology Magazine
(d) Biodiversity and Disaster Management
Answer:
(b) Encyclopaedia of Ecology and Environment

Question 14.
Oxygen is released in the process of
(a) Respiration
(b) Decomposition
(c) Combustion
(d) Photosynthesis
Answer:
(d) photosynthesis

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 15.
cycle is a gaseous cycle.
(a) Carbon
(b) Phosphorus
(c) Calcium
(d) Iron
Answer:
(a) Carbon

Question 16.
is a sedimentary cycle.
(a) Carbon
(b) Nitrogen
(c) Oxygen
(d) Calcium
Answer:
(d) Calcium

Question 17.
is a primary consumer.
(a) Elephant
(b) Frog
(c) Owl
(d) Tiger
Answer:
(a) Elephant

Question 18.
is a secondary consumer.
(a) Grasshopper
(b) Elephant
(c) Frog
(d) Human
Answer:
(c) Frog

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 19.
Tiger is a /an
(a) Producer
(b) Primary consumer
(c) Apex consumer
(d) Secondary consumer
Answer:
(c) apex consumer

Question 20.
Carbon dioxide is released into the atmosphere through
(a) burning of fossil fuels
(b) volcanic activity
(c) respiration
(d) all of these
Answer:
(d) all of these

Question 21.
in 1942 studied the food chain and energy flow through it
(a) Linderman
(b) Darwin
(c) Calypso
(d) Chu win lee
Answer:
(a) Linderman

Question 22.
fter the death of apex consumers, energy becomes available to.
(a) Decomposers
(b) Producers
(c) Herbivores
(d) Carnivores
Answer:
(a) Decomposers

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 23.
Green plants of the ecosystem store in the form of food.
(a) Solar energy
(b) Chemical energy
(c) Thermal energy
(d) Electrical energy
Answer:
(a) Solar energy

Question 24.
Plants convert carbon dioxide into by the process of photosynthesis.
(a) Carbohydrates
(b) Proteins
(c) Fats
(d) Vitamins
Answer:
(a) Carbohydrates

Question 25.
Carnivores feed upon
(a) Decomposers
(b) Herbivores
(c) Producers
(d) Secondary producers
Answer:
(b) Herbivores

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 26.
is used up in the processes like respiration, combustion, decomposition, corrosion, rusting, etc.
(a) Nitrogen
(b) Oxygen
(c) Argon
(d) Helium
Answer:
(b) Oxygen

Question 27.
Nitrogen forms % of the atmosphere.
(a) 79
(b) 78
(c) 21
(d) 2
Answer:
(b) 78

Question 28.
Most organisms cannot use the free form of
(a) Oxygen
(b) Nitrogen
(c) Carbon dioxide
(d) Carbon monoxide
Answer:
(b) Nitrogen

Question 29.
first proposed the concept of Ecological Pyramid in 1927.
(a) Darwin
(b) Newton
(c) Elton
(d) Edison
Answer:
(c) Elton

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 30.
Ecological Pyramid is called
(a) Hills
(b) Mounts
(c) Eltonian
(d) Darwinism
Answer:
(c) Eltonian

Question 31.
is produced from oxygen through various atmospheric processes.
(a) Nitrogen dioxide
(b) Nitrites
(c) Ozone
(d) CFC
Answer:
(c) Ozone

Question 32.
Interactions between producers, consumers and saprophytes in a definite sequence is called
(a) Links
(b) Internet
(c) Food chain
(d) Connectors
Answer:
(c) Food chain

Question 33.
Many food chains interconnected at various levels is called
(a) Links
(b) Internet
(c) Connectors
(d) Food web
Answer:
(d) Food web

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 34.
Decomposers dissipate some amount of energy in the form of
(a) Light
(b) Electricity
(c) Sound
(d) Heat
Answer:
(d) Heat

Question 35.
The flow of nutrients in an ecosystem is
(a) Non- cyclic
(b) Mono directional
(c) Reverse directional
(d) Cyclical
Answer:
(d) Cyclical

Question 36.
The cyclical flow of nutrients within an ecosystem is called
(a) Biological cycle
(b) Chemical cycle
(c) Solar cycle
(d) Bio-geo chemical cycle
Answer:
(d) Bio-geo chemical cycle

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 37.
is an accumulation of the main abiotic gaseous nutrient materials found in the earth’s atmosphere.
(a) Gaseous cycle
(b) Water cycle
(c) Solar cycle
(d) Lunar cycle
Answer:
(a) Gaseous cycle

Question 38.
Oxygen is released into the atmosphere by the process of
(a) Photosynthesis
(b) Respiration
(c) Oxidation
(d) Decomposition
Answer:
(a) Photosynthesis

Question 39.
Charles Elton studied the of the Beer islands in England..
(a) Tundra ecosystem
(b) Mediterranean ecosystem
(c) Equatorial ecosystem
(d) Taiga ecosystem
Answer:
(a) Tundra ecosystem

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 40.
in 1942 studied the food chain and energy flow through it.
(a) Charles Elton
(b) Lindeman
(c) Robert Whittaker
(d) Eichler
Answer:
(b) Lindeman

Question 41.
After the death of apex consumers, energy becomes available to
(a) Primary consumer
(b) Secondary consumer
(c) Decomposer
(d) Sun
Answer:
(c) Decomposer

Question 42.
Nitrogen forms % of the atmosphere.
(a) 28%
(b) 78%
(c) 48%
(d) 82%
Answer:
(b) 78%

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 43.
first proposed the concept of the Ecological Pyramid in 1927.
(a) Charles Elton
(b) Lindeman
(c) Eichler
(d) John Muir
Answer:
(a) Charles Elton

Question 44.
Oxygen is released into the atmosphere by the process of
(a) respiration
(b) Photosynthesis
(c) Combustion
(d) All of these
Answer:
(b) Photosynthesis

Find the odd man out:

Question 1.
Photosynthesis, Respiration, Decomposition, Forest Fires
Answer:
Forest Fires

Question 2.
Combustion, Corrosion, rusting, formation of ozone, Photosynthesis
Answer:
Photosynthesis

Question 3.
Biological nitrogen fixation, ammonification, nitrification, denitrification, industrial nitrogen fixation
Answer:
Industrial nitrogen fixation

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 4.
Frog, Owl, Squirrel, Fox
Answer:
Squirrel

Question 5.
Grasshopper, squirrel, elephant, lion
Answer:
Lion

Question 6.
Nitrogen cycle, oxygen cycle, carbon cycle, phosphorus cycle
Answer:
Phosphorus cycle

Question 7.
Photosynthesis, Nitrification, Ammonification, Denitrification
Answer:
Photosynthesis

Find out the correlation:

1. Grasshopper : Primary consumer :: Tiger : ………………..
2. Owl : Secondary consumer :: Squirrel : ………………..
3. Flow of energy : One way :: Flow of nutrients : ………………..
4. Plants : Producers :: Bacteria and Fungi : ………………..
5. Nitrogen : Gaseous cycle :: Phosphorus : ………………..
6. Oxygen : 21% :: Nitrogen : ………………..
7. Photosynthesis: Carbon cycle:: Ammonification : ………………..
8. Respiration : Oxygen cycle :: Nitrification : ………………..
9. Respiration : Biotic process :: Combustion : ………………..
10. Microbes using oxygen : Aerobes :: Microbes not using oxygen : ………………..
Answer:
(1) Apex consumer
(2) Primary consumer
(3) Cyclic
(4) Decomposers
(5) Sedimentary cycle
(6) 78%
(7) Nitrogen cycle
(8) Nitrogen cycle
(9) Abioticprocess
(10) Anaerobes

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Q.l. (B) 3. Difference between:
(1) Azotobacter and Rhizobium
Answer:

Azotobacter Rhizobium
Free-living nitrogen-fixing bacteria Symbiotic nitrogen-fixing bacteria

(2) Biotic components and Abiotic component
Answer:

Biotic components Abiotic component
Living component of an ecosystem Physical/Chemical non-living components of an ecosystem

(3) Producers and Herbivores
Answer:

Producers Herbivores
They are present in the 1st trophic level They are present in the 2nd trophic level

(4) Carnivores and Herbivores
Answer:

Carnivores Herbivores
They depend on Herbivores for nutrition They depend on Producers for nutrition

(5) Phosphorus and Carbon
Answer:

Phosphorus Carbon
It cycles through the Sedimentary cycle It cycles through the Gaseous cycle

(6) Food chain and Food web
Answer:

Food chain Food web
Interactions between producers, consumers and decomposers in a definite sequence is called as a food chain. The interconnection among different food chains in an ecosystem at various levels is called as a food web

State whether the following statements are true or false. Correct the false statements:

(1) Herbivores occupy the third trophic level in a food chain.
(2) Apex consumers use herbivores and carnivores as their food.
(3) Humans are apex consumers.
(4) Omnivores feed only on carnivores.
(5) A food chain has two links.
(6) The number of consumers in a food web is fixed.
(7) The amount of matter and energy goes on increasing at every level in a food chain.
(8) Robert Brown first proposed the concept of Ecological Pyramid.
(9) After the death of apex consumers, the energy becomes available to decomposers.
(10) The gaseous cycle is a speedier cycle than the sedimentary cycle. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
(11) Climatic changes and human activities seriously affect the speed, intensity and equilibrium of bio-geo-chemical cycles.
(12) Carbon dioxide is released in the atmosphere through photosynthesis.
(13) The equilibrium of oxygen and carbon dioxide gases is maintained by decomposers.
(14) The conversion of ammonia into a nitrite and then nitrate is called nitrogen fixation.
(15) Conversion of nitrogen compounds into gaseous nitrogen is called nitrogen fixation.
(16) Release of ammonia through decomposition of dead plants and excretory wastes of organisms is called ammonification.
(17) The cyclic flow of nutrients within an ecosystem is called Energy Pyramid.
Answer:
(1) False, herbivores occupy the second trophic level in a food chain as they are directly dependent on producers.
(2) True
(3) True
(4) False. Omnivores feed on both herbivores and carnivores.
(5) False. A food chain consists of four, five or more links.
(6) False. A food web can have many consumers.
(7) False. The amount of matter and energy goes on decreasing at every level in a food chain.
(8) False. Charles Elton first proposed the concept of Ecological Pyramid.
(9) True
(10) True
(11) True
(12) False. Carbon dioxide is released in the atmosphere through respiration, burning of fossil fuels and wood, forest fires and volcanic activity. (13) False. The equilibrium of oxygen and carbon dioxide gases is maintained by plants.
(14) False. The conversion of ammonia into a nitrite and then nitrate is called nitrification.
(15) False. Conversion of nitrogen compounds into gaseous nitrogen is called denitrification.
(16) True
(17) False. The cyclic flow of nutrients within an ecosystem is called bio-geochemical cycle.

Name the following:

Question 1.
The animals that feed on herbivores.
Answer:
Carnivores.

Question 2.
Organisms that feed on herbivores and carnivores.
Answer:
Omnivores.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 3.
Two examples of primary consumers.
Answer:
Grasshopper, squirrel.

Question 4.
Two examples of secondary consumers.
Answer:
Frog, owl.

Question 5.
Two examples of Apex consumers.
Answer:
Lion, tiger.

Question 6.
Levels in the food chain.
Answer:
Trophic level.

Question 7.
Organisms that decompose the dead bodies of plants and animals.
Answer:
Decomposers.

Question 8.
Process which releases oxygen.
Answer:
Photosynthesis.

Question 9.
Release of ammonia through decomposition of dead bodies and excretory wastes of organisms.
Answer:
Ammonification.

Question 10.
Conversion of nitrogen into nitrates and nitrites through atmospheric, industrial and biological processes.
Answer:
Nitrogen fixation.

One line answers:

Question 1.
What is Food chain?
Answer:
Interactions between producers, consumers and decomposers in a definite sequence is called as a food chain.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 2.
What is Food web?
Answer:
The interconnection among different food chains in an ecosystem at various levels is called as a food web.

Question 3.
What is Trophic level?
Answer:
A trophic level is the step at which the organism obtains its food in the chain.

Question 4.
What is Pyramid of energy?
Answer:
The pattern of energy exchange in an ecosystem is called a ‘Pyramid of energy’.

Question 5.
What is Bio-geo-chemical cycle?
Answer:
The cyclical flow of nutrients within an ecosystem is called bio-geo-chemical cycle.

Question 6.
What is Carbon cycle?
Answer:
The circulation and recycling of carbon from the atmosphere to living organisms and aher their death back to the atmosphere is called the carbon cycle.

Question 7.
What is Oxygen cycle?
Answer:
The circulation and recycling of oxygen within the biosphere is called as oxygen cycle.

Question 8.
What is Nitrogen cycle?
Answer:
The circulation and recycling of nitrogen gas into the form of different compounds through various biotic and abiotic processes in nature is called the nitrogen cycle.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 9.
What is Nitrogen fixation?
Answer:
The process of conversion of free nitrogen gas of the atmosphere into nitrogen compounds is called of nitrogen fixation.

Distinguish between:

Question 1.
Gaseous Cycle and Sedimentary Cycle.
Answer:

Gaseous Cycle Sedimentary Cycle
(i)      It is an accumulation of the main abiotic gaseous nutrient materials found in the earth’s atmosphere.

(ii)    It includes nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, water vapour etc.

(i)     It is an accumulation of the main abiotic nutrient materials found in the soil, sediment and sedimentary rocks, etc. of the earth.

(ii)    It includes soil components like iron, calcium, phosphorus etc.

Question 2.
Carbon Cycle and Nitrogen Cyde.
Answer:

Carbon Cycle Nitrogen Cycle
(i) The circulation and recycling of carbon from the atmosphere to living organisms and after their death back to the atmosphere is called the carbon cycle. (i) The circulation and recycling of nitrogen into the form of different compounds through various biotic and abiotic processes in nature is called the nitrogen cycle.
(ii) Main processes involved in the carbon cycle are photosynthesis and respiration. (ii) Main processes involved in the nitrogen cycle are nitrogen fixation, ammonification, nitrification and denitrification.
(iii) Carbon in the form of carbon dioxide is directly absorbed by plants for photosynthesis. (iii) Nitrogen gas cannot be directly absorbed by plants. So nitrogen is fixed by the process of nitrogen fixation and then absorbed from the soil.

Complete the flow chart:

Question 1.
Energy Pyramid.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 2

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 3

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
Question 3.
Nitrogen Cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 4

Question 4.
Bio-Geo Chemical cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 5

Write short notes on:

Question 1.
Trophic level.
Answer:

  • Each level in the food chain is called a trophic level.
  • A trophic level is the step at which the organism obtains its food in the chain.
  • The amount of matter and energy gradually decreases from producers at the lowest level to the top consumers at the highest level.

Question 2.
Food web.
Answer:

  • An ecosystem consists of many food chains that are interconnected at various levels. This is called food web.
  • An organism may be the prey for many other organisms.
  • For example, an insect feeds upon leaves of various plants but the same insect is the prey for different animals like wall lizards, birds etc. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem
  • This forms an intricate web instead of a linear food chain. Such an intricate network is called as food web.
  • Generally food webs are formed everywhere in nature.

Question 3.
Energy Pyramid.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 2
Answer:

  • Each level in the food chain is called a trophic level.
  • The amount of matter and energy gradually decreases from producers at the lowest level to the top consumers at the highest level.
  • The initial quantity of energy goes on decreasing at every level of energy exchange.
  • Similarly, the number of organisms also decreases from the lowest level to the highest level.
  • This pattern of energy exchange in an ecosystem is called a Pyramid of energy.

Explain the following statements

Question 1.
justify the statements
(a) Producers form the first trophic level in the food chain. Herbivores depend directly on producers.
(b) The flow of nutrients in an ecosystem is cyclic.
(c) Plants in an ecosystem are called autotrophs.
Answer:

  1. So herbivores form the second trophic level, whereas carnivores depend on herbivores, so they form the third trophic level in the food chain.
  2. The nutrients are circulated and recycled from the biosphere to living organisms and after their death back to the biosphere.
  3. They produce their own food by the process of photosynthesis. All animals in an ecosystem directly or indirectly depend on plants for food.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Explain the diagram

Question 1.
Food chain in a forest ecosystem:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 6
Answer:

  • In a forest ecosystem, grass is eaten by a deer, which in turn is eaten by a tiger.
  • The grass, deer and tiger form a food chain.
  • In this food chain, energy flows from the grass (producer) to the deer (primary consumer) to the tiger (secondary consumer).

Question 2.
Food chain in an aquatic ecosystem (Pond)
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 7
Answer:

  • In a aquatic ecosystem algae are eaten by insects.
  • Insects are eaten by small fish, small fish are in turn eaten by big fish.
  • And the big fish are eaten by fish eating birds.
  • In this food chain, energy flows from the algae (producer) to the insects (primary consumers) to the small fish (secondary consumers) to the big fish (tertiary consumer) and to the fish eating birds (apex consumer).

Question 3.
Carbon cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 8
Answer:

  • The circulation and recycling of carbon from the atmosphere to living organisms and after their death back to the atmosphere is called carbon cycle.
  • Main processes involved in carbon cycle are photosynthesis and respiration.
  • Carbon in the form of carbon dioxide is directly absorbed by plants for photosynthesis

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Question 4.
Nitrogen cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 9
Answer:
(i) The circulation and recycling of nitrogen into the form of different compounds through various biotic and abiotic processes in nature is called the nitrogen cycle.
(ii) Main processes involved in nitrogen cycle are nitrogen fixation, ammonification, nitrification and denitrification.
(iii) Nitrogen gas cannot be directly absorbed by plants. So nitrogen is fixed by the process of nitrogen fixation and then absorbed from the soil.

Question 5.
Oxygen cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 10
Answer:

  1. Oxygen forms 21% of the atmosphere. It is also present in the hydrosphere and lithosphere.
  2. Circulation and recycling of oxygen within the biosphere is called the oxygen cycle.
  3. This cycle, includes both the biotic and abiotic components.
  4. Oxygen is continuously produced as well as used up in the atmosphere.
  5. Oxygen is highly reactive and it readily reacts with other elements and compounds.
  6. As oxygen is found in various forms like molecular oxygen (O2), water (H2O), carbon dioxide (CO2), inorganic compounds etc, the oxygen cycle of the biosphere is extremely complex.
  7. Oxygen is released in the process of photosynthesis, whereas it is used up in processes like respiration, combustion, decomposition, corrosion, rusting, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Answers based on figures.

Question 1.
Nitrogen Cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 12+
Answer:

  • Oxygen forms 21% of the atmosphere. It is also present in the hydrosphere and lithosphere.
  • The circulation and recycling of oxygen within the biosphere is called the oxygen cycle.
  • This cycle, includes both the biotic and abiotic components.
  • Oxygen is continuously produced as well as used up in the atmosphere.
  • Oxygen is highly reactive and it readily reacts with other elements and compounds.
  • As oxygen is found in various forms like molecular oxygen (O2), water (H2O), carbon dioxide (CO2), inorganic compounds etc, the oxygen cycle of the biosphere is extremely complex.
  • Oxygen is released in the process of photosynthesis, whereas it is used up in processes like respiration, combustion, decomposition, corrosion, rusting, etc.

Answers based on figures.

Question 1.
Nitrogen Cycle

(i) Is nitrogen a reactive gas?
Answer:
Nitrogen in its atmospheric state non-reactive gas

(ii) Name process of nitrogen conversion from atmosphere to green plants.
Answer:
Nitrogen fixation is the process of nitrogen conversion atmosphere to green plants

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(iii) Name the process of converting usable nitrogenous products into atmospheric inert nitrogen.
Answer:
Denitrification is the process of converting usable nitrogenous products into atmospheric inert nitrogen

(iv) Animals produce which product of nitrogen?
Answer:
Animals produce ammonia as a product of nitrogen

(v) Name two nitrifying organisms.
Answer:
Azotobacter and Rhizobium are the two nitrifying organisms

(vi) Which type of bio-geo-chemical cycles does nitrogen follow?
Answer:
Nitrogen follows gaseous and sedimentary bio-geo-chemical cycles

Question 2.
Carbon cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 13

(i) Is carbon dioxide gas freely available in the atmosphere?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide gas is freely available in the atmosphere

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(ii) How is carbon found in water?
Answer:
Carbon is found in water in the form of carbonates

(iii) How are we using carbon as a fuel?
Answer:
Fossil fuels are a form of carbon which are used as fuel by us

(iv) How to plants use carbon as their food source?
Answer:
Plants take up carbon in photosynthesis and convert it into starch which is their food source

(v) How do animals use carbon?
Answer:
Animals use carbon in form of organic compounds and inorganic compounds

(vi) Which type of bio-geo-chemical cycles does carbon follow?
Answer:
Carbon follows gaseous and sedimentary bio-geo-chemical cycles

Question 3.
Oxygen cycle
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 14

(i) Is oxygen gas freely available in the atmosphere?
Answer:
Oxygen gas is freely available in the atmosphere

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(ii) How is oxygen used by animals?
Answer:
Oxygen is used in respiration by the animals

(iii) How are we using carbon as a fuel?
Answer:
Fossil fuels are a form of carbon which are used as fuel by us

(iv) How to plants use carbon as their food source?
Answer:
Plants take up carbon in photosynthesis and convert it into starch which is their food source

(v) How do animals use carbon?
Answer:
Animals use carbon in form of organic compounds and inorganic compounds

(vi) Which type of bio-geo-chemical cycles does carbon follow?
Answer:
Carbon follows gaseous and sedimentary biogeo-chemical cycles

Question 4.
Food web
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 15

(i) What is the basic unit of food web?
Answer:
The basic unit of food web is food chain

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(ii) Which organisms are on the 1st level of this food web?
Answer:
Producers are p. the 1st level of this food web

(iii) What are the animals which depend on producers directly for nutrition called?
Answer:
The animals which depend on producers directly for nutrition are called Herbivores

(iv) What are the animals which eat any type of food for nutrition called?
Answer:
The animals which eat any type of food for nutrition are called Omnivore

(v) What will happen if one animal in the food chain goes extinct?
Answer:
If one animal in the food chain goes extinct the entire food chain collapse

(vi) What are the factors badly affecting the food web?
Answer:
Factors like hunting, pollution, deforestation, human-animal conflicts etc. are the factors badly affecting the food web

Complete the paragraph

(1) Elemental oxygen is normally found in the form of a diatomic molecule. However, in the upper reaches of the atmosphere, a molecule containing three atoms of oxygen is found. This would mean a formula of 03 and this is called ozone. Unlike the normal diatomic molecule of oxygen, ozone is poisonous and we are lucky that it is not stable nearer to the Earth’s surface. But it performs an essential function where it is found. It absorbs harmful radiations from the Sun. This prevents those harmful radiations from reaching the surface of the Earth where they may damage many forms of life.

Recently it was discovered that this ozone layer was getting depleted. Various man-made compounds like CFCs (carbon compounds having both fluorine and chlorine) which are very stable and not degraded by any biological process) were found to persist in the atmosphere. Once they reached the ozone layer, they would react with the ozone molecules. This resulted in a reduction of the ozone layer and recently they have discovered a hole in the ozone layer above the Antarctica. It is difficult to imagine the consequences for life on Earth if the ozone layer dwindles further, but many people think that it would be better not to take chances. These people advocate working towards stopping all further damage to the ozone layer.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(2) The utilisation of glucose to provide energy to living things involves the process of respiration in which oxygen may or may not be used to convert glucose back into carbon dioxide. This carbon dioxide then goes back into the atmosphere. Another process that adds to the carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is the process of combustion where fuels are burnt to provide energy for various needs like heating, cooking, transportation and industrial processes.

In fact, the percentage of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is said to have doubled since the industrial revolution when human beings started burning fossil fuels on a very large scale. Carbon, like water, is thus cycled repeatedly through different forms by the various physical and biological activities. Heat is trapped by glass, and hence the temperature inside a glass enclosure will be much higher than the surroundings. This phenomenon was used to create an enclosure where tropical plants could be kept warm during the winters in colder climates. Such enclosures are called greenhouses.

Greenhouses have also lent their name to an atmospheric phenomenon. Some gases prevent the escape of heat from the Earth. An increase in the percentage of such gases in the atmosphere would cause the average temperatures to increase worldwide and this is called the greenhouse effect. Carbon dioxide is one of the greenhouse gases. An increase in the carbon dioxide content in the atmosphere would cause more heat to be retained by the atmosphere and lead to global warming.

(3) Nitrogen gas makes up 78% of our atmosphere and nitrogen is also a part of many molecules essential to life like proteins, nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) and some vitamins. Nitrogen is found in other biologically important compounds such as alkaloids and urea too. Nitrogen is thus an essential nutrient for all life-forms and life would be simple if all these life-forms could use the atmospheric nitrogen directly. However, other than a few forms of bacteria, life-forms are not able to convert the comparatively inert nitrogen molecule into forms like nitrates and nitrites which can be taken up and used to make the required molecules.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

These nitrogen-fixing bacteria may be free-living or be associated with some species of dicot plants. Most commonly, the nitrogenfixing bacteria are found in the roots of legumes (generally the plants which give us pulses) in special structures called root nodules. Other than these bacteria, the only other manner in which the nitrogen molecule is converted to nitrates and nitrites is by a physical process. During lightning, the high temperatures and pressures created in the air convert nitrogen into oxides of nitrogen. These oxides dissolve in water to give nitric and nitrous acids and fall on land along with rain. These are then utilised by various lifeforms.

Read the paragraph and answer the questions:

(1) Nitrogen cycle
The nitrogen cycle is the biogeochemical cycle by which nitrogen is converted into multiple chemical forms as it circulates among the atmosphere, terrestrial, and marine ecosystems. The conversion of nitrogen can be carried out through both biological and physical processes. Important processes in the nitrogen cycle include fixation, ammonification, nitrification, and denitrification, The majority of Earth’s atmosphere (78%) is atmosphere nitrogen, making it the largest source of nitrogen.

However, atmospheric nitrogen has limited availability for biological use, leading to a scarcity of usable nitrogen in many types of ecosystems. The nitrogen cycle is of particular interest to ecologists because nitrogen availability can affect the rate of key ecosystem processes, including primary production and decomposition, Human activities such as fossil fuel combustion, use of artificial nitrogen fertilizers, and release of nitrogen in wastewater have dramatically altered the global nitrogen cycle. Human modification of the global nitrogen cycle can negatively affect the natural environment system and also human health.

(i) Why nitrogen cycle is called bio-geochemical cycle?
Answer:
Nitrogen cycle is called bio-geochemical cycle as it undergoes biological as well as geochemical processes.

(ii) Why is nitrogen cycle important to us?
Answer:
Nitrogen cycle is important to us as nitrogen availability can affect the rate of key ecosystem processes, including primary production and decomposition.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(iii) Name important process of nitrogen cycle.
Answer:
Important processes in the nitrogen cycle include fixation, ammonification, nitrification, and denitrification.

(iv) What can affect the nitrogen cycle negatively?
Answer:
Human modification of the global nitrogen cycle can negatively affect the natural environment system and also human health.

(v) Which human activities change the nitrogen cycle?
Answer:
Human activities such as fossil fuel combustion, use of artificial nitrogen fertilizers, and release of nitrogen in wastewater have dramatically altered the global nitrogen cycle.

(2) Food web
A food chain is a linear network of links in a food i web starting from producer organisms (such asgrass or trees which use radiation from the Sun to make their food) and ending at apex predator species (like grizzly bears or killer whales), detritivores (like earthworms or woodlice), ordecomposer species (such as fungi or bacteria), A food chain also shows how the organisms are related with each other by the food they eat. Each level of a food chain represents a different trophiclevel. A food chain differs from a food web, because the complex network of different animal’s feeding relations are aggregated and the chain only follows a direct, linear pathway of one animal at a time.

Natural interconnections between food chains make it a food web. A common metric usedto the quantify food web trophic structure is foodi chain length. In its simplest form, the length of a chain is the number of links between a trophici consumer and the base of the web and the meanchain length of an entire web is the arithmetic average of the lengths of all chains in a food web. The food chain is an energy source diagram. Many food webs have a keystone species. A keystonespecies is a species that has a large impact on thei surrounding environment and can directly affectthe food chain.

If this keystone species dies off it can set the entire food chain off balance. Keystonespecies keep herbivores from depleting all of thei foliage in their environment and preventing ai mass extinction. Food chains were first introduced by the Arab scientist and philosopher Al-Jahiz inthe 10th century and later popularized in a book I published in 1927 by Charles Elton, which also i introduced the food web concept.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(i) What is a food web?
Answer:
Food web is a linear network of links of food chains.

(ii) In a food web which organism are called producers?
Answer:
In a food web which organism which can produce food by photosynthesis are called producers.

(iii) What is the role of keystone species?
Answer:
Keystone species keep herbivores from depleting all of the foliage in their environment and preventing a mass extinction.

(iv) What is a keystone species?
Answer:
A keystone species is a species that has a large impact on the surrounding environment and can directly affect the food chain.

(v) What does each level of food chain represent?
Answer:
Each level of a food chain represents a different trophic level.

(3) Carbon cycle
The carbon cycle is the biogeochemical cycle by which carbon is exchanged among the biosphere, pedosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere of the Earth. Carbon is the main component of biological compounds as well as a major component of many minerals such as limestone. Along with the nitrogen cycle and the water cycle, the carbon cycle comprises a sequence of events that are key to make Earth capable of sustaining life. It describes the movement of carbon as it is recycled and reused throughout the biosphere, as well as long-term processes of carbon sequestration to and release from carbon sinks.

The carbon cycle was discovered by Antoine! Lavoisier and Joseph Priestley, and popularised by Humphry Davy. Carbon in the Earth’satmosphere exists in two main forms carbon dioxide and methane. Both of these gases absorb and retain heat in the atmosphere and are partially responsible for the greenhouse effect. Methane produces a larger greenhouse effect per volume as compared to carbon dioxide, but it exists in much lower concentrations and is more short-lived than carbon dioxide, making carbon dioxide the more important greenhouse gas of the two.

Carbon dioxide is removed from the atmosphere primarily through photosynthesis and enters the terrestrial and oceanic biospheres. Carbon dioxide also dissolves directly from the atmosphere into bodies of water (ocean, lakes, etc.), as well as dissolving in precipitation as raindrops fall through the atmosphere. When dissolved in water, carbon dioxide reacts with water molecules and forms carbonic acid, which contributes to ocean acidity. It can then be absorbed by rocks through weathering. It also can acidify other surfaces it touches or be washed into the ocean.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

(i) Which gas has greener house effect as compared to CO2?
Answer:
Methane gas CH4 has greener house effect as compared to CO2.

(ii) How does dissolved CO2 affect oceans?
Answer:
When dissolved in water, carbon dioxide reacts with water molecules and forms carbonic acid, which contributes to ocean acidity.

(iii) Why is carbon cycle called bio-geochemical cycle?
Answer:
The carbon cycle is the biogeochemical cycle by which carbon is exchanged among the biosphere, pedosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere of the Earth.

(iv) How is carbon dioxide removed from atmosphere?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide is removed from the atmosphere primarily through photosynthesis and enters the terrestrial and oceanic biospheres.

(v) Who discovered the carbon cycle?
Answer:
The carbon cycle was discovered by Antoine Lavoisier and Joseph Priestley.

Answer the questions in detail:

Question 1.
Write the important processes of the nitrogen cycle.

Answer:

  • Nitrogen fixation: Conversion of nitrogen into nitrates and nitrites through atmospheric, industrial and biological processes.
  • Ammonification: Release of ammonia through decomposition of dead bodies and excretory wastes of organisms.
  • Nitrification: Conversion of ammonia into a nitrite and then nitrate.
  • Denitrification: Conversion of nitrogen components into gaseous nitrogen.

Make a concept diagram and explain.

Question 1.
Food chain
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 19
Answer:
According to the mode of nutrition the organisms are classified into producers, consumers, saprotrophs (saprophytes) and decomposers. Primary consumers are directly dependent on autotrophs (producers), e.g.: Grasshopper, squirrel, elephant) Secondary consumers use herbivores as their food, e.g.: Frog, owl, fox, etc. Apex or top consumers use herbivores and carnivores as their food. No animals feed on top consumers, e.g.: Tiger, lion, etc. Omnivores feed on herbivores and carnivores, e.g.: Humans, bear, etc. A continuous interaction between producers, consumers and decomposers in a definite sequence is called as food chain.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Food chain, in ecology is the sequence of transfers of matter and energy in the form of food from organism to organism. Food chains intertwine locally into a food web because most organisms consume more than one type of animal or plant. Plants, which convert solar energy to food by photosynthesis, are the primary food source. In a predator chain, a plant-eating animal is eaten by a flesh-eating animal. In a parasite chain, a smaller organism consumes part of a larger host and may itself be parasitized by even smaller organisms. In a saprophytic chain, microorganisms live on dead organic matter.

Question 2.
Energy pyramid
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem 20
An energy pyramid is a model that shows the flow of energy from one trophic, or feeding, level to the next in an ecosystem. The model is a diagram that compares the energy used by organisms at each trophic level. The energy in an energy pyramid is measured in units of kilocalories (kcal). Energy pyramids are similar to biomass pyramids, another type of trophic pyramid that models the amount of biomass at each trophic level in an ecosystem, energy flow in ecosystems. The structure of an energy pyramid reflects the trophic structure of an ecosystem.

The pyramid is divided into trophic levels similar to those in a food chain. At the pyramid base are the producers, autotrophic organisms that make their own food from inorganic substances. All of the other organisms in the energy pyramid are consumers. These are heterotrophs, meaning that they get food energy by consuming other organisms. The consumers at each trophic level feed on organisms from the level below and are themselves consumed by organisms at the level above. Primary consumers are organisms that consume producers; thus, most primary consumers are herbivores, though some may be detrivores (organisms that feed on decaying organic matter).

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

Secondary consumers are carnivores that feed on primary consumers and tertiary consumers are carnivores that eat secondary consumers. In rare instances, an ecosystem may have an additional trophic level composed of quaternary consumers camivores that consume tertiary consumers’ energy pyramid. The shape of an energy pyramid shows that the amount of food energy that enters each trophic level is less than the amount that entered the level below. Approximately 90 percent of the food energy that enters a trophic level is “lost” as heat when it is used by organisms to power the normal activities of life such as breathing and digesting food the remaining 10 percent is stored in the various organisms’ tissues.

It is this latter energy that is available to be passed to the next trophic level. Thus, the higher the trophic level on the pyramid, the lower the amounts of available energy ecosystem energy transfer through an ecosystem. The number of organisms at each level decreases relative to the level below because there is less energy available to support those organisms. The top level of an energy pyramid has the fewest organisms because it has the least amount of energy. Eventually there is not enough energy left to support another trophic level; thus most ecosystems only have four trophic levels.

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Acids, Bases and Salts Class 9 Science Chapter 5 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 5

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Identify the odd one out and justify.

(a) Chloride, nitrate, hydride, ammonium
Answer:
Ammonium is the odd one out as it is a basic radical and rest all are acidic radicals. Generally, basic radicals are formed by the removal of electrons from the atom of metals such as Na+, Cu2+. But there are some exceptions, such as NH4+.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(b) Hydrogen chloride, sodium hydroxide, calcium oxide, ammonia
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride is the odd one out. It is acidic and rest all are basic.

(c) Acetic acid, carbonic acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid
Answer:
Carbonic acid is the odd one out. It is a dibasic acid and rest are all monobasic acids.

(d) Ammonium chloride, sodium chloride, potassium nitrate, sodium sulphate
Answer:
Ammonium chloride is the odd one out, as it is made up of a strong acid and weak base and rest all are formed from strong acid and strong base.

(e) Sodium nitrate, sodium carbonate, sodium sulphate, sodium chloride
Answer:
Sodium carbonate is the odd one out, as it is made up of a weak acid and strong base, and rest all are formed from strong acid and strong base.

(f) Calcium oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, sodium oxide.
Answer:
Zinc oxide is the odd one out, as it is an amphoteric oxide, and rest all are basic oxides.

(g) Crystalline blue vitriol, crystalline common salt, crystalline ferrous sulphate, crystalline sodium carbonate.
Answer:
Crystalline common salt is the odd one out, as it does not contain water of crystallisation. It is an ionic compound and ionic compounds are crystalline in nature and rest all have their crystalline structure because of their water of crystallization.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(h) Sodium chloride, potassium hydroxide, acetic acid, sodium acetate.
Answer:
Acetic acid is the odd one out. It is an acid, the rest are all salts.

2. Write down the changes that will be seen in each instance and explain the reason behind it.

(a) 50ml water is added to 50ml solution of copper sulphate.

Answer:

  • Copper sulphate solution is blue. It is a concentrated solution.
  • When 50 ml of water is added to this concentrated solution, it becomes a diluted solution.
  • The intensity of the blue colour is now different in this homogenous mixture.

(b) Two drops of the indicator phenolphthalein were added to 10ml solution of sodium hydroxide.

Answer:

  • Sodiumhy droxide is a base and phenolphthalein is a synthetic indicator.
  • Sodium hydroxide solution will turn pink if phenolphthalein is added to it.
  • It is a test for identifying bases.

(c) Two or three filings of copper were added to 10ml dilute nitric acid and stirred.
Answer:
When copper metal reacts with dilute nitric acid, the metal does not displace hydrogen from the acid like reaction with other metals. Instead the reaction produces nitric oxide, (NO).
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 39

(d) A litmus paper was dropped into 2ml dilute HCl. Then 2ml concentrated NaOH was added to it and stirred.
Answer:
Blue litmus Paper:

  • HCl is hydrochloric acid, so the blue litmus turns red.
  • When equal amount of NaOH is added the colour again changes to blue and remains the same.

Red litmus paper:

  • Red litmus paper shows no colour change in hydrochloric acid.
  • When some amount of NaOH is added the colour changes to blue initially but when the amount of NaOH is sufficient the blue colour dissappears.
  • Equal amounts of HC1 and NaOH results in the formation of NaCl, a salt, and the solvent water. This reaction is called the neutralization reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(e) Magnesium oxide was added to dilute HCl and magnesium oxide was a added to dilute NaOH.
Answer:
(i) Magnesium oxide + dil HCl.
This is a neutralization reaction. Magnesium oxide is an insoluble base, it reacts with dilute HCl to produce a soluble salt MgCl2 and water H2O.
\(\mathrm{MgO}_{(\mathrm{s})}+2 \mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{MgCl}_{2(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(n)}\)

(ii) Magnesium oxide + NaOH.
No chemical reaction takes place between magnesium oxide and sodium hydroxide.

(f) Zinc oxide was added to dilute HCl and zinc oxide was added to dilute NaOH.
Answer:

  • Zinc oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form zinc chloride and water. It is a neutralization reaction.
    \(\mathrm{ZnO}_{(\mathrm{s})}+2 \mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{ZnCl}_{2(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})}\)
  • Zinc oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide to form sodium zincate and water.
    \(\mathrm{ZnO}_{(\mathrm{s})}+2 \mathrm{NaOH}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Na}_{2} \mathrm{ZnO}_{2(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{t})}\)

(g) Dilute HCl was added to limestone.
Answer:

  • When hydrochloric acid is added to limestone, carbon dioxide is liberated. Limestone is calcium carbonate.
    CaCO3 + 2 HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O
  • Carbon dioxide is prepared in the laboratory using these chemicals.

(h) Pieces of blue vitriol were heated in a test tube. On cooling, water was added to it.
Answer:

  • On heating, the crystalline structure of blue vitriol breaks down to form a colourless powder and water is released.
  • This water is part of the crystal structure of blue vitriol.
  • It is called water of crystallization.
  • On adding water to the white powder, a solution was formed which has the same colour as the copper sulphate salt solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(i) Dilute H2SO4 was taken in an electrolytic cell and electric current was passed through it.
Answer:

  • If pure water is used in the electrolytic cell, current does not flow even on putting on the switch.
  • Pure water is a bad conductor of electricity. Dilute H2SO4 is acidulated water.
  • The electrical conductivity of water increases on mixing with strong acid or base in it due to their dissociation and electrolysis of water takes place.
  • H2SO4 is fully dissociated in aqueous solution. \(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\)
  • H2O is a weak electrolyte and is only slightly dissociated \(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}^{-}\)
  • During electrolysis, the hydrogen ions migrate towards the cathode and are discharged there.

[H+ ions gains electrons and are converted to hydrogen gas]
\(2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)
Cathode reaction:
\(2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{i})}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+2 \mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Anode reaction:
\(2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+4 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+4 \mathrm{e}\)

  • For every hydrogen ion discharged at the anode, another hydrogen ion is formed at the cathode.
  • The net result is that the concentration of the sulphuric acid remains constant and electrolysis of water is overall reaction. \(2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_{2}+\mathrm{O}_{2}\)
  • The volume of the hydrogen gas formed near the cathode is double that of the oxygen gas formed near the anode.

3. Classify the following oxides into three types and name the types.
CaO, MgO, CO2, SO3, Na2O, ZnO, Al2O3, Fe2O3
Answer:
There are three types of oxides : Basic oxides, Acidic oxides and Amphoteric oxides.

Basic oxides Acidic oxides Amphoteric oxides
CaO CO2 ZnO
MgO SO3 Al2O3
Na2O
Fe2O3

Generally metal oxides are basic in nature.
Exception : Al2O3 and ZnO are amphoteric oxides.
Generally non-metal oxides are acidic in nature.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

4. Explain by drawing a figure of the electronic configuration.

a. Formation of sodium chloride from sodium and chlorine.
Answer:

b. Formation of a magnesium chloride from magnesium and chlorine.
Answer:

5. Show the dissociation of the following compounds on dissolving in water, with the help of chemical equation and write whether the proportion of dissociation is small or large.
Hydrochloric acid, Sodium chloride, Potassium hydroxide, Ammonia, Acetic acid, Magnesium chloride, Copper sulphate.
Answer:
(a) Hydrochloric acid (HCl)

  • \(\mathrm{HCl}_{(g)} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }}>\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
  • Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid, as on dissolving in water, it dissociates almost completely and the resulting aqueous solution contains mainly H ions and the concerned acidic radical.
  • The proportion of dissociation is large.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(b) Sodium chloride (NaC1)

  • \(\mathrm{NaCl}_{(s)} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }}>\mathrm{Na}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{\text {(aq) }}^{-}\)
  • When an ionic compound begins to dissolve in water, the water molecules push themselves in between the positive and negative ions of the compound and separate them from each other.
  • The proportion of dissociation is large.

(c) Potassium hydroxide (KOH)

  • \(\mathrm{KOH}_{(n)} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }} \mathrm{K}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}\)
  • Potassium hydroxide is a strong base, as on dissolving in water, it dissociates almost completely and the resulting aqueous solution contains mainly OH+ ions and the concerned basic radical.
  • The proportion of dissociation is large.

(d) Ammonia (NH3)
(i) \(\mathrm{NH}_{3(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{n}}-\frac{\text { Water }}{\text { uissociation }}>\mathrm{NH}_{4 \text { (aq) }}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{\text {(aq) }}^{-}\)
(ii) Ammonia dissolves in water to form NH4OH (ammonium hydroxide). NH4OH does not dissociate completely as it is a weak base. The aqueous solution contains a small proportion of OH ions and the concerned basic radical along with a large proportion of undissociated molecules of the base i.e. NH4OH.
(iii) The proportion of dissociation is small.

(e) Acetic acid (CH3COOH)

  • \(\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOH}_{(l)} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }} \mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COO}_{(\text {aq) }}+\mathrm{H}_{(a z)}+{ }^{+}\)
  • Acetic acid is a weak acid, on dissolving in water it does not dissociate completely, and the resulting aqueous solution contains H+ ion and the concerned acidic radical in small proportion along with large proportion of the undissociated molecules of the acid.
  • The proportion of dissociation is small.

(f) Magnesium chloride (MgCl2)

  • \(\mathrm{MgCl}_{2(\mathrm{~s})} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }}>\mathrm{Mg}^{2+} \text { (aq) }+2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-} \text {(aq) }\)
  • Magnesium chloride dissolves in water and forms magnesium ions and chloride ions. When an ionic compound begins to dissolve in water, the water molecules push themselves in between the ions of the compound and separate them from each other.
  • The proportion of dissociation is large.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(g) Copper sulphate (CuSO4)

  • \(\mathrm{CuSO}_{4(s)} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }}>\mathrm{Cu}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2+}+\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\)
  • When Copper sulphate is dissolved in water it forms copper ions and sulphate ions. When an ionic compound begins to dissolve in water, water molecules push themselves in between the ions of the compound and separate them from each other.
  • The proportion of dissociation is large.

6. Write down the concentration of each of the following solutions in g/L and mol/L.

a. 7.3g HCl in 100ml solution
b. 2g NaOH in 50ml solution
c. 3g CH3COOH in 100ml solution
d. 4.9g H2SO4 in 200ml solution
Answer:
To find : The concentration in g/L.
Solution:

7. Obtain a sample of rainwater. Add to it a few drops of universal indicator. Meausre its pH. Describe the nature of the sample of rainwater and explain the effect if it has on the living world.
Answer:

  • pH of rain water is 6.5 that means rain water is slightly acidic.
  • When we add universal indicator to rain water it turns orangish red, indicating pH value is between 0 to 7, which tells us that rain water is acidic in nature.
  • Most of the plants grow best when pH of soil is close to 7. If the soil is too acidic or too basic, it affects plant growth.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

8. Answer the following questions.

a. Classify the acids according to their basicity and give one example of each type.
Answer:

  • Basicity of acids : The number of H+ ions obtainable by the dissociation of one molecule of an acid is called its basicity. The acids are classified as monobasic, dibasic and tribasic acids based on the number of H+ ions present.
  • Examples of monobasic acid : HCl, HNO3, CH3COOH
  • Examples of dibasic acid: H2SO4, H2CO3
  • Examples of tribasic acid: H3BO3, H3PO4

b. What is meant by neutralization? Give two examples from everyday life of the neutralization reaction.
Answer:

  • In neutralization reaction, an acid reacts with a base to form salt and water.
  • In a neutralisation reaction the acid dissociates to form H+ ions and base dissociates to form OH ions.
  • They combine to form H2O molecules which mixes with the solvent.

Examples in daily life:

  • When people suffer from acidity, they take some antacids to neutralise the acid in their stomach.
  • If an ant stings us the pain is due to formic acid. It is neutralised by rubbing moist baking soda which is basic in nature.

c. Explain what is meant by electrolysis of water. Write the electrode reactions and explain them.
Answer:
Electrolysis of water:

  • Electrolysis of water is the decomposition of water into oxygen and hydrogen gas due to an electric current being passed through acidified water.
  • Cathode reaction:
    \(2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(l)}+2 \mathrm{e}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+2 \mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq}}\)
  • Anode reaction:
    \(2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(l)} \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+4 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+4 \mathrm{e}^{-}\)
  • It is found that the volume of gas formed near the cathode is double that of the gas formed near the anode.
  • Hydrogen gas is formed near the cathode and oxygen gas near the anode.
  • From this, it is clear that electrolysis of water has taken place and its constituent element have been released.

9. Give a reason for the following.

a. Hydronium ions are always in the form H3O+.
Answer:

  • Acids in water gives H+ ions. These H+ ions do not exist freely in water.
  • This is because H+ is a single proton, a hydrogen atom has only one proton and one electron.
  • If the electron is removed to make H+, all that is left is an extremely tiny positively charged nucleus.
  • This H ion will immediately combine with the surrounding water (H2O) molecules to form (H3O4) hydronium ion.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

b. Buttermilk spoils if kept in a copper or brass container.
Answer:

  • Buttermilk contains an organic acid called as lactic acid.
  • The lactic acid reacts with copper and brass and forms toxic compounds which are not fit for consumption.
  • They are harmful and may cause food poisoning.
  • So it is not advisable to keep buttermilk in brass or copper containers.

10. Write the chemical equations for the following activities.

(a) NaOH solution was added to HCl solution.
Answer:
When NaOH reacts with HCl, it gives NaCl and water.

(b) Zinc dust was added to dilute H2SO4.
Answer:
When zinc reacts with dilute sulphuric acid, it forms zinc sulphate and hydrogen gas is liberted.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 4

(c) Dilute nitric acid was added to calcium oxide.
Answer:
When dilute nitric acid reacts with calcium oxide, it forms calcium nitrate and water.

(e) Carbon dioxide gas was passed through KOH solution.

(f) Dilute HCl was poured on baking soda.

11. State the differences.

a. Acids and bases
Answer:

Acids Bases
(i) A substance which liberates H+ ions when dissolved in water is an acid
(ii) Blue litmus turns red in an acid.
(iii) The pH of an acid is less than 7.
(iv) Acids are sour to taste
(v) e.g. HCl, H2SO4
A substance which liberates OH ions when dissolved in water is called a base.
Red litmus turns blue in a base
The pH of a base is greater than 7.
Bases are bitter to taste,
e.g. NaOH, KOH.

b. Cation and anion
Answer:

Cations Anions
(i) Cations are ions with a net positive charge. Anions are ions with a net negative charge.
(ii) Cations are generally formed by metals. When metals donate electrons, they have excess of protons, hence they form cations. Anions are generally formed by non-metals. When non-metals accept electrons, they have excess of electrons, hence they form anions.
(iii) Cations are attracted towards the cathode which are negatively charged electrodes. Anions are attracted towards the anode which are positively charged electrodes.
(iv) e.g.: Na+, Ca2+, Mg2+, K+ etc. e.g.: O2 , S2-, Cl, Br etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

c. the Negative electrode and the positive electrode.

Answer:

Negative Electrode Positive Electrode
(i) Negatively charged electrodes are called as a cathode. Positively charged electrodes are called as Anode.
(ii) Positively charged cations move towards the cathode or negative electrode. Negatively charged anions move towards the anode or positive electrode.
(iii) Cathode accepts electrons from cations Anode gives electrons to anions

12. Classify aqueous solutions of the following substances according to their pH into three groups : 7, more than 7, less than 7.

Common salt, sodium acetate, hydrochloric acid, carbon dioxide, potassium bromide, calcium hydroxide, ammonium chloride, vinegar, sodium carbonate, ammonia, sulphur dioxide.
Answer:

pH = 7 pH > 7 pH < 7
(a) common salt. sodium acetate. sulphur dioxide.
(b) potassium bromide. sodium carbonate hydrochloric acid.
(c) ammonia. carbon-dioxide.
(d) calcium hydroxide. ammonium chloride.
(e) vinegar

Class 9 Science Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts Intext Questions and Answers

Question 1.
How are the following substances classified into three groups with the help of litmus?
Lemon, tamarind, baking soda, buttermilk, vinegar, orange, milk, lime, tomato, milk of magnesia, water, alum.
Answer:

Basic Substance: Turns Red Litmus Blue Acidic Substance: Turns Blue Litmus Red Neutral Substance: No change in the colour of litmus
Baking Soda Lemon water
Lime Tamarind
Milk of Magnesia Buttermilk
Vinegar
Orange
Milk
Tomato
Alum

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 2.
Fill in the columns in the part of the following table:
Answer:

Question 3.
Complete the following table of the concentration of various aqueous solutions.
Answer:

Question 4.
Complete the following table of neutralization reactions and also write down the names of the acids, bases and salts in it.
Answer:

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 5.
What are the names of the following compounds? NH3, Na2O, CaO.
Answer:
NH3 : Ammonia
Na2O : Sodium oxide
CaO : Calcium oxide

Question 6.
Into which type will you classify the above compounds, acid, base or salt?
Answer:
NH3 : base
Na2O : base
CaO : base

Question 7.
ive examples of monobasic, dibasic and tribasic acids.
Answer:
Monobasic acid examples: HNO3, HCl, CH3COOH
Dibasic acid examples: H2SO4, H2CO3
Tribasic acid examples: H3BO3, H3PO4

Question 8.
Give the three types of bases with their examples.
Answer:
Types of bases:
Monoacidic base examples : NaOH, KOH, NH4OH
Diacidic base examples: Ca(OH)2, Ba(OH)2
Triacidic base examples: A(OH)3, Fe(OH)3

Question 9.
What are the colours of the following natural and synthetic indicators in acidic and basic solutions? Litmus, turmeric, jamun, methyl orange, phenolphthalein?
Answer:

Indicator Colour in Acidic Solution Colour in basic Solution
Litmus Red Blue
Turmeric Yellow Red
Jamun Red Blue-Green
Methyl orange Red Yellow
Phenolphthalein Colourless Pink

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 10.
On mixing the substances as shown here, what are the resulting mixtures formed by mixing the following substances called?
(a) Water and salt
(b) Water and sugar
(c) Water and sand
(d) Water and sawdust
Answer:
(a) Water and salt – Homogeneous mixture
(b) Water and sugar – Homogeneous mixture
(c) Water and sand – Heterogeneous mixture
(d) Water and sawdust – Heterogeneous mixture

Question 11.
What would be the definition of an acid and a base with reference to the neutralization reaction?
Answer:

  • Acid: An acid is a substance which neutralises a base to form salt and water.
  • Base: A base is a substance which neutralises an acid to form salt and water.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
Take aqueous solution of sodium chloride, copper sulphate, glucose, urea, dil.H2SO4 and dil.NaOH in a beaker and test the electrical conductivity of the solutions. Answer the given below questions.

(a) With which solutions did the bulb glow?
Answer:
Solutions with which bulb glows: Aqueous solution of NaCl, CuSO4, H2SO4 and NaOH.

(b) Which solutions are electrical conductors?
Answer:
Solutions which are electrical conductors:
NaCl, CuSO4, H2SO4 and NaOH.

Question 2.
During electrolysis of copper sulphate, if electric current is passed through the electrolytic cell for a long time, what change would be seen at the anode?
Answer:

  • When electricity is passed for a long time through copper sulphate solution, the following reaction is seen at the anode: Anode Reaction: Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) + 2e
  • All the copper atoms will get converted into copper ions and get deposited on the cathode. This process continues till the copper anode exists.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Would water be a good conductor of electricity?
Answer:
Pure water is not a good conductor of electricity.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
(i) With which solutions did the bulb glow?
(ii) Which solutions are electrical conductors?

Answer:
(i) The bulbs glows when the wire are immersed in NaCl solution.
(ii)

Solution Results
1g Copper Sulphate Solution Bulb glow
1g Glucose Solution Bulb does not glow
1g Urea Solution Bulb does not glow
5ml dil.H2SO4 Solution Bulb glows
5ml dil. NaOH Solution Bulb glows

Question 2.
What would be the definition of an acid and a base with reference to the neutralization reaction?
Answer:

  • Acid: An acid is a substance which neutralises a base to form salt and water.
  • Base: A base is a substance which neutralises an acid to form salt and water.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Dissolve 2g salt in 500ml pure water. Take 250 ml of this solution in a 500ml capacity beaker. Connect two electrical wires to the positive and negative terminals of a power supply. Remove the insulating cladding from about 2cm portions at the other ends of the wires. These are the two electrodes. Fill two test tubes upto the brim with the prepared dilute salt solution. Invert them on the electrodes without allowing any air to enter. Start the electric current under 6V potential difference from the power supply. Observe what happens in the test tubes after some time.
(a) Did you see the gas bubbles forming near the electrodes in the test tubes?
(b) Are these gases heavier or lighter than water?
(c) Are the volumes of the gases collected over the solution in the two test tubes the same or different?
(d) Test the solutions in the two test tubes with litmus paper, what do you see?
(e) Repeat the activity by using dilute H2SO4 as well as dilute NaOH as the electrolyte.
Answer:
(a) Yes, gas bubbles can be seen forming near the electrodes in the test tube.
(b) These gases are lighter than water.

(c) The volumes of gases collected over the solution in the two test tubes are different.
(d) The solution in the cathode turns red litmus blue while solution in anode turns blue litmus red.
(e) When the above experiment is repeated with dil H2SO4 and dil NaOH, Hydrogen gas is liberated at cathodes and oxygen gas is liberated at anode.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
Cut a lemon into two equal parts. Take the juice of each part into two separate beakers. Pour 10 ml of drinking water in one beaker and 20 ml in the second. Stir the solutions in both the beakers and taste them. Is there any difference in the tastes of the solutions in the two beakers? What is that difference?
Answer:

  • In the above activity, the sour taste of the solutions is because of the solute, lemon juice in them.
  • The quantity of the lemon juice is the same in both the solutions. Yet their tastes are different.
  • The solution in the first beaker is more sour than the one in the second.
  • Although the quantity of the solute is the same in both the solutions, the quantity of the solvent is different.
  • Ratio of the quantity of the solute to the quantity of the resulting solution is different. This ratio is larger for the solution in the first beaker and therefore that solution tastes more sour.
  • On the other hand, the proportion of the lemon juice in the total solution in the second beaker is smaller and taste is less sour.
  • The taste of foodstuff depends upon the nature of the taste-giving ingredient and its proportions in the foodstuff.
  • Similarly, all the properties of a solution depend on the nature of the solute and solvent and also on the proportion of the solute in a solution
  • The proportions of a solute in a solution is called the concentration of the solute in the solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 2.
Take a big test tube. Choose a rubber stopper in which a gas tube can be fitted. Take a few pieces of magnesium ribbon in the test tube and add some dilute HCl to it. Take a lighted candle near the end of the gas tube and observe. What did you observe?

Answer:

  • Magnesium metal reacts with dilute HCl and an inflammable gas, hydrogen, is formed.
  • During this reaction, the reactive metal displaces hydrogen from the acid to release hydrogen gas.
  • At the same time, the metal is converted into basic radical which combines with the acidic radical from the acid to form the salt.
    \(\mathrm{Mg}_{(\mathrm{s})}+2 \mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq}) \longrightarrow} \underset{\rightarrow}{\mathrm{MgCl}_{2(\mathrm{aq})}}+\mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)

Question 3.
Take some water in a test tube and add a little red oxide (the primer used before painting iron articles) to it. Now add a small quantity of dilute HCl to it, shake the test tube and observe.
(a) Does the red oxide dissolve in water?
(b) What change takes place in the particles of red oxide on adding dilute HCl?
Answer:
(a) The chemical formula of red oxide is Fe2O3. It is insoluble in water.
(b) The water-insoluble red oxide reacts with HCl to produce a water-soluble salt FeCl3.

  • This gives a yellowish colour to the water.
  • The following chemical equation can be written for this chemical change.
    \(\mathrm{Fe}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{3(\mathrm{~s})}+6 \mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}+3 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 4.
Fit a bent tube in a rubber cork. Take some lime water in a test tube and keep it handy. Take some baking soda in another test tube and add some lemon juice to it. Immediately fit the bent tube over it. Insert its other end into the lime water. Note down your observations of both the test tubes. Repeat the procedure using washing soda, vinegar and dilute HC1 properly. What do you see?
Answer:

  • In this activity, when limewater comes in contact with the gas released in the form of an effervescence, it turns milky.
  • This is a chemical test for carbon dioxide gas.
  • When lime water turns milky, we infer that the effervescence is of CO2.
  • This gas is produced on the reaction of acids with carbonate and bicarbonate salts of metals.
  • A precipitate of CaCO3 is produced on its reaction with the lime water Ca(OH)2.
  • This reaction can be represented by the following chemical equation.
    \(\mathrm{Ca}(\mathrm{OH})_{2(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{CO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CaCO}_{3(\mathrm{~s})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})}\)
  • Washing soda is sodium carbonate Na2CO3. It will react same as baking soda (NaHCO3).
  • Vinegar and HCl are acids, they do not react chemically with lemon juice.

Class 9 Science Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts Additional Important Questions and Answers

Select the correct option

Question 1.
…………………. acid is present in lemon.
(a) malic acid
(b) tartaric acid
(c) citric acid
(d) butyric acid
Answer:
(c) Citric acid

Question 2.
Tamarind contains …………………. acid.
(a) Lactic acid
(b) tartaric acid
(c) matlic acid
(d) butyric acid
Answer:
(b) tartaric

Question 3.
Butter milk contains …………………. acid.
(a) butyric acid
(b) Lactic acid
(c) matlic acid
(d) citric acid
Answer:
(a) Butyricacid

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 4.
If the basic radical is H+ the type of compound is ………………… .
(a) neutral
(b) base
(c) acid
(d) alkali
Answer:
(c) Acid

Question 5.
The name of compound NH3 is ………………… .
(a) nitric acid
(b) ammonium
(c) nitride
(d) ammonia
Answer:
(b) ammonia

Question 6.
The bases which are soluble in water are called as ………………… .
(a) indicators
(b) acids
(c) alkalis
(d) salts
Answer:
(c) alkalis

Question 7.
H3PO4 is a …………………. acid.
(a) monobasic
(b) tribasic
(c) tetrabasic
(d) dibasic
Answer:
(b) tribasic

Question 8.
According to pH scale pure water has a pH of ………………… .
(a) 6
(b) 7
(c) 5
(d) 8
Answer:
(b) 7

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 9.
With reference to neutralization, metallic oxides are ………………… in nature.
(a) basic
(b) neutral
(c) acidic
(d) saline
Answer:
(a) basic

Question 10.
Molecular formula of blue vitriol is ………………… .
(a) CuSO3 5H2O
(b) CuSO4 4H2O
(c) CUSO3 4H2O
(d) CUSO4 5H2O
Answer:
(d) CUSO4 5H2O

Question 11.
Molecular formula of crystalline alum is ………………… .
(a) KSO4, AISO4, 24H2O
(b) K2SO4, ALSO4, 24H2O
(c) K2SO4, AL2(SO4)3, 24H2O
(d) KSO4, Al2(SO4)3, 24H2O
Answer:
(c) K2SO4, AL2(SO4)3, 24H2O

Question 12.
Molecular formula for sodium oxide is ………………… .
(a) Na2O
(b) NaO2
(c) NaO
(d) Na2O2
Answer:
(a) Na2O

Question 13.
H2CO3 is …………………. acid.
(a) monobasic
(b) dibasic
(c) tribasic
(d) tetrabasic
Answer:
(b) dibasic

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 14.
Molecular formula of Red oxide is ………………… .
(a) Fe2O3
(b) CuO
(c) Fe3O4
(d) Na2O
Answer:
(a) Fe2O3

Question 15.
The positive terminal electrode is called as ………………… .
(a) anode
(b) cathode
(c) anion
(d) cation
Answer:
(a) anode

Question 16.
…………………. produced in stomach helps in digestion.
(a) Hydrochloric acid
(b) Oxalic acid
(c) Sulphuric acid
(d) Nitric acid?
Answer:
(a) Hydrochloric acid

Question 17.
The solution turns blue litmus red, its pH is likely to be ………………… .
(a) 7
(b) 4
(c) 14
(d) 9
Answer:
(b) 4

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 18.
An ionic compound NaCl is formed by ………………… .
(a) Na+ and Cl
(b) Na+ and Cl+
(c) Na and Cl
(d) Na and Cl+
Answer:
(a) Na+ and Cl

Question 19.
pH of strong acid is ………………… .
(a) 0
(b) 7
(c) 8
(d) 14
Answer:
(a) 0

Question 20.
HCl + NaOH → NaCl + H2O is a …………………. reaction.
(a) neutralization
(b) crystallisation
(c) electrolysis
(d) dissociation
Answer:
(a) neutralization

Question 21.
Adding water to acid is an …………………. reaction.
(a) endothermic
(b) exothermic
(c) neutralisation
(d) crystallisation
Answer:
(b) exothermic

Find the odd one out:

(a) Rose Petal, Turmeric, Phenolphthalein, Indigo.
Answer:
Phenolphthalein is odd one out as rest are natural indicators while phenolphthalein is a synthetic indicator.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

(b) Lime water, Vinegar, Acetic acid, Tartaric acid.
Answer:
Lime water is odd one out as this is basic in nature while rest are acidic.

(c) NaHCO3, HCl, H2SO4, HNO3
Answer:
NaHCO3 is odd one out as it is base while rest are acids.

(d) Oxalic acid, Nitric acid, Citric acid, acetic acid.
Answer:
Nitric acid is odd one out as others are weak acids while Nitric acid is a strong acid.

(e) Crystalline, Liquid, Gases, Solid.
Answer:
Crystalline is odd one out as this is nature of a compound while others are physical states of compounds.

(f) Ca(OH)2, Mg (OH)2, NaOH, NH4OH.
Answer:
NaOH is odd one out even though all are bases but NaOH is highly soluble in water compared to others.

Name the following:

Question 1.
Name the three types of ionic compounds.
Answer:
The three types of ionic compounds are acids, bases and salts.

Question 2.
Name the two constituents of molecule of an ionic compound.
Answer:

  • Cation (positive ion/ basic radical)
  • Anion (negative ion/acidic radical).

Question 3.
Name any three acids with their molecular formula.
Answer:

  • Hydrochloric acid – HC1
  • Sulphuric acid – H2SO4
  • Nitric acid – HNO3

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 4.
Name any three bases with their molecular formula.
Answer:

  • Sodium hydroxide – NaOH
  • Potassium hydroxide – KOH
  • Calcium hydroxide – Ca(OH)2

Question 5.
Name any three salts with their molecular formula.
Answer:

  • Sodium chloride – NaCl
  • Potassium sulphate – K2 SO4
  • Calcium chloride – CaCl2

Question 6.
Name any two strong acids.
Answer:

  • Hydrochloric acid – HC1
  • Sulphuric acid – H2 SO4

Question 7.
Name any two weak acids.
Answer:

  • Acetic acid – CH3 COOH
  • Carbonic acid – H2 CO3

Question 8.
Name any two strong bases.
Answer:

  • Sodium hydroxide – NaOH
  • Potassium hydroxide – KOH

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 9.
Name a weak base.
Answer:
Ammonium hydroxide – NH4OH

Question 10.
Name any two alkalis.
Answer:

  • Sodium hydroxide – NaOH
  • Potassium hydroxide – KOH

Question 11.
Name any two acids with their basicity 1 (monobasic)
Answer:

  • Hydrochloric acid – HC1
  • Nitric acid – HNO3

Question 12.
Name any two acids with their basicity 2 (dibasic)
Answer:

  • Sulphuric acid – H2 SO4
  • Carbonic acid – H2CO3

Question 13.
Name any two acids with their basicity 3 (tribasic)
Answer:

  • Boric acid – H3BO3
  • Phosphoric acid – H3PO4

Question 14.
Name any two bases with their acidity 1 (monoacidic)
Answer:

  • Sodium hydroxide – NaOH
  • Potassium hydroxide – KOH

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 15.
Name any two bases with their acidity 2 (diacidic)
Answer:

  • Calcium hydroxide – Ca(OH)2
  • Barium hydroxide – Ba(OH)2

Question 16.
Name any two bases with their acidity 3 (triacidic)
Answer:

  • Aluminium hydroxide – Al(OH)3
  • Ferric hydroxide – Fe(OH)3

Question 17.
Name the two units to express the concentration of the solution.
Answer:

  • mass of solute in grams dissolved in one litre of the solution grams per litre, (g/L).
  • Number of moles of the solute dissolved in one litre of the solution. Molarity (M) of the solution.

Match the columns:

Question 1.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) HNO3
(2) H3PO4
(3) CH3COOH
(4) H2CO3
(a) Acetic acid
(b) Carbonic acid
(c) Phosphoric acid
(d) Nitric acid

Answer:
(1-d),
(2- c),
(3 – a),
(4 – b)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 2.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) NH4OH
(2) Ca(OH)2
(3) Al(OH)3
(4) Ba(OH)2
(a) Aluminium Hydroxide
(b) Barium Hydroxide
(c) Calcium Hydroxide
(d) Ammonium Hydroxide

Answer:
(1-d),
(2- c),
(3 – a),
(4 – b)

Question 3.

Column ‘A’ Solution Column ‘B’ pH
(1) Milk (a) 0
(2) Milk of Magnesia (b) 14
(3) 1 M HCl (c) 10.5
(4) 1 M NaOH (d) 6.5

Answer:
(1-d),
(2- c),
(3 – a),
(4 – b)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 4.

Column ‘A’ Column’B’
(1) Urine
(2) Apples
(3) Orange
(4) Butter
(a) Butyric acid
(b) Uric acid
(c) Malic acid
(d) Citric acid

Answer:
(1 – b),
(2 – c),
(3 – d),
(4 – a)

Question 5.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Crystalline blue vitriol
(2) Crystalline green vitriol
(3) Crystalline
(4) washing soda Crystalline alum
(a) FeS04-7H20
(b) K2S04-A12(S04)3.24H20
(c) CuS04-5H20
(d) Na2CO310H2O

Answer:
(1-c),
(2- a),
(3 – d),
(4 – b)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

State whether the following statements are true or false and if false. Correct the false statement:

(1) The separation of H and CI in HCI is in absence of water.
(2) \(\mathrm{NaOH}_{(\mathrm{s})} \frac{\text { Water }}{\text { dissociation }}>\mathrm{Na}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
(3) H2SO4 is a strong acid.
(4) NaC1 is an ionic compound.
(5) Turmeric is synthetic indicator.
(6) Metal + Dilute acid forms salt and water.
(7) Copper oxide is called red primer.
(8) Oxide of non-metal + Acid → Salt + Water.
(9) Zinc oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide to form sodium zincate.
(10) Al2O3 is an amphoteric oxide.
(11) Blue vitriol ZnSO4. 7H2O.
(12) Molecular formula for crystalline Ferrous sulphate is Fe5O4. 5H2O.
(13) NaCl in water does not conduct electricity.
(14) Phenolphthalein is colourless in base.
Answer:
(1) False. The separation of H+ and Cl in HC1 is in presence of water.
(2) True
(3) True
(4) True
(5) False. Turmeric is a natural indicator.
(6) False. Metal + Dilute acid forms salt and hydrogen gas.
(7) False. Iron oxide is called red primer.
(8) False. Oxide of izan-metal + Base → Salt + Wafer.
(9) True
(10) True
(11) False. Blue Vitriol is CuSO4. 5H2O.
(12) False. Molecular formula for crystalline Ferrous sulphate is FeSO4. 7H2O.
(13) False. NaCl in water conducts electricity.
(14) False, Phenolphthalein is colourless in acid and pink in base.

Define the following:

Question 1.
Acid
Answer:
An acid is a substance which on dissolving in water gives rise to H ion as the only cation. For example, HC1, H2 SO4, H2CO3.Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 1

Question 2.
Base
Answer:
A base is a substance which on dissolving in water gives rise to the OW ion as the only anion. For, NaOH, Ca(OH)2Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 2

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Strong Acid
Answer:
On dissolving in water, a strong acid dissociates almost completely, and the resulting aqueous solution contains mainly H ions and the concerned acidic radical. e.g. HC1, HBr, HNO3, H2SO4.

Question 4.
Weak Acid
Answer:
On dissolving in water a weak acid does not dissociate completely, and the resulting aqueous solution contains H+ ion and the concerned acidic radical in small proportion along with large proportion of the undissociated molecules of the acid, e.g., H2CO3 (Carbonic acid), CH3COOH (Acetic acid)

Question 5.
Strong Base
Answer:
On dissolving in water, a strong base dissociates almost completely and the resulting aqueous solution contains mainly OH ions and the concerned basic radicals, e.g. NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH)2, Na2O.

Question 6.
Weak Base
Answer:
On dissolving in water, a weak base does not dissociate completely and the resulting aqueous solution contains a small proportion of OH ions and the concerned basic radical along with a large proportion of undissociated molecules of the base. e.g. NH4 OH.

Question 7.
Alkali
Answer:
The bases which are highly soluble in water are called alkali, e.g. NaOH, KOH, NH3. Here, NaOH and KOH are strong alkalis while NH3 is a weak alkali.

Question 8.
Basicity of acids
Answer:
The number of H+ ions obtainable by the dissociation of one molecule of an acid is called its basicity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 9.
Acidity of bases
Answer:
The number of OH ions obtainable by the dissociation of one molecule of a base is called its acidity.

Question 10.
Concentration of solute in the solution.
Answer:
The proportion of a solute in a solution is called the concentration of the solute in the solution.

Question 11.
Concentrated solution.
Answer:
When the concentration of a solute in its solution is high, it is a concentrated solution.

Question 12.
Dilute solution
Answer:
When the concentration of a solute in its solution is low, it is a dilute solution.

Question 13.
Neutralization
Answer:
A reaction in which an acid reacts with a base to form salt and water is called a neutalization reaction.
NaOH + HC1 → NaCl + H2O
Base + Acid → Salt + Water

Question 14.
Cathode
Answer:
The electrode connected to the negative terminal of a battery by means of a conducting wire is called a cathode.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 15.
Anode
Answer:
The electrode connected to the positive terminal of a battery by means of a conducting wire is called an anode.

Question 16.
Cations
Answer:
Cations are positively charged ions which are attracted towards negative electrode (cathode) when electricity is passed into a solution of an ionic compound.

Question 17.
Anions
Answer:
Anions are negatively charged ions which are attracted towards the positive electrode (anode) when electricity is passed into a solution of an ionic compound.

Question 18.
Electrolytic cell
Answer:
An assembly that consists of a container with an electrolyte and the electrodes dipped in it, is called an electrolytic cell.

Question 19.
Molarity of a solution
Answer:
The number of moles of the solute dissolved in one litre of the solution is called the molarity of that solution. The molarity of a solute is indicated by writing its molecular formula inside a square bracket for example [NaCl] = 1

Question 20.
Acid – base indicators
Answer:
Some natural and synthetic dyes show two different colours in acidic and basic solution, and such dyes are acid base indicators.

Explain the following chemical reactions with the help of balanced equations:

Question 1.
Magnesium reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When magnesium reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, it forms magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas is liberated.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 3

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 2.
When copper reacts with nitric acid.
Answer:
When copper reacts with nitric acid, it forms copper nitrate and hydrogen gas is liberated.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 5

Question 3.
When ferric oxide reacts with diluted hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When Ferric oxide reacts with diluted hydrochloric acid, it forms ferric chloride and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 9

Question 4.
When calcium oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When calcium oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, it forms calcium chloride and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 7

Question 5.
When Magnesium oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When magnesium oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, it forms magnesium chloride and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 8

Question 6.
When zinc oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When zinc oxide reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, it forms zinc chloride and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 57

Question 7.
When aluminium oxide reacts with hydrogen fluoride
Answer:
When aluminium oxide reacts with hydrogen fluoride, it forms Aluminium fluoride arid water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 10

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 8.
When carbon dioxide reacts with sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
When carbon dioxide reacts with Sodium hydroxide, it forms Sodium carbonate and water.

Question 9.
When carbon dioxide reacts with potassium hydroxide.
Answer:
When carbon dioxide reacts with potassium hydroxide, it forms potassium carbonate and water.

Question 10.
When sulphur trioxide reacts with sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
When sulphur trioxide reacts with sodium hydroxide, it forms sodium sulphate and water.

Question 11.
When calcium hydroxide reacts with carbon dioxide.
Answer:
When calcium hydroxide reacts with carbon dioxide, it forms calcium carbonate and water.

Question 12.
When sodium carbonate reacts with hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When sodium carbonate reacts with hydrochloric acid, it forms sodium chloride, carbon dioxide and water.

Question 13.
When sodium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid.
Answer:
When sodium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid, it forms sodium sulphate, carbon dioxide and water.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 14.
When calcium carbonate reacts with nitric acid.
Answer:
When calcium carbonate reacts with nitric acid, it forms calcium nitrate, carbon dioxide and water.

Question 15.
When potassium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid.
Answer:
When potassium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid, it forms potassium sulphate, carbon dioxide and water.

Question 16.
When sodium bicarbonate reacts with hydrochloric acid. OR Dilute HC1 was poured on baking soda
Answer:
When sodium bicarbonate reacts with hydrochloric acid, it forms sodium chloride, carbon dioxide and water.

Question 17.
When potassium bicarbonate reacts with nitric acid.
Answer:
When potassium bicarbonate reacts with nitric acid, it forms potassium nitrate, carbon dioxide and water.

Question 18.
When sodium bicarbonate reacts with acetic acid.
Answer:
When sodium bicarbonate reacts with acetic acid, it forms sodium acetate, carbon dioxide and water.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 21

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 19.
When copper sulphate is heated.
Answer:
When copper sulphate is heated it loses it’s water of crystallization to form white anhydrous copper sulphate.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 58

Question 20.
When Ferrous sulphate is heated.
Answer:
When ferrous sulphate is heated it loses its water of crystallization to form white anhydrous ferrous sulphate.

Q.2. (B)-3. Complete the following table.

Question 1.
Complete the following table.
Answer:

Complete the following reactions.

Question 1.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 31

Question 2.
Metal + Dilute acid → Salt + Hydrogen
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 32

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Metal oxide + Dilute acid → SaIt + Water
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 33
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 34

Question 4.
Oxide of non-metal + base → salt + water
Answer:

Question 5.
Carbonate salt of metal + dilute acid → Another salt of metal + Carbon dioxide + water
Answer:

Question 6.
Bicarbonate salt of metal + dilute acid → Another salt of metal + carbon dioxide + water
Answer:

Give scientific reasons:

Question 1.
Ionic compound NaCl has very high stability.
Answer:

  • The outermost shell of both Na+ and Cl ions is a complete octet.
  • An electronic configuration with a complete octet indicates a stable state.
  • A molecule of NaCl has Na+ and Cl ions. An ionic bond is formed between these ions.
  • The force of attraction between them is very strong as it is formed between the oppositely charged Na+ and Cl ions.
  • Therefore NaCl, an ionic compound has very high stability.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 2.
Ionic compound dissociates while forming an aqueous solution.
Answer:

  • On dissolving in water, an ionic compound forms an aqueous solution.
  • In the solid state, the oppositely charged ions in the ionic compound are sitting side by side.
  • When an ionic compound being to dissolve in water, the water molecules push themselves in between the ions of the compound and it separates them from each other, that is to say, an ionic compound dissociates while forming an aqueous solution.

Question 3.
Blue coloured copper sulphate crystals become colourless on heating.
Answer:

  • Copper sulphate crystals are blue in colour and crystalline in form due to presence of water of crystallisation.
  • Each molecule of crystalline copper sulphate contains five molecules of water of crystallisation (CuSO4.5H2O).
  • On heating, the copper sulphate crystals lose the water of crystallisation and turns into white amorphous powder called as anhydrous copper sulphate.
  • Therefore, blue coloured copper sulphate crystals become colourless on heating.

Question 4.
During electrolysis of water, a few drops of sulphuric acid are added to it.
Answer:

  • Pure water is a covalent compound and hence it is a non-electrolyte and does not conduct electricity.
  • When a few drops of sulphuric acid (H2SO4) are added to water.
  • Being a strong acid it dissociates almost completely in its solution forming H+ cations and \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) anions.
  • The movement of these ions in the solution towards the respective electrodes amount to the conduction of electricity through the solution.
  • Therefore, during electrolysis of water, a few drops of sulphuric acid are added to it.

Question 5.
Glucose is a non-electrolyte.
Answer:

  • Glucose is a covalent compound
  • It does not form any ions in its aqueous solution.
  • Due to this aqueous solution of glucose does not conduct electronic current.
  • Hence, glucose is a non-electrolyte.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 6.
Pure water is a poor conductor of electricity but aqueous solution of sodium chloride conducts electricity.
Answer:

  • Pure water does not contain any free ions.
  • Sodium chloride (NaCl) is an ionic compound made up of sodium cation (Na+) and chloride anion (Cl)
  • When sodium chloride is dissolved in water , these ions dissociates in its aqueous solution. ‘
  • These ions are free to move in the solution and conduct electricity.
  • Therefore, pure water is a poor conductor of electricity but aqueous solution of sodium Chloride conducts electricity.

Question 7.
When carbon dioxide gas is passed through freshly prepared lime water, the limewater turns milky.
Answer:

  • Limewater traditionally means a weak solution of the alkali calcium hydroxide Ca(OH)2.
  • When CO2 is passed through limewater, it reacts with calcium hydroxide to form insoluble particulates (precipitate of calcium carbonate (CaCO3).
  • Calcium carbonate is weak basic salt and this gives a milky white precipitate.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 38
  • Hence, lime water turns milky when CO2 gas is passed through it.

Q.3.1. Answer the following:

Question 1.
Write down chemical equations for
(a) Zinc oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide
(b) Aluminium oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
(a) When zinc oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide, it forms sodium zincate and water
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 59

(b) When Aluminium oxide reacts with sodium hydroxide, it forms sodium aluminate and water.

Question 2.
Can we call Al2O3 and ZnO acidic oxides on the basis of above reactions.
Answer:

  • No, because they also react with acids to form their respective salts and water.
  • So, they show the properties of basic oxides also.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Define ‘amphoteric oxides’ and give two examples.
Answer:

  • Amphoteric oxides are those oxides which react with both adds as well as bases to form their respective salts and water.
  • Amphoteric oxides show the properties of both acidic oxides as well as basic oxides. ZnO and Al2 O3 are amphoteric oxides.?

Question 4.
Take a solution of 1g copper sulphate in 50ml water in a 100 ml capacity beaker. Use a thick plate of copper as anode and a carbon rod as cathode. Arrange the apparatus as shown in the figure and pass an electric current through the circuit for some time. Do you see any changes?
Answer:

  • A thin film of copper metal is deposited on cathode which is immersed in solution. There is no change in colour of solution
  • The electrons from cathode combines with Cu2+ ion from the solution forming Cu atoms which were then deposited on the cathode.

Q.3.5. Answer in brief:

Question 1.
What are acids, bases and salts?
Answer:

  • Compounds having H+ as the basic radical in their molecules are called Acids.
  • Compounds having OH as the acidic radical in their molecule are called Bases.
  • Ionic compounds which have a basic radical other than H+ and an acidic radical other than OH are called salts.

Question 2.
What is an ionic bond?
Answer:

  • The molecule of an ionic compound has two constituents namely cation (positive ion / basic radical) and anion (negative ion / acidic radical).
  • There is a force of attraction between these ions as they are oppositely charged, and that is called the ionic bond.
  • The force of attraction between one positive charge on a cation and one negative charge on an anion makes one ionic bond.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 3.
Give examples to show that proportions of H+ and OH ions in aqueous solution determines the properties of those solutions.
Answer:
The examples to show that proportions of H+ and OH ions in aqueous solution determines the properties of those solutions are :

  • The proportions of H+ and OH ions divides soil into the acidic, neutral and basic, types of soil.
  • It is necessary for blood, cell sap etc to have H+ and OH ions in certain definite proportions for their proper functioning.
  • Fermentation carried out with the help of micro-organisms, other biochemical processes and also many chemical processes require the proportion of H+ and OH ions to be maintained within certain limits.

Question 4.
What is pH scale?
Answer:

  1. In 1909, the Danish scientist Sorensen introduced a convenient new scale of expressing H+ ion concentration which is found to be useful in chemical and biochemical processes.
  2. It is the pH scale (pH: power of hydrogen). The pH scale extends from 0 to 14. According to this scale pure water has a pH of 7. pH 7 indicates a neutral solution. This pH is the midpoint of the scale.
  3. The pH of an acidic solution is less than 7 and?

Question 5.
Give the pH of following solutions.
Answer:

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 6.
What is universal indicator? Which is the most accurate method of measuring the pH of a solution?
Answer:

  • In the pH scale, the pH of solutions varies from 0 to 14 in accordance with the strength of the acid or base.
  • To show these variations in pH, a universal indicator is used.
  • A universal indicator shows different colours at different values of pH. A universal indicator is made by mixing several synthetic indicators in specific proportions.
  • The pH of a solution can be determined by means of a universal indicator solution or the pH paper made from it.
  • However, the most accurate method of measuring the pH of a solution is to use an electrical instrument called pH meter.
  • In this method, pH is measured by dipping electrodes into the solution.

Answer in detail:

Question 1.
Explain the Arrhenius theory of acids and bases.
Answer:
The Swedish scientist Arrhenius put forth a theory of acids and bases in the year 1887. This theory gives definitions of acids and bases as follows:
Acid : An acid is a substance which on dissolving in water gives rise to H ion as the only cation. For example, HCl, H2SO4, H2CO3

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 61

Base: Abase is a substance which on dissolving in water gives rise to the OH ion as the only anion, For example, NaOH, Ca(OH)2
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts 51

Question 2.
Write a short note on Neutralization.
Answer:

  • Take 10 ml of dilute HCl in a beaker, go on adding dilute NaOH drop by drop and record the pH.
  • Stop adding the NaOH when the green colour appears on the pH paper, that is when the pH of solution becomes 7.
  • Both HCl and NaOH dissociate in their aqueous solutions. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts
  • Addition of NaOH to HCl solution is like adding a large concentration of OH ions to a large concentration of H+ ions.
  • However water dissociates into H+ and OH ions to a very small extent.
  • Therefore on mixing the excess OH ions combines with excess H+ ions and forms H2O molecules which mix with solvent water.
  • This change can be represented by the ionic equation shown as follows. H+ + Cl + Na+ + OH → Na+ + Cl + H2O
  • It can be observed that Na+ and CT ions are there on both the sides. Therefore the net ionic reaction is H+ + OH → H2O
  • As NaOH solution is added drop by drop to the HCl solution, the concentration of ff goes on decreasing due to combination with added OH ions, and that is how the pH goes on increasing.
  • When enough NaOH is added to HCl, the resulting aqueous solution contains only Na+ and Cl ions, that is, NaCl, a salt, and the solvent water. The only source of H+ and OH ions in this solution is a dissociation of water.
  • Therefore, this reaction is called the Neutralization reaction. The Neutralization reaction is also represented by the following simple equation.

Question 3.
Explain the water of Crystallization.
Answer:

  • Take some crystals of blue vitriol (CuSO4. 5H2O) in a test tube. Heat the test tube on a low flame of a burner.
  • It was observed that on heating, the crystalline structure of blue vitriol broke down to form a colourless powder and water came out.
  • This water was part of the crystal structure of blue vitriol. It is called water of crystallization.
  • On adding water to the white powder a solution

    was formed which had the same colour as the solution in the first test tube.
  • From this we come to know that no chemical change has occurred in the crystals of blue vitriol due to heating.
  • Losing water on heating blue vitriol, breaking down of the crystal structure, losing blue colour and regaining blue colour on adding water are all physical changes.
  • Similarly, ferrous Sulphate crystals also contain 7 molecules of water of crystallization which are lost on heating.
  • The reaction is represented as
  • Ionic compounds are crystalline in nature. These crystals are formed as a result of definite arrangement of ions.
  • In the crystals of some compounds, water molecules are also included in this arrangement.
  • That is the water of crystallization. The water of crystallization is present in a definite proportion of the chemical formula of the compound.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

Question 4.
Explain the conduction of electricity through solutions of ionic compounds
Answer:

  1. Electrons conduct electricity through electrical wires, and ions conduct electricity through a liquid or a solution.
  2. Electrons leave the battery at the negative terminal, complete the electric circuit and enter the battery at the positive terminal.
  3. When there is a liquid or a solution in the circuit, two rods, wires or plates are immersed in it. These are called electrodes.
  4. Electrodes are made of conducting solid. The electrode connected to negative terminal of a battery by means of a conducting wire is called a cathode and the electrode connected to the positive terminal of a battery is called anode.
  5. We have seen that salts, strong acids and strong bases dissociates almost completely in their aqueous solutions.
  6. Therefore the aqueous solutions of all these three contain large number of cations and anions.
  7. A characteristic of liquid state is the mobility of its particles. Due to its mobility the positive charged ions of the solution are attracted to the negative electrode or cathode.
  8. On the other hand, the negative charged ions of the solution are attracted to the positive electrode or anode.
  9. The movement of ions in the solution towards the respective electrodes accounts to the conduction of electricity through the solution.
  10. From this we can understand that those liquids or solutions which contain a large number of dissociated ions conduct electricity. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 5 Acids, Bases and Salts

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Information Communication Technology (ICT) Class 9 Science Chapter 10 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 10

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Fill in the blanks to complete the statements. Justify the statements.

a. While working with a computer we can read the information stored in its memory and perform other actions in ………………………. memory.
b. While presenting pictures and videos about the works of scientists, we can use ……………………… .
c. To draw graphs based on the quantitative information obtained in an experiment, one uses ……………………… .
d. The first generation computers used to shut down because of ……………………… .
e. A computer will not work unless ………………………. is supplied to it.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

2. Answer the following questions.

a. Explain the role and importance of information communication in science and technology.
Answer:

  • ICT plays a key role in creating, displaying, collecting, processing and communicating information in the field of science and technology.
  • Following is the importance of ICT in science and technology:
    (a) Access to wide range of information
    (b) Storing of Data
    (c) Processing of Data
    (d) Securing work files
    (e) Proper representation of data

b. Which application software in the computer system did you find useful while studying science, and how?
Answer:

  • Microsoft word: To write down the information collected and making a document for further evaluation.
  • Microsoft excel : To draw graph based on the obtained numerical information from the experiment.
  • Internet explorer: To search for information in finding out the solution or solving the queries by reading the available information.

c. How does a computer work?
Answer:

Input unit Processor Output Unit
All types of information/ data is entered into the computer through this unit. Generally, a keyboard is used to enter data or information Processing Unit
(1) Memory unit
(2) Control unit
(3) ALU unit
The result/solution/ answer is eventually sent to the output unit. Generally, a screen/monitor or printer is used as an output unit.

d. What precautions should be taken while using various types of software on the computer?
Answer:

  • Antivirus must be installed.
  • Software should be legal and from a trusted place.
  • Application should be scanned before using.
  • Pirated Software should not be used Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)
  • Provide all necessary data to obtain the best possible results.

e. Which are the various devices used in information communication? How are they used in the context of science?
Answer:

  • Various devices used in information communication are: Computers, Laptops, Mobiles, Radios, Television, etc.
  • Computers, Laptops and Mobiles: Help in accessing, collecting, processing, communicating, sharing and storing of information. It helps in determining the appropriate conclusions in all fields, including the field of science.
  • Television: Help in getting information about the new and innovative technology.

3. Using a spreadsheet, draw graphs between distance and time, using the information about the movements of Amar, Akbar and Anthony given in the table on page 4, in the lesson on Laws of Motion. What precautions will you take while drawing the graph?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 3
Answer:
Precautions to be taken while drawing a graph:

  • The data should be kept in tabular form.
  • Whenever there is ‘drag and fill’ option used, ‘smart tag’ option should be used after ‘drag data’ to fill data as required. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)
  • Entered data should be formatted in the manner required.
  • Various types of graphs can be created by using the same data, so appropriate graph should be selected.
  • Chart titles and axes titles should be updated as per the data.

4. Explain the differences between the different generations of computers. How did science contribute to these developments?
Answer:
Generation: 1st
Time Period: 1946 – 1956
Development: Vacuum Tubes Characteristics:

  • Huge in size
  • Expensive
  • Lot of electricity consumption
  • Heat generation

Generation: 2nd
Time Period: 1956 – 1963
Development: Transistors
Characteristics:

  • Frequent shutdowns
  • Superior to 1st Generation
  • Small in size and fast
  • Cheaper as compared to 1st Generation
  • Less consumption of electricity

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Generation: 3rd
Time Period: 1963 -1971
Development: IC
Characteristics:

  • Keyboards and monitors
  • OS
  • Smaller and still cheaper

Generation: 4th
Time Period: 1971 – 2010
Development: Microprocessor Characteristics:

  • Use of Internet
  • GUI
  • Introduction of portable devices like mobiles, laptops, etc.

Generation: 5th
Time Period: 2010 – Till Date
Development: Artificial Intelligence (AI) Characteristics:

  • Voice recognition
  • Sensors
  • Nano technology

1st Generation computers occupied the entire room, but due to advancement in science and technology, today’s computer fits into our pockets.

Initially computers needed a specific language to interact but today we use voice recognition for the same.

In these ways, science has contributed in making the computers faster, smaller, cheaper and much more useful.

5. What devices will you use to share with others the knowledge that you have?
Answer:
Devices like radios, televisions, pendrives, computers, laptops, mobiles, landlines, hard drives, CDs, memory cards help us in sharing our knowledge with others.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

6. Using information communication technology, prepare powerpoint presentations on at least three topics in your textbook. Make a flowchart of the steps you used while making these presentations.
Answer:
Steps for preparation of PowerPoint presentations:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 1

7. Which technical difficulties did you face while using the computer? What did you do to overcome them?
Answer:

  • Lagging: Due to lot of applications running at the same time, the computer starts lagging and becomes slow. Closing a few applications helped solve the problem of lagging.
  • Viruses and Bugs: Cybercrimes are rising daily, even from single mail the computer can be attacked by viruses. Installing a valid antivirus helps solve the problem of viruses and bugs.
  • Breach of Privacy: Confidential information being accessed by anyone is the breach of privacy. Putting privacy setting in place helps solve the problem. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)
  • Physical Damage: Hardware over a period of time might get physically damaged. Taking precautions while using will help to solve the problem.

Class 9 Science Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Intext Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Make a list of various hardware and software items of a computer,
Answer:
Hardware: Mouse, Keyboard, Pendrive, Monitor and other parts of computer.
Software: Operating Systems, Application Programs, Antivirus, etc.

Answer the following questions:

Question 2.
Which devices do we directly or indirectly use for collecting, sharing, processing and communicating information?
Answer:

  • Computers
  • Laptops
  • Mobiles
  • Memory Cards
  • Pendrives
  • Landlines
  • Hard disks etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 3.
How is information communication technology important for dealing with explosion of information?
Answer:

  • Information explosion means a situation whère information is available in abundance, in other words, too much information.
  • Devices like computers, laptops help us in easier accessment of information that we need from all the data.

Class 9 Science Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Additional Important Questions and Answers

Choose and write the correct option:

Question 1.
…………………….. includes communication devices and the use of those devices as well as the services provided with their help.
(a) Operating System
(b) Office
(c) Computers
(d) Information Communication Technology
Answer:
(d) Information Communication Technology

Question 2.
Computers have gone through …………………….. generations.
(a) 5
(b) 7
(c) 10
(d) 8
Answer:
(a) 5

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 3.
First generation of Computers were considered to be present in the period of ……………………. .
(a) 2000 – 2001
(b) 1901 – 2001
(c) 1946 -1959,
(d) 1996 – 2001
Answer:
(c) 1946-1959

Question 4.
Full form of RAM is ……………………. .
(a) Roaming Application Memory
(b) Random Accessible Media
(c) Random Access Memory
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Random Access Memory

Question 5.
Full form of ROM is ……………………. .
(a) Roaming Only Memory
(b) Random Output Media
(c) Read Only Memory
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Read Only Memory

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 6.
…………………….. is raw information.
(a) Program
(b) Memory
(c) Data
(d) Operating System
Answer:
(c) Data

Question 7.
…………………….. are used for sharing information.
(a) Telephones
(b) Hard disks
(c) RAM
(d) ROM
Answer:
(a) Telephones

Question 8.
Hard disks are used for …………………….. information.
(a) storing
(b) communicating
(c) sharing
(d) all of the above
Answer:
(a) storing

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 9.
Computers are used for …………………….. information.
(a) storing
(b) managing
(c) sharing
(d) all of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 10.
RAM and ROM are 2 types of …………………….. memory.
(a) external
(b) internal
(c) physical
(d) garbage
Answer:
(b) internal

Question 11.
The information stored in ROM is only …………………….., changes cannot be made.
(a) external memory
(b) readable
(c) accessible
(d) physical
Answer:
(b) readable

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 12.
…………………….. is a group of commands to be given to the computer.
(a) Program
(b) Memory
(c) Data
(d) Operating System
Answer:
(a) Program

Question 13.
…………………….. communicates between the computer and the person working on it.
(a) Program
(b) Memory
(c) Data
(d) Operating System
Answer:
(d) Operating System

Match the columns:

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Antivirus
(2) OS
(3) CPU
(4) Printer
(5) Mouse
a) Output Device
b) Software
c) Input Device
(d) Operating System
(e) Brain of the computer

Answer:
(1 – b),
(2 – d),
(3 – e),
(4 – a),
(5 – c)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

State whether the following statements are true or false and if false, correct the false statements:

(1) RAM and ROM are the types of external memory.
(2) ICT includes communication devices and the use of those devices as well as services provided with their help.
(3) A computer cannot be used without its operating system.
(4) Microsoft Excel is used to make PowerPoint.
(5) Software refers to the set of commands given to the computer.
Answer:
(1) False. RAM and ROM are the types of internal memory.
(2) True
(3) True
(4) False. Microsoft Excel is used to make spreadsheets.
(5) True

Answer the following in one sentence:

Question 1.
Name the computer which was made between 1946 -1959.
Answer:
The ENIAC computer was made in the period of 1946-1959.

Question 2.
Give one example of Input Unit.
Answer:
Keyboard.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 3.
Name the 3 major parts of the processing units.
Answer:

  • Memory unit
  • Control unit
  • ALU unit

Question 4.
What precautions need to the taken care while entering formula into the excel?
Answer:
While using a formula, the ‘=’ sign should be typed first. Similarly, no space should be inserted while typing any formula.

Question 5.
What is Internet Explorer?
Answer:
This is a kind of Search Engine. It helps to find the information we want from all the information available on the internet.

Question 6.
What is a PDF?
Answer:
A PDF or Portable Document Format file can be used to view the file to print it or to handle files.

Question 7.
What is C-DAC?
Answer:
C-D AC, is a well-known Centre for Development of Advanced Computing, situated in Pune.

Write the Full forms of the following abbreviation:

Question 1.
ICT
Answer:
Information Communication Technology

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 2.
OS
Answer:
Operating System

Question 3.
RAM
Answer:
Random Access Memory

Question 4.
ROM
Answer:
Read Only Memory

Question 5.
CPU
Answer:
Central Processing Unit

Question 6.
DOS
Answer:
Disk Operating System

Question 7.
PDF
Answer:
Portable Document Format

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 8.
ALU
Answer:
Arithmetic Logical Unit

Question 9.
GUI
Answer:
Graphical User Interface

Question 10.
C-DAC
Answer:
Centre for Development of Advanced Computing

Question 11.
ISCII
Answer:
Indian Script Code for Information Interchange

Define the following:

Question 1.
Memory
Answer:
Memory is the place for storing data obtained from the input and also the generated solution or answer by the computer.

Question 2.
RAM
Answer:
RAM is created from electronic components and can function only as long as it is supplied with electricity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 3.
ROM
Answer:
Information stored in ROM can only be read and changes cannot be made to the information originally stored here.

Question 4.
Operating System
Answer:
It is a program which provides a means of communication between the computer and the person working on it. It is called the DOS (Disk Operating System).

Question 5.
Program
Answer:
A program is a group of commands to be given to a computer.

Question 6.
Data and Information
Answer:
Data is information in its raw (unprocessed) form.

Question 7.
Hardware
Answer:
Hardware consists of all the electronic and mechanical parts used in computers.

Question 8.
Software:
Answer:
Software refers to the commands given to the computer, information supplied to it (input) and the results obtained from the computer after analysis (output).

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Give scientific reasons:

Question 1.
Computer cannot function without its operating system.
Answer:

  • Operating system is like a link between the computer and the person working on it.
  • Operating system manages all the activities performed by the computer.
  • Without the operating system, the user won’t be able to input any data or run any program. Thus, a computer cannot run without an operating system.

Question 2.
ROM is a Read Only Memory.
Answer:

  • ROM also known as Read Only Memory is a part of internal memory of a computer where the information stored can only be read.
  • ROM helps store data permanently for a long period of time and the information stored cannot be deleted.
  • Thus, data in a ROM can only be read and cannot be altered or modified and hence, it is called as Read Only Memory.

Complete the table:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 2

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What precautions will you take when entering data?
Answer:

  1. As far as possible, the data should be kept in tabular form. Different types of data should be entered in different cells. Data should be entered neatly and in one ‘flow’. Unnecessary space and special characters should not be used.
  2. Many times we ‘drag and fill’ data. At such times, the ‘smart tag’ can be used after ‘drag data’ to fill any data in any manner as required. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)
  3. Once the data has been entered, it can be formatted in different ways. Similarly, we can perform different types of calculations, using different formulae.
  4. While using a formula, the ‘=’ sign should be typed first. Similarly, no space should be inserted while typing any formula.

Answer in detail:

Question 1.
Write in short about the opportunities in the field of ICT.
Answer:
(i) Software Field: This is an important field. Having accepted the challenge of creating software, many companies have entered this field. The opportunities in the software field can be classified as follows – application program development, software package development, operating systems and utility development, special purpose scientific applications.

(ii) Hardware Field: Today, there are several companies in our country too, which make computers. They sell computers that they have themselves made. Others sell computers brought from outside as well as repair them and take maintenance contracts to keep computers in big companies working efficiently without a break. Plenty of jobs are available here. There are job opportunities in hardware designing, hardware production, hardware assembly and testing, hardware maintenance, servicing and repairs, etc.

(iii) Marketing: There are many establishments which make and sell computers and related accessories. They need good sales personnel who are experienced in the working of computers as well as skilled in marketing.

(iv) Training: The training of new entrants for various jobs is a vast field. It is very important to have dedicated teachers who are competent in the field of computers.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)

Question 2.
Write in short about the industries conducting research in the field of computers.
Answer:

  • C-DAC, the well-known Centre for Development of Advanced Computing, situated in Pune, is the leading institute in India that conducts research in the field of computers.
  • The first Indian supercomputer was made with help from this institute. Valuable guidance for making this computer (the Param computer) was received from the senior scientist Vijay Bhatkar. Param means the supreme.
  • This computer can perform one billion calculations per second. It is used in many fields like space research, movements in the interior of the earth, research in oil deposits, medicine, meteorology, engineering, military etc.
  • C-DAC has also participated in developing the ISCII code for writing different language scripts. (Indian Script Code for Information Interchange).

Question 3.
Use Microsoft Word to create a document and write equations.
Answer:

  • Click on the Microsoft word 2010 icon on the desktop.
  • Select the ‘New option in the ‘File’ tab, and then select the ‘Blank document’ option.
  • Type your material on the blank page on the screen using the keyboard. Use the language, font size, bold, etc. options in the Home tab to make the typed material attractive.
  • To type equations in the text, select the ‘Equation’ option in the ‘Insert’ tab. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT)
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 4 Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 5
  • Select the proper equation and type it using mathematical symbols.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 10 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 5

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Substances in Common Use Class 9 Science Chapter 14 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 14

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Fill in the blanks.

a. The number of molecules of water of crystallization in washing soda is …………….…. .
b. The chemical name of baking soda is …………….…. .
c. …………….…. is used in treatment of hyperthyroidism.
d. The chemical name of Teflon is …………….…. .
Answer:
a. 10
b. Sodium bicarbonate
c. Iodine -123
d. Polytetra fluoroethylene (C2F4)n

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use

2. Match the pairs

Group A  Group B
1. Saturated brine  a. sodium metal freed
2. Fused salt  b. basic salt
3. CaOCl2  c. crystallization of salt
4. NaHCO3  d. oxidation of colour

Answer:
(1 – c),
(2 – a),
(3 – d),
(4 – b)

3. Write answers to the following

a. What is meant by radioactivity?
Answer:

  • Elements with a high atomic number such as uranium, thorium, radium have a property of spontaneously emitting invisible, highly penetrating and high energy radiation.
  • This property is called radioactivity.
  • A substance having this property is called a radioactive substance.

b. When is said to be the nucleus unstable?
Answer:

  • It is the balance of protons and neutrons in a nucleus which determines whether a nucleus will be stable or unstable.
  • Too many neutrons or protons upset this balance disrupting the binding energy from the strong nuclear forces making the nucleus unstable.

c. Which diseases are caused by artificial food colours?
Answer:
Diseases like ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) can affect children due to excessive consumption of foods with added food colours.

d. Where in the industrial field is radioactivity used?
Answer:
Industrial field Radiography

  • Internal cracks and voids in cast iron articles and iron solder can be detected with the help of gamma rays.
  • For this purpose, isotopes like cobalt-60, iridium-192 are used in the radiography camera.
  • This technique is used for detecting flaws in metal work.

Measurement of thickness, density and level

  • It is necessary to maintain the required thickness in the manufacture of aluminium, plastic, iron sheets of differing thickness.
  • In the manufacturing process, a radioactive substance is placed on one side and an instrument to measure radiation on the other.
  • The radiation read by the measuring instrument varies with the thickness of the sheet.
  • Material inside a packing can also be examined by the same technique.

Luminescent paint and radio luminescence:

  • The radioactive substances radium, promethium, tritium with some phosphor are used to make certain objects visible in the dark, for example, the hands of a clock, and certain other objects.
  • Krypton-85 is used in HID (High-Intensity Discharge) lamps while promethium – 147 is used in portable X-ray units as the source of beta rays.

Use in Ceramic articles:

  • Luminous colours are used to decorate ceramic tiles, utensils, plates, etc.
  • Earlier uranium oxide was used in these paints.

e. Write down properties of teflon.
Answer:
Properties of teflon :

  • The atmosphere and chemical substances have no effect on Teflon.
  • Neither water nor oil will stick to Teflon coated articles.
  • High temperatures do not affect Teflon as its melting point is 327 °C.
  • Teflon coated articles are easy to clean.

f. What type of colours will you use to celebrate ecofriendly Rang Panchami? Why?
Answer:

  • We regularly use artificial colours on Rang Panchami.
  • The red colour used on Rang Panchami is very dangerous. It contains a high proportion of mercury in it.
  • This poses risks like blindness, skin cancer, asthma, itching of the skin, permanent blocking of sweat pores, etc.
  • Therefore, it is necessary to use eco-friendly colours.
  • We will prepare colours for Rang Panchami from natural resources such as beet root, flowers of flame of forest, spinach, flame tree (gulmohar) and protect your health by using these.

g. Why has the use of methods like Teflon coating become more common?
Answer:
The use of methods like Teflon coating became more common because of following properties of teflon:

  • The atmosphere, rain water and chemical substances have no effect on Teflon.
  • Neither water nor oil will stick to Teflon coated articles.
  • High temperatures do not affect Teflon as its melting point is 327 °C.
  • Teflon coated articles are easy to clean.
  • Teflon is a poor conductor of electricity.

4. Give a scientific explanation

a. Bleaching powder has the odour of chlorine.
Answer:

  • Bleaching powder undergoes slow decomposition due to the carbon dioxide in air and chlorine gas is released.
  • Bleaching powder gets its property because of this release of chorine gas.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 7

b. The hard water of a well becomes soft on adding washing soda to it.
Answer:

  • The hard water from a well or a bore-well becomes soft on adding washing soda and we come to know this from the lather formed on it.
  • The hardness of water is due to the presence of chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium in it.
  • Na2CO3 is added to it to soften such water and make it suitable for use.
  • The reaction with Na2CO3 causes the formation of insoluble carbonate salts of magnesium and calcium.
    MgCl2(aq) + Na2CO3(s) → MgCO3(s) + 2 NaCl(s)

c. Soap forms a precipitate in hard water.
Answer:

  • When soap is mixed with hard water, calcium and magnesium salts of fatty acids are formed.
  • These being water insoluble, they form a precipitate and that is why lather is not formed.

d. The particles of powder are given an electric charge while spraying them to form the powder coating.
Answer:

  • Powder coating is a method of applying a layer harder than paint on the surface of an iron object to prevent rusting.
  • In this method, a polymer resin, a pigment and some other ingredients are melt, mixed, cooled and ground into a uniform powder.
  • This powder is sprayed on the polished metal surface by electrostatic spray deposition (ESD).
  • In this method, the particles of the powder are given an electrostatic charge due to which a uniform layer of the powder sticks to the metal surface.
  • Then the object is heated in the oven along with the coating.
  • A chemical reaction occurs in the layer, resulting in the formation of long cross-linked polymeric chains.

e. The aluminium article is used as an anode in the anodising process.
Answer:

  • A protective layer is formed naturally on the surface of aluminium metal by reaction with oxygen in air.
  • In the anodizing process, this layer is made of the desired thickness. Anodizing is done by electrolysis.
  • Dilute Sulphuric acid is taken in the electrolytic cell and the aluminium article is dipped in it as the anode.
  • When an electric current is passed, hydrogen gas is released at the cathode and oxygen gas at the anode.
  • A reaction with oxygen occurs and a layer of hydrated aluminium oxide is formed on the anode. Therefore, aluminium article is used as an anode in the anodizing process.

f. When the radiation coming out from certain radioactive substance is passed through an electric field, marks are found at three places on the photographic plate placed in its path.
Answer:
(i) When the radiation coming out from certain radioactive substance is passed through an electric field, marks are found at three places on the photographic plate placed in its path. This is because the radiation coming out from radioactive substance are of three types Alpha rays, Beta rays and Gamma rays.

(ii) The rays which get deviated slightly towards negatively charged plate are called alpha rays. They get deviated towards negatively charged plate because they are made of positively charged particles, called as alpha particles (He++).

(iii) The rays which get deviated substantially towards the positively charged plate are called beta rays. They get deviated towards a positively charged plate because they are made of negatively charged particles called as beta particles (e-).

(iv) The rays which do not deviate at all are called gamma rays. They are uncharged electromagnetic radiation. Hence, marks are found at three places on the photographic plate. (For diagram refer Fig. 14 .2 from Q. 4(3))

g. A certain type of ceramic tiles are fixed on the outer layer of a space shuttle.
Answer:
(i) Each shuttle is covered by more than 24,000 of the six- by six-inch advance ceramic tiles. This tiles withstand high temperatures without decomposing. They are brittle, water-resistant and electrical insulator. Most of the tiles are made of silica fibres, which are produced from high-grade sand (SiO2).

(ii) Silica is an excellent insulator because it transports heat slowly. When the outer portion of a tile gets hot, the heat takes a long time to work its way down through the rest of the tile to the shuttle’s skin. The tiles keep the orbiter’s aluminium skin at 350 degrees or less.

(iii) The silica fibers are mixed with water and chemicals, and the mixture is poured into molds, which are zapped in microwave ovens at 2,350°C to fuse the silica fibres. Tiles are too brittle to attach to the orbiter directly.

(iv) The shuttle’s skin contracts slightly while in orbit, then expands during re-entry.

(v) In addition, the stresses of launch and re-entry cause the skin to flex and bend. Such motions could easily crack the tiles or shake them off. To keep them in place, workers glue the tiles to flexible felt-like pads, then glue the pads to the orbiter.

5. Write answers to the following

a. Write about artificial food colours, the substances used in them and their harmful effects.
Answer:
(a) Artificial food colour and substances in them.

  • Food colours are mixed in most soft drinks and foodstuffs available in the market.
  • These food colours are in the form of powders, gels and pastes.
  • Food colours are used in domestic as well as commercial products.
  • Certain colours and essences are added to ice cream, ice candies, sauce, fruit juices, cold drinks, pickles, jams and jelly.
  • Food colours are often found to be added to packaged meat (chicken, mutton), chilli powder, turmeric, sweets and other similar substances so as to give them a good colour.
  • Tetrazene, sunset yellow are artificial food colours used extensively.

(b) Harmful effects of artificial food colours

  1. Food colours added to pickles, jam and sauce contain small quantities of lead and mercury. These can be harmful for those who consume these products on a regular basis.
  2. Diseases like ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) can affect children due to excessive consumption of foods with added food colours.

b. What is meant by water of crystallization? Give examples of salts with water of crystallization, and their uses.
Answer:
The exact number of water molecules which are chemically bonded to a molecule of a salt within a hydrated crystalline compound is called as water of crystallization are:

Some substances in our daily use which contain water of crystallization are:

  • Alum (Potash alum – K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O)
  • Borax (Na2B4O7.10H2O)
  • Epsom salt (Magnesium sulphate MgSO4.7H2O)
  • Barium chloride (BaCl2.2H2O)
  • Sodium sulphate (Glauber’s salt Na2SO4.10 H2O)
  • Blue vitriol (Copper Sulphate – CuSO4.5H2O)

Uses of these salts are as given below:
(i) Alum (Potash alum – K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O)

  • Alum is used in the process of water purification.
  • Because of the property of coagulation, the solid impurities in water come together, become heavy and settle to the bottom. As a result, the impure water or muddy above becomes clear.
  • Alum powder, found in the spice section of many grocery stores, may be used in pickling recipes as a preservative to maintain fruit and vegetable crispness.
  • Alum is used as the acidic component of some commercial baking powders.
  • Alum has been used as an after shave treatment.

(ii) Borax (Na2B4O7.10H2O)

  • Borax today is used for many cleaning purposes.
  • It is used to make homemade laundry detergent.
  • It is added as a cleaning boost to any other detergent.
  • It even keeps ants and other pests away.

(iii) Epsom salt (Magnesium sulphate MgSO4.7H2O)

  • Epsom salt is used as a relaxing magnesium bath soak.
  • To grow better vegetables – Add a tablespoon of Epsom salt to the soil below a vegetable plant to boost growth.

(iv) Barium chloride (BaCl2.2H2O)

  • In industry, Barium chloride is mainly used in the purification of brine solution in caustic chlorine plants.
  • It is also used in the manufacture of heat treatment salts.
  • It is used in hardening of steel.
  • It is used in the manufacture of pigments.

(v) Sodium sulphate (Glauber’s salt Na2SO4.10H2O)

  • In the laboratory, anhydrous Sodium sulphate is widely used as an inert drying agent, for removing traces of water from organic solutions.
  • Glauber’s salt, the decahydrate, is used as a laxative.

(vi) Blue vitriol (Copper sulphate CuSO4.5H2O)

  • Blue vitriol is used in the blood test for diagnosing anaemia.
  • Slaked Time is used with blue vitriol in the Bordeaux mixture which is used as a fungicide on fruits like grapes and musk melon.

c. Write briefly about the three methods of electrolysis of sodium chloride.
Answer:

  • When an electric current is passed through a saturated solution of sodium chloride (brine) it is electrolysed and hydrogen gas is released at the cathode while chlorine gas is released at the anode.
  • This method is used for production of chlorine gas. In this method an important basic compound NaOH is formed in the cell.
  • Chemical reaction
    2NaCl + 2H2O → 2NaOH + Cl2 ↑ + H2
  • When salt is heated to a high temperature (about 800 °C), it melts. This is called the fused state of the salt.

6. Write the uses.

a. Anodizing
b. Powder coating
c. Radioactive substances
d. Ceramic
Answer:
(a) Anodizing : Anodizing is done on aluminum cooking utensils like griddles and cookers.

(b) Powder coating : Powder coating is done on iron objects to prevent rusting. Also, on Plastic and Medium density fibre (MDF) board, to make them highly durable, hard and attractive.

(c) Radioactive substances:
(I) Industrial field:
(i) Industrial Radiography : Internal cracks and voids in cast iron articles and iron solder can be. detected with the help of gamma rays. For this purpose, isotopes like cobalt-60, iridium-192 are used in the radiography camera. This technique is used for detecting flaws in metal work.

(ii) Measurement of thickness, density and level: It is necessary to maintain the required thickness in the manufacture of aluminium, plastic, iron sheets of differing thickness. In the manufacturing process, a radioactive substance is placed on one side and an instrument to measure radiation on the other. The radiation read by the measuring instrument varies with the thickness of the sheet. Material inside a packing can also be examined by the same technique.

(iii) Luminescent paint and radioluminescence:
The radioactive substances radium, promethium, tritium with some phosphor are used to make certain objects visible in the dark, for example, the hands of a clock, and certain other objects. Krypton-85 is used in HID (High Intensity Discharge) lamps while promethium-147 is used in portable X-ray units as the source of beta rays.

Use in Ceramic articles – Luminous colours are used to decorate ceramic tiles, utensils, plates, etc. Earlier uranium oxide was used in these paints.

(II) Field of agriculture :

  • The genes and chromosomes that give seeds properties like fast growth, higher productivity, etc. can be modified by means of radiation.
  • The radioactive isotope cobalt-60 is used for food preservation.
  • Onions, potatoes are irradiated with gamma rays from cobalt-60 to prevent their sprouting.
  • Strontium-90 is used as a tracer in the research on various crops.

(III) Medical science:

  • Polycythemia : The red blood cell count increases in the disease polycythemia. Phosphorus- 32 is used in its treatment.
  • Bone cancer : Strontium-89, strontium-90, samarium-153 and radium-223 are used in the treatment of bone cancer.
  • Hyperthyroidism : Enlargement of thyroid gland, weight loss in spite of appetite, insomnia are the symptoms of hyperthyroidism.
  • It occurs due to overproduction of hormones by the thyroid gland. Iodine-123 is used in the treatment of hyperthyroidism.
  • Tumour detection : Boron-10, iodine-131, cobalt-60 are used in treatment of brain tumour, while arsenic-74 is used in detection of small tumours in the body.

(d) Ceramic : Pots made by a potter, Mangalore roofing tiles, construction bricks, pottery, terracotta articles are some examples of common ceramic articles that we see around.

7. Write the harmful effects

a. Artificial dye
b. Artificial food colour
c. Radioactive substances
d. Deodorant
Answer:
(a) Artificial dye:

  • Dyeing hair can have adverse effects like hair fall, damage to hair texture, burning of skin, adverse effect on eyes, etc.
  • Lipstick contains a dye named carmine. It does not affect lips but causes stomach disorders.
  • Excessive use of plants for making natural dyes results in deterioration of the environment.

(b) Artificial food colour:

  • Food colours added to pickles, jams and sauces contain small quantities of lead and mercury. These can be harmful for those who consume these products on a regular basis.
  • Diseases like ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) can affect children due to excessive consumption of foods with added food colours.

(c) Radioactive substances :

  • The central nervous system is affected by radioactive radiations.
  • Hereditary defects are generated by bombardment of radiation on D.N.A in the body.
  • Radioactive radiation can penetrate the skin, and causes diseases like skin cancer, leukemia.
  • The radioactive pollutants created due to explosions enter the body through air and it is difficult to control them.
  • The radioactive pollutants released in the sea enter the bodies of fishes and through them enter the human body.
  • The radioactive paint on the watch can cause cancer.
  • The radioactive isotopes strontium-90 can enter the body through plants, fruits, flowers, cereals, milk, etc. and cause diseases like bone cancer, leukemia.

(d) Deodorant:

  • Aluminium – Zirconium compounds are the most harmful chemicals in the deodorant. Disorders like headache, asthma, respiratory disorders, heart disease are likely to occur without our knowledge.
  • There is a possibility of various skin disorders and also skin cancer due to the aluminium chlorohydrates.

8. Write the chemical formula Bleaching powder, common salt, baking soda, washing soda
Answer:

Common name Chemical name
Bleaching powder CaOCl2
Common salt NaCl
Baking soda NaHCOs
Washing soda Na2CO3.10 H2O

9. Explain what you see in the following picture
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 19
Powder coating
Answer:

  1. This picture shows powder coating of the given object. Powder coating is a method of applying a layer harder than paint on the surface of an iron object to prevent rusting.
  2. In this method, a polymer resin, a pigment and some other ingredients are melt mixed, cooled and ground into a uniform powder.
  3. This powder is sprayed on the polished metal surface by electrostatic spray deposition (ESD).
  4. In this method, the particles of the powder are given an electrostatic charge due to which a uniform layer of the powder sticks to the metal surface.
  5. Then the object is heated in the oven along with the coating.
  6. A chemical reaction occurs in the layer, resulting in the formation of long cross-linked polymeric chains.
  7. This powder coating is highly durable, hard and attractive. Powder coating can be done on plastic and medium density fibre (MDF) board in day to day use as well.

Class 9 Science Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall?

Question 1.
What are detergents?
Answer:

  • Detergent is a water-soluble cleansing agent which combines with impurities and dirt to make them more soluble, and differs from soap in not forming a scum with the salts in hard water.
  • Today, detergents are more likely to be a mixture of synthetic chemicals and additives cooked up in a huge chemical plant and, unlike traditional soap, they’re generally liquids rather than solids.
  • Detergents are used in everything from hair shampoo and clothes, washing powder to shaving foam and stain removers.
  • The most important ingredients in detergents are chemicals called surfactants – a word made from bits of the words surface-active agents.

Question 2.
What are the important substances that we use in day to day life? For what purposes do we use them?
Answer:
Some of the substances we use in our day to day life and the purpose of using them are as follows:

Toothpaste: for cleaning teeth and maintaining hygienic conditions of mouth.

Soap : for bathing and maintaining hygienic conditions of body.

Natural and artificial fibers : we wear them as clothes to protect our body and many other purposes.

Washing powder: for cleaning clothes. Vegetables, fruits and food grains : they provide us with necessary vitamins, minerals and carbohydrates required for proper functioning of body.

Water : very important for our survival and many other functions of day to day life.

Metals : for making buildings, bridges, roads, vehicles, trains, ships, airplanes, utensils etc.

Acids, bases and salts : used for various purposes, for example, Sodium chloride which is used as common salt, a very necessary ingredient of our daily food without which our food is tasteless.

Question 3.
How are the various substances in day to day use classified from the scientific point of view?
Answer:
The various substances in day to day use are classified from the scientific point of view as elements, compounds, mixtures, metals, non-metals, acids, bases and salts.

Question 4.
Which chemicals and apparatus will you use in the laboratory for making soap?
Answer:
For making soap in laboratory following chemicals and apparatus are used :
Chemicals : Vegetable oil (coconut oil, castor oil, soya bean oil etc.)
Sodium hydroxide (NaOH)
Salt (Sodium chloride NaCl)

Apparatus :
500 ml glass beaker
Burner
Flat glass tray
Knife

Soaps are essential to personal and public health. They safely remove germs, soils and other contaminants and help us to stay healthy and make our surroundings more pleasant. Soaps are made from fats and oils or their fatty acids.

Take about 20 ml of any vegetable oil (coconut oil, castor oil, soybean oil etc.) in a beaker. Put about 30 – 35 ml of NaOH in it and heat and stir the mixture till a paste is formed. Now add a little salt. Stir again and allow the mixture to cool in a flat glass tray, on cooling it solidifies. Take a knife and cut it in soap bars as per the size required.

Question 5.
What are salts?
Answer:

  • Inorganic substances occur naturally in the form of salts rather than acids or bases.
  • The ionic compounds which do not contain H+ and OH ions and contain only one kind of cation and anion are called simple salts.
  • For example, Na2SO4, K3PO4, CaCl2.
  • The sea is said to be a rich source of salts. In fact, the sea is a rich source of several salts of various elements such as chlorine, sodium, magnesium, potassium, calcium, bromine.
  • The important salts found in sea water are sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulphate, potassium chloride, calcium carbonate and magnesium bromide.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
How is it determined whether a substance is acidic, basic or neutral?
Answer:

  • In the pH scale, the pH of solutions varies from 0 to 14 in accordance with the strength of the acids or base.
  • The pH scale shows different colours at different values of pH. Colour from dark red to yellow or from pH value 0 to 6 indicates the substances are acidic.
  • Colour from light blue to violet or from pH value 8 to 14 indicates the substances are basic.
  • Green colour or pH value 7 indicates the substances are neutral.

Question 2.
A sweets shop looks attractive because of the colourful sweets displayed there. Which colours are used in these substances?
Answer:

  • Food colours and essences are used in sweets to make them colourful and tasty.
  • These food colour are in the form of powders, gels and pastes.
  • Food colours are natural as well as artificial.
  • The food colours prepared from seeds, beetroot, flowers and fruit concentrate are natural.
  • Tetrazene, sunset yellow are artificial food colours used extensively.

Question 3.
Make a list of substances in day to day use in accordance with their pH value (O to 14).
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 18

Question 4.
A doctor gives you medicines when you fall ill. What are the medicines made from?
Answer:

  • Long before pure chemicals were manufactured in labs, people used plants for medicine.
  • There are over a hundred active ingredients derived from plants for use as drugs and medicines.
  • The emergence of synthetic chemistry in the 1800s opened up new avenues for scientific research into drugs.
  • Many chemists tried to locate medically active ingredients in plants (for instance the important malaria remedy quinine), and subsequently tried to make those substances in the laboratory in order to become independent of plant supplies.
  • At the same time, a new industry developed as scientists developed processes to synthesise new chemicals on a large scale.
  • New production methods developed in the late 1800s and early 1900s made it easier to standardise, package and transport medicines.

Question 5.
What problems do you get after playing colours on Rang Panchami? Why?
Answer:

  • After playing colours on Rang Panchami we may get problems such as risks of blindness, skin cancer, asthma, itching of the skin, permanent blocking of sweat pores etc.
  • This is because the colours used in rang panchami specially the red colour is very dangerous.
  • It contains a high proportion of mercury in it.

Question 6.
Which colours will you use to prevent the occurrence of these problems?
Answer:

  • To prevent the occurrence of these problem, instead of using artificial colours, natural colours should be used.
  • Natural colours are prepared from natural resouroes such as beet root, flowers of flame of forest, spinach, flame tree (gulmohar).

Question 7.
What problem do you have on painting the house and furniture?
Answer:

  • On painting the house and furniture with artificial colours which are dangerous, we may get problems such as risks of blindness, skin cancer, asthma, itching of the skin, permanent blocking of sweat pores, etc.
  • This is because the colours contain a high proportion of mercury in it.

Question 8.
What is the property of Teflon because of which it is used in non-stickware?
Answer:
Following are the properties of teflon because of which it is used in nonstick cookware.

  • The atmosphere and chemical substances have no effect on Teflon.
  • Neither water nor oil will stick to Teflon coated non-stickware.
  • High temperatures do not affect Teflon as its melting point is 327 °C.
  • Teflon coated non-stickware are easy to clean.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What is the strip shown below? What is it used for?
Answer:
The strip shown is pH metre scale. It is used to determined pH of solutions.

Question 2.
Prepare saturated solutions of given salts and put 2-3 drops of the universal indicator in them and note your observations in the table below:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 1

Class 9 Science Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use Additional Important Questions and Answers

Select the correct option:

Question 1.
Baking soda is ………………………… .
(a) non-metallic
(b) metallic
(c) acidic
(d) basic
Answer:
(d) basic

Question 2.
During electrolysis of NaCl in the fused state ………………………… is formed at cathode.
(a) sodium
(b) oxygen
(c) oxalic acid
(d) butyric acid
Answer:
(a) sodium

Question 3.
………………………… is known as chloride of lime.
(a) Calcium carbonate
(b) Sodium bicarbonate
(c) Sodium chloride
(d) Bleaching powder
Answer:
(d) Bleaching powder

Question 4.
Salt obtained from certain type of rock is called ………………………… .
(a) hard salt
(b) rock salt
(c) stone salt
(d) pure salt
Answer:
(b) rock salt

Question 5.
The ………………………… % aqueous solution of salt is called brine.
(a) 25
(b) 60
(c) 30
(d) 50
Answer:
(a) 25

Question 6.
The molecular formula for baking soda is ………………………… .
(a) Na2CO3
(b) NaHCO3
(c) Na2SO4
(d) NaNO3
Answer:
(b) NaHCO3

Question 7.
Bleaching powder is also called ………………………… .
(a) Calcium oxygen chlorine
(b) Calcium oxychloride
(c) Calcium hydroxide
(d) Calcium oxalate
Answer:
(b) Calcium oxychloride

Question 8.
NaHCO3 is also called as ………………………… .
(a) Sodium carbonate
(b) Sodium bicarbonate
(c) Sodium carbon oxide
(d) Sodium chloride
Answer:
(b) sodium bicarbonate

Question 9.
Molecular formula for Magnesium bromide is ………………………… .
(a) MgBr
(b) Mg2Br
(c) Mg2Br2
(d) MgBr2
Answer:
(d) MgBr2

Question 10.
The molten state of NaCl is also called as ………………………… .
(a) solid state
(b) semi-solid
(c) gaseous state
(d) fused state
Answer:
(d) fused state

Question 11.
Substance used to make hard water soft is ………………………… .
(a) Na2CO3.10H2O
(b) Na2CO3.H2O
(c) NaCO3.10H2O
(d) NaCO3.H2O
Answer:
(a) Na2CO3.10H2O

Question 12.
The fixed number of molecules of water in alum is ………………………… .
(a) 24
(b) 10
(c) 7
(d) 2
Answer:
(a) 24

Question 13.
Chlorine gas is a strong ………………………… agent.
(a) reducing
(b) oxidising
(c) neutral
(d) acidic
Answer:
(b) oxidising

Question 14.
Bleaching powder is ………………………… in colour.
(a) brownish red
(b) yellowish-white
(c) pinkish brown
(d) greenish blue
Answer:
(b) yellowish-white

Question 15.
Soap is ………………………… in nature.
(a) acidic
(b) basic
(c) neutral
(d) fuming
Answer:
(b) basic

Question 16.
Melting point of NaCl is ………………………… .
(a) 400°C
(b) 100°C
(c) 800°C
(d) 600°C
Answer:
(c) 800°C

Question 17.
Rock salt is ………………………… in colour.
(a) black
(b) white
(c) brown
(d) blue
Answer:
(c) brown

Question 18.
Strong odour in swimming pool is due to ………………………… .
(a) chlorine gas
(b) impurities
(c) calcium carbonate
(d) calcium hydroxide
Answer:
(a) chlorine gas

Question 19.
Molecular formula of sodium bicarbonate is ………………………… .
(a) NaHCO3
(b) Na2HCO3
(c) Na2HCO2
(d) NaHCO2
Answer:
(a) NaHCO3

Question 20.
Soap is ………………………… in nature.
(a) radioactive
(b) natural
(c) acidic
(d) basic
Answer:
(d) basic

Question 21.
The molecular formula for Magnesium bromide is ………………………… .
(а) MgBr
(b) MgBr2
(c) Mg2Br2
(d) Mg2Br
Answer:
(b) MgBr2

Fill in the blanks and rewrite the complete statements:

(1) 25% of NaCl is known as
(2) gas is released when bleaching powder is added to water.
(3) Washing soda is as it absorbs moisture if left exposed to air.
(4) is used to make hard water soft.
(5) Molecular formula for Alum is
(6) is used in blood test for diagnosing anaemia.
(7) High grade of and are used as raw material to manufacture bathing soap.
(8) Pickles, jams and sauce contain small quantities of and
(9) Excessive consumption of foods with added food colours leads to diseases like
(10) Melting point of Teflon is
(11) Anodizing is done by
(12) The red blood cell count increases in the disease
(13) Magnesium sulphate (MgS04.7H20) is also called
Answer:
(1) Brine
(2) Chlorine
(3) hygroscopic
(4) Na2CO3 (Washing soda)
(5) K2SO4.Al2(SO)3.24H2O
(6) Blue Vitriol
(7) fats, oils
(8) lead, mercury
(9) ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder)
(10) 327°C
(11) Electrolysis
(12) Polycythemia
(13) Epsom salt
(14) Soap

State whether the following statements are true or false. Correct the false statements.
(1) Bleaching powder is used in preparation of chloroform which is used as an anaesthetic.
(2) On addition of universal indicator the colour of table salt changes to pink.
(3) Borax is Na2B4O7.9H2O.
(4) Boron -10 is used to cure bone cancer.
(5) Clinical deo contains 20 to 25% of aluminium.
(6) NaHCO3 is sodium carbonate.
(7) Soap is acidic in nature.
(8) Baking powder is neutral in nature.
(9) POP is crystalline in nature.
(10) pH value of universal indicator is 0 – 7.
(11) Sodium chloride is formed by neutralization reaction between sodium hydroxide and calcium carbonate.
(12) Boiling point of NaCl is 800 °C.
(13) Molten state of NaCl is also called as solid state.
(14) Mineral halite is an example of Rock Salt.
(15) Sodium bicarbonate is used to reduce acidity.
(16) Bleaching powder is also called as chloride of lime.
(17) Bleaching powder is obtained by reaction of chlorine gas with slaked lime.
(18) Bleaching powder available in market is classified on the basis of colour.
(19) The hard water becomes soft on adding baking soda (NaHCO3)
Answer:
(1) True
(2) False. On addition of universal indicator the colour of table salt changes to green.
(3) False. Borax is Na2B4O7.9H2O
(4) False. Boron – 10 is used in treatment of brain tumour.
(5) True
(6) False. NaHCO3 is sodium bicarbonate.
(7) False. Soap is basic in nature.
(8) False. Baking powder is basic in nature.
(9) False. POP is amorphous in nature.
(10) False. pH value of universal indicator is 0 -14.
(11) False. Sodium chloride is formed by a neutralization reaction between sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid.
(12) False. Melting point of NaCl is 800°C.
(13) False. Molten state of NaCl is also called as fused state.
(14) True
(15) True
(16) True
(17) True
(18) False. Bleaching powder available in market is classified on the basis of percentage of chlorine present in it.
(19) False. Hard water becomes soft on adding washing soda (Na2CO3.10H2O)

Name the following:

Question 1.
Important salts found in sea water.
Answer:
Magnesium chloride, Potassium chloride

Question 2.
Chemical used in preparation of breads and cakes to make them soft.
Answer:
Sodium bicarbonate

Question 3.
Gas liberated when bleaching powder is added to CO2 gas.
Answer:
Chlorine (Cl2) gas.

Question 4.
Salt used in refining petroleum
Answer:
Sodium carbonate (Na2CO3)

Question 5.
Chemical formula of bleaching powder
Answer:
CaOCl2

Question 6.
The chemical formula of Sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Answer:
NaHCO3

Question 7.
Nature of soap.
Answer:
Basic

Question 8.
Molecular formula for Magnesium bromide
Answer:
MgBr2

Question 9.
Melting point of NaCl
Answer:
800 °C

Question 10.
Two examples of Rock Salt
Answer:
Mineral halite and Himalayan rock salt.

Question 11.
Uses of sodium bicarbonate
Answer:
To prepare breads, cakes and dhokla

Question 12.
Constituents of baking powder.
Answer:
Baking soda and mild acid (tartaric acid)

Question 13.
Substance used to make hard water soft.
Answer:
Washing soda i.e. Na2CO3.10H2O.

Question 14.
Radioactive isotopes used in treatment of bone cancer.
Answer:
Strontium – 89, Strontium – 90, Samarium -153, Radium – 223

Question 15.
Use of Strontium 89 and strontium 90.
Answer:
Treatment of bone cancer.

Select the odd man out:

Question 1.
Sodium sulphate, Barium chloride, Magnesium sulphate, Bleaching powder.
Answer:
Bleaching powder, all others are crystalline salt with water of crystallization while bleaching powder is not.

Question 2.
Strontium – 89, Strontium – 90, Radium – 223, Iodine -123.
Answer:
Iodine -123, it is used to cure hyperthyroidism while others are used to cure bone cancer.

Question 3.
Soap, Toothpaste, Baking soda, Curd.
Answer:
Curd, it is acidic in nature while others are basic in nature.

Question 4.
Na2CO3.10H2O, Na2SO4.10H2O, BaCl2.2H2O, CaOCl2
Answer:
CaOCl2, it is amorphous in nature while rest are crystalline in nature.

Question 5.
Boron-10, Iodine – 131, Cobalt – 60, Iodine – 123.
Answer:
Iodine -123, it is used in hyperthyroidism while rest are used in treatment of brain tumour.

Question 6.
Na2SO4, K3PO4, MgBr2, HCl.
Answer:
HCl, rest all are salts but HCl is an acid.

Write the correlated terms:

(1) Washing Powder : Basic :: Milk : ……………………………
(2) Na2SO4: Sodium sulphate :: K3PO4 : ……………………………
(3) CaOCl2: Calcium Oxychloride : : NaHCO3 : ……………………………
(4) Borax : 10H2O : : Alum : ……………………………
(5) Sodium Sulphate : Na2SO4.10H2O : : Magnesium Sulphate : ……………………………
(6) Bathing soap : High grades fats and oils :: Washing soap : ……………………………
(7) Radium – 23 : Bone cancer :: Phosphorus – 32 : ……………………………
(8) Iodine -123 : Hyperthyroidism :: Iodine -131 : ……………………………
(9) Clinical deo : 20-25% of aluminium : : Antiperspirant deo : of aluminium chlorohydrate : ……………………………
(10) Sodium carbonate : Na2CO3 : : Sodium bicarbonate : ……………………………
(11) Curd : Acidic : : Soap : ……………………………
(12) Calcium Carbonate : CaCO3 : : Magnesium bromide : ……………………………
(13) Baking Soda : NaHCO3 : : Washing Soda : ……………………………
(14) Baking Soda : Breads and Cakes : : Washing Soda : ……………………………
(15) Borax : Na2B4O7.10H2O : : Alum : ……………………………
Answer:
(1) Acidic
(2) Potassium phosphate
(3) Sodium hydrogen carbonate
(4) 24H2O
(5) MgSO4.7H2O
(6) Low-grade fats and oils
(7) Polycythemia
(8) Tumour detection
(9) 15%
(10) NaHCO.
(11) Basic
(12) MgBr2
(13) Na2CO3.10H2O
(14) Hard water soft
(15) K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O

Match the columns:

Question 1.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Barium chloride (a) 24H2O
(2) Sodium sulphate (b) 7H2O
(3) Magnesium sulphate (c) 2H2O
(4) Alum (d) 10H2O

Answer:
(1 – c),
(2 – d),
(3 – b),
(4 – a)

Question 2.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Strontium – 90 (a) Brain tumour
(2) Cobalt – 60 (b) Hyperthyroidism
(3) Iodine – 131 (c) Polycythemia
(4) Phosphorus – 32 (d) Bone cancer

Answer:
(1 – d),
(2 – a),
(3 – b),
(4 -c)

Give scientific reasons:

Question 1.
Baking soda is used while making cakes.
Answer:

  • Baking soda is chemically known as sodium bicarbonate.
  • On heating, sodium bicarbonate decomposes to form sodium carbonate, water and carbon dioxide (CO,).
  • The carbon dioxide produced is released due to which the cake becomes soft and spongy.
  • Hence, baking soda is used to make cake spongy and soft.

Question 2.
Baking soda is used to reduce acidity in the stomach.
Answer:

  • Baking soda is used as a medicine (antacid). When it is taken, it undergoes hydrolysis to give sodium hydroxide in the stomach. Thus, sodium hydroxide neutralizes the hydrochloric acid produced by gastric juice and gives relief to the patient from acidity.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 4

Question 3.
Tap water and water in swimming pool has a typical strong odour in the rainy season.
Answer:

  • Tap water and water in swimming pool has a typical strong odour in the rainy season, it is the odour of the chlorine gas that is used to destroy the microbes in the water.
  • Chlorine gas is a strong oxidizing agent and therefore, it has a strong disinfecting as well as bleaching action.
  • Chlorine is inconvenient to handle because of its gaseous state. Instead, the solid bleaching powder which has the same effect is more convenient to use.
  • Bleaching powder undergoes slow decomposition due to the carbon dioxide in air and chlorine gas is released. Bleaching powder gets its property because of this release of chlorine gas.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 5

Question 4.
Sodium carbonate is added to hard water to make it soft.
Answer:

  • The hardness of water is due to the presence of chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium in it.
  • Na2CO3 is added to it to soften such water and make it suitable for use.
  • The reaction with Na2CO3 causes the formation of insoluble carbonate salts of magnesium and calcium thus making the water soft.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 6

Question 5.
Alum is used in the process of water purification.
Answer:

  • Alum is used in the process of water purification because of property of coagulation.
  • The solid impurities in water come together, become heavy and settle to the bottom.
  • As a result, the water above becomes clear.

Question 6.
Overconsumption of artificial food colours should be avoided?
Answer:

  • The overconsumption of artificial food colours should be avoided because they can be detrimental to health.
  • Food colours added to pickles, jam and sauce contain small quantities of lead and mercury. These can be harmful for those who consume these products on a regular basis.
  • Diseases like ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) can affect children due to excessive consumption of foods with added food colours.

Question 7.
Artificial colours in Rang Panchami should be used cautiously.
Answer:

  • We regularly use artificial colours on Rang Panchami.
  • The red colour used on Rang Panchami is very dangerous. It contains a high proportion of mercury in it.
  • This poses risks like blindness, skin cancer, asthma, itching of the skin, permanent blocking of sweat pores etc.
  • Therefore, it is necessary that artificial colours are used cautiously.

Question 8.
There are various brands of bleaching powder in the market.
Answer:

  • When bleaching powder comes in contact with air, it reacts with carbon dioxide to form calcium carbonate and releases chlorine gas. CaOCl2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + Cl2 ↑ (from air)
  • This generated chlorine is known as “available chlorine.”
  • On the basis of the percentage of “available chlorine” various brands of bleaching powder are available in the market.

Question 9.
We use anodized cooking utensils like griddles and cookers.
Answer:

  • Anodizing is process of forming a protective rayer of hydrated aluminium oxide on utensils.
  • Due to anodizing, the surface of the cooking utensils become non-standing, non-toxic and non-reactive with the ingredients of the foot.
  • These utensils get heated faster and withstand high heat.
  • Also the amount of butter, ghee or oil used to cook food in these type of utensils is neglible.
  • These utensils are tough, durable and resistant to corrosion.
  • Hence, we use anodized cooking utensils like gridders and cookers.

Explain the following chemical reactions with the help of balanced equations :

Question 1.
Sodium hydroxide reacts with dilute Hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When Sodium hydroxide reacts with dilute Hydrochloric acid, it forms sodium chloride and water.
This is a neutralization reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 8

Question 2.
When an electric current is passed through a saturated solution of sodium chloride (brine)
Answer:
When an electric current is passed through a saturated solution of sodium chloride (brine) it is electrolysed and hydrogen gas is released at the cathode while chlorine gas is released at the anode. Also, an important basic compound NaOH is formed in the cell.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 9

Question 3.
Baking soda (Sodium hydrogen carbonate) reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
When Sodium bicarbonate (Sodium hydrogen carbonate) reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, it gives sodium chloride, water and carbon dioxide gas is liberated.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 10

Question 4.
Bleaching powder is exposed to air.
Answer:
When bleaching powder is exposed to air, it undergoes slow decomposition due to the carbon dioxide in air and chlorine gas is released.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 11

Question 5.
When dry slaked lime reacts with chlorine gas.
Answer:
When dry slaked lime reacts with chlorine gas, it gives bleaching powder.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 12

Question 6.
Bleaching powder reacts with dilute sulphuric acid.
Answer:
Dilute sulphuric acid reacts rapidly with bleaching powder to form calcium sulphate and release chlorine gas completely.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 13

Question 7.
Bleaching powder reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Dilute hydrochloric acid reacts rapidly with bleaching powder to form Calcium chloride and release chlorine gas completely.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 16

Question 8.
Sodium carbonate reacts with magnesium chloride.
Answer:
When Sodium carbonate reacts with magnesium chloride, it forms insoluble magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride. This reaction is used to make hard water soft.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 15

Question 9.
Crystalline sodium carbonate is exposed to air.
Answer:
When crystalline sodium carbonate is exposed to air it loses its water of crystallization readily and a white powder is obtained. This powder is called washing soda.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 14

Question 10.
Sodium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid.
Answer:
When sodium carbonate reacts with sulphuric acid it forms sodium sulphate, water and carbon dioxide gas is liberated.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 17

Distinguish between;

Question 1.
Washing soda and Baking soda
Answer:

Washing soda Baking soda
(i) Chemical name is sodium carbonate. (i)    Chemical name is sodium bicarbonate or sodium hydrogen carbonate.
(ii) Its molecular formula is Na2CO3.10H2O (ii) Its molecular formula is NaHCO3
(iii) It is a crystalline substance. (iii) It is an amorphous powder.
(iv) It is used in manufacturing soaps and detergents. (iv) It is used in bakery for making cakes and bread lighter and spongy.

Question 2.
Bathing soap and Washing soap
Answer:

Bathing soap Washing soap
(i) High-grade fats and oils are used as the raw material. (i) Low-grade fats and oils are used as the raw material.
(ii) Expensive perfumes added. (ii) Cheaper perfumes added.
(iii) No free alkali content present to prevent injuries to skin. (iii) Free alkali present for cleaning action.

Answer the following:

Question 1.
Give the properties and uses of Sodium bicarbonate.
Answer:
Properties and uses of sodium bicarbonate

  • (i) NaHCO2 reacts with moist litmus paper and red litmus turns blue which means that it is basic in nature.
  • (ii) It is used to make bread, cake, dhokla.
  • (iii) Being basic in nature it is used to reduce acidity in the stomach.
  • (iv) NaHCO3 is used to make the active substance CO2 in the fire extinguisher.
  • (v) Baking soda is used to clean an oven.

Question 2.
Give the properties and uses of washing soda.
Answer:
Properties and uses of washing soda :

  • Washing soda is a whitish and odourless powder at room temperature.
  • Litmus has a blue colour in its aqueous solution.
  • It is hygroscopic, that is, it absorbs moisture if left exposed to air.
  • It is used mainly for washing clothes.
  • Sodium carbonate is used in the glass and paper industry and also in refining of petrol.

Question 3.
Name some substances in our daily use which contain water of crystallization.
Answer:

  • Alum (Potash alum – K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O)
  • Borax (Na2B4O7.10H2O)
  • Epsom salt (Magnesium sulphate MgSO4.7H2O)
  • Barium chloride (BaCl2.2H2O)
  • Sodium sulphate (Glauber’s salt Na2SO4.10H2O)

Question 4.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in the measurement of thickness, density and level.
Answer:
Measurement of thickness, density and level:

  • It is necessary to maintain the required thickness in the manufacture of aluminium, plastic, iron sheets of differing thickness.
  • In the manufacturing process, a radioactive substance is placed on one side and an instrument to measure radiation on the other.
  • The radiation read by the measuring instrument varies with the thickness of the sheet.
  • Material inside a packing can also be examined by the same technique.

Question 5.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in Luminescent paint and radioluminescence.
Answer:
Luminescent paint and radioluminescence:

  • The radioactive substances radium, promethium, tritium with some phosphour are used to make certain objects visible in the dark, for example, the hands of a clock, and certain other objects.
  • Krypton-85 is used in HID (High Intensity Discharge) lamps while promethium-147 is used in portable X-ray units as the source of beta rays.

Question 6.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in Field of agriculture.
Answer:
Field of agriculture:

  • The genes and chromosomes that give seeds properties like fast growth, higher productivity, etc. can be modified by means of radiation.
  • The radioactive isotope cobalt-60 is used for food preservation.
  • Onions, potatoes are irradiated with gamma rays from cobalt-60 to prevent their sprouting.
  • Strontium-90 is used as a tracer in the research on various crops.

Question 7.
Give the uses of dyes.
Answer:
Uses of dyes :

  • They are used for colouring cloth and hair.
  • Fluorescent colours are used to make street boards that are visible at night.
  • Dyes are used to polish leather shoes, purses and chappals.

Question 8.
What are the adverse effects of dyes?
Answer:
Adverse effects dyes :

  • Dyeing hair can have adverse effects like hair fall, damage to hair texture, burning of skin, adverse effect on eyes, etc.
  • Lipstick contains a dye named carmine. It does not affect lips but causes stomach disorders.
  • Excessive use of plants for making natural dyes results in deterioration of the environment.

Question 9.
Give the uses of teflon.
Answer:
Uses of teflon :

  • Teflon is a poor conductor of electricity. Therefore, Teflon clad wires and parts are used in high technology electronic instruments.
  • It is used for making non-stick kitchenware.
  • The coloured metal sheets of two-wheelers and four-wheelers are given a Teflon coating to protect them from damage due to high temperature and rain.

Question 10.
What is ceramic? Give examples.
Answer:

  • Ceramic is a heat resistant substance formed by kneading an inorganic substance in water and then shaping it and hardening it by heating.
  • Pots made by a potter, Mangalore roofing tiles, construction bricks, pottery, terracotta articles are some examples of common ceramic articles that we see around.

Question 11.
Give the uses of ceramics.
Answer:

  • Ceramics can withstand high temperatures without decomposing. Ceramic is brittle, water-resistant and an electrical insulator.
  • Therefore, it is used in electrical instruments, for coating the interior of a kiln, the outer surfaces of ships and blades of jet engines.
  • A certain type of ceramic tiles are fixed on the outer layer of a space shuttle. Some types of ceramics are used as superconductors.

Question 12.
What is brine? What happens when ^th of this solution is evaporated?
Answer:

  • The 25% aqueous solution of salt is called saturated brine.
  • When th of this solution is evaporated the dissolved salt gets crystallized and salt gets separated from the solution.

Question 13.
What is baking soda? Give its chemical name and molecular formula.
Answer:

  • Baking soda is a white non-crystalline powder.
  • Its chemical name is sodium hydrogen carbonate or sodium bicarbonate and its molecular formula is NaHC03.

Question 14.
Give two uses of Blue vitriol.
Answer:

  • Blue vitriol is used in the blood test for diagnosing anaemia.
  • Bordeaux mixture which is a mixture of slaked lime and blue vitriol is used as a fungicide on fruits like grapes and musk melon.

Question 15.
What is radioactivity and what are radioactive substances?
Answer:

  • Elements with a high atomic number such as uranium, thorium, radium have a property of spontaneously emitting invisible, highly penetrating and high energy radiation. This property is called radioactivity.
  • A substance having this property is called a radioactive substance.

Question 16.
What can you say about the uses of radioactive isotopes?
Answer:

  • It is a misconception that radioactive elements are used only for making an atom bomb.
  • Radioactive isotopes are used in various fields such as scientific research, agriculture, industry, medicine, etc.
  • Radioactive substances are used in two ways.
  • By using the radiation alone.
  • By using the radioactive element itself.

Question 17.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in Radiography.
Answer:

  • Internal cracks and voids in cast iron articles and iron solder can be detected with the help of gamma rays.
  • For this purpose, isotopes like cobalt-60, iridium-192 are used in the radiography camera.
  • This technique is used for detecting flaws in metalwork.

Question 18.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in ceramic articles.
Answer:

  • Luminous colours are used to decorate ceramic tiles, utensils, plates, etc.
  • Earlier uranium oxide was used in these paints.

Question 19.
What is a dye?
Answer:
The coloured substance which on applying to an article, imparts that colour to the article, is called a dye

Question 20.
What is done to fix a dye on the cloth ?
Answer:

  • A mordant is to be used to fix the colour after dyeing a cloth.
  • A mordant is a chemical binding agent that adheres well to both the fibers and the dye.

Question 21.
What is Teflon? Give its chemical name.
Answer:

  • Teflon is the polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
  • Its chemical name is polytetrafluoroethylene (C2F4)n

Question 22.
What is powder coating? Why is it done?
Answer:

  • Powder coating is a method of applying a layer harder than paint on the surface of plastic, medium density fibre (MDF).
  • Board and iron object to make them attractive, durable and to prevent rustihg respectively.

Question 23.
Give the properties of ceramics.
Answer:

  • Ceramics can withstand high temperatures without decomposing.
  • Ceramic is brittle, water resistant and an electrical insulator.

Question 24.
How is bone china made? How is it different from porcelain?
Answer:

  • Bone china is made by adding some ash of animal bones in the mixture of china clay, feldspar and fine silica while making porcelain.
  • This ceramic is harder than porcelain.

Question 25.
What compounds are used instead of clay for making advanced ceramic?
Answer:
Oxides like Alumina (Al2O3), Zirconia (ZrO2) Silica (SiO2) and some other compounds like silicon carbide (SiC), boron carbide (B4C) are used instead of clay for making advanced ceramic.

Question 26.

What is sintering?
Answer:

  • Advanced ceramics requires a temperature of 1600 to 1800 °C and an oxygen-free atmosphere for firing.
  • This process is called sintering.

Write short notes on :

Question 1.
Chernobyl disaster.
Answer:

  • On 26th April 1986, the graphite reactor in the Chernobyl atomic power plant exploded, and suddenly the radioactive isotopes and radiation came out.
  • Due to this episode, radioactive isotopes entered the human body through water and land and caused genetic disorders.
  • These got carried further into the next generation.
  • Thyroid disorders increased in children as well as adults.
  • As a result, the incidence of throat diseases is greater there than in other places.

Question 2.
Food colours.
Answer:

  • Food colours are mixed in most soft drinks and foodstuffs available in the market.
  • These food colours are in the form of powders, gels and pastes.
  • Food colours are used in domestic as well as commercial products.
  • Certain colours and essences are added to ice cream, ice candies, sauces, fruit juices, cold drinks, pickles, jams and jellies.
  • Food colours are often found to be added to packaged meat (chicken, mutton), chilli powder, turmeric, sweets and other similar substances so as to give them a good colour.
  • Food colours are natural as well as artificial.
  • The food colours prepared from seeds, beetroot, flowers and fruit concentrate are natural.
  • Tetrazene, sunset yellow are artificial food colours used extensively.
  • However, over-consumption of artificial food colours can be detrimental to health. Therefore, usage of natural food colours is always good.

Question 3.
Anodizing.
Answer:

  • A protective layer is formed naturally on the surface of aluminium metal by reaction with oxygen in air.
  • In the anodizing process, this layer can be made of the desired thickness.
  • Anodizing is done by electrolysis.
  • Dilute sulphuric acid is taken in the electrolytic cell and the aluminium article is dipped in it as the anode.
  • When an electric current is passed, hydrogen gas is released at the cathode and oxygen gas at the anode.
  • A reaction with oxygen occurs and a layer of hydrated aluminium oxide is formed on the anode, i.e. the aluminium article.
  • This layer can be made attractive by adding colour in the cell during electrolysis.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What are salts? Give their source.
Answer:

  • The ionic compounds which do not contain H+ and OH ions and contain only one kind of cation and anion are called simple salts.
  • For example, Na2SO4, K3PO4, CaCl2.
  • The sea is said to be a rich source of salts of various elements such as chlorine, sodium, magnesium, potassium, calcium, bromine.
  • The important salts found in sea water are:
    (a) Sodium chloride
    (b) Magnesium chloride
    (c) Magnesium sulphate
    (d) Potassium chloride
    (e) Calcium carbonate
    (f) Magnesium bromide

Question 2.
Which are the three kinds of salts depending on their pH value? How are they formed?
Answer:
The three kinds of salts depending on their pH value are:

Neutral salts:
Salt is neutral when its pH value is 7. Such a salt is made from a strong acid and a strong base.

Acidic salts:
The pH value of a salt made from a strong acid and a weak base is less than 7 and it is acidic.

Basic salts:
The pH value of a salt made from a weak acid and strong base is more than 7 and it is basic.

Question 3.
Which is the most used salt? What is its chemical name? How is it formed?
Answer:

  • Table salt, or common salt, which gives a salty taste to food, is the most used of all salts.
  • Its chemical name is Sodium chloride.
  • Sodium chloride is formed by a neutralization reaction between sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid.
  • Chemical reaction
  • This is a neutral salt and the pH value of its aqueous solution is 7.

Question 4.
How is bleaching powder obtained?
Answer:

  • Bleaching powder is obtained by the reaction of chlorine gas with slaked lime.
  • Chemical reaction

Question 5.
How is hard water from well converted to soft water?
Answer:

  • The hard water from a well or a bore-well becomes soft on adding washing soda and we come to know this from the lather formed on it.
  • The hardness of water is due to the presence of chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium in it.
  • Na2CO3 is added to it to soften such water and make it suitable for use.
  • The reaction with Na2CO3 causes the formation of insoluble carbonate salts of magnesium and calcium.
  • Chemical reaction
    MgCl2(aq) + Na2CO3(s) → MgCO3(s) + 2NaCl(s) Magnesium Sodium Magnesium Sodium chloride carbonate carbonate chloride

Question 6.
How is washing soda obtained from sodium carbonate?
Answer:

  • Sodium carbonate is a water soluble salt of sodium.
  • Crystalline sodium carbonate, on keeping, loses its water of crystallization readily and a white powder is obtained.
  • This powder is called washing soda.
  • Chemical reaction

Question 7.
How is soap prepared? Why it does not form lather with hard water?
Answer:

  • When oil or animal fat is boiled with an aqueous solution of sodium or potassium hydroxide, sodium or potassium salts of carboxylic acids (fatty acids) are formed.
  • These salts are called soap.
  • When soap is mixed with hard water, calcium and magnesium salts of fatty acids are formed.
  • These being water insoluble, they form a precipitate and that is why lather is not formed.

Question 8.
What are the harmful effects of artificial food colours?
Answer:

  • Food colours added to pickles, jams and sauces contain small quantities of lead and mercury. These can be harmful for those who consume these products on a regular basis.
  • Diseases like ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) can affect children due to excessive consumption of foods with added food colours.

Question 9.
Which is the main source of colour for preparing a natural dye?
Answer:

  • Plants are the main source of colour for preparing a natural dye.
  • Roots, leaves, flowers, bark, fruits, seeds, fungus and pistils are used for making dyes.
  • In Kashmir a very good dye is made from saffron, which is used to dye fibers from which saris, shawls and dresses are made.
  • These are very costly. The use of henna leaves to colour hair is safe for health.

Question 10.
How are artificial colours harmful to us?
Answer:

  • We regularly use artificial colours on Rang Panchami.
  • The red colour used on Rang Panchami is very dangerous.
  • It contains a high proportion of mercury in it.
  • This poses risks like blindness, skin cancer, asthma, itching of the skin, permanent blocking of sweat pores, etc.
  • Therefore, it is necessary that artificial colours are used cautiously.

Question 11.
What are the harmful effects of deodorants?
Answer:

  • Aluminium – Zirconium compounds are the most harmful chemicals in deodorants. Disorders like headache, asthma, respiratory disorders, heart disease are likely to occur without our knowledge.
  • There is a possibility of various skin disorders and also skin cancer due to the aluminium chlorohydrates.

Question 12.
How is a ceramic article made?
Answer:

  • When clay is kneaded in water, shaped and then fired in a kiln at a temperature of 1000 to 1150 °C, a porous ceramic is formed.
  • To overcome the porosity, the fired object is covered with finely ground glass powder suspended in water (glaze) and is then fired again. As a result, the surface of the ceramic becomes shiny and its porosity disappears.

Question 13.
What is porcelain? How is it made?
Answer:

  1. Porcelain is a hard, translucent and white coloured ceramic. It is made by using the white clay called kaolin, found in China. Glass, granite and the mineral feldspar is mixed with kaolin and kneaded with water.
  2. The resulting mixture is shaped and fired in a kiln at a temperature of 1200 to 1450 °C. On firing again after glazing, beautiful articles of porcelain are obtained.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
What are the constituents of baking powder? Where is the baking powder used?
Answer:

  • Baking powder consist of 30% sodium bicarbonate, 5-12% monocalcium phosphate and 21-26% sodium aluminium sulphate.
  • Baking powder is a leavening agent and is used for increasing the volume and lightening the texture of baked goods.

Question 2.
Take a piece of coloured cloth. Put some saturated solution of bleaching powder on a small part and observe what changes take place in the colour of the cloth.
Answer:
When bleaching powder is added to a piece of coloured cloth, the fabric looses its colour due to the oxidising reaction of the chlorine present in the bleaching powder.

Answer in detail:

Question 1.
Give the properties and uses of Sodium chloride.
Answer:
Properties and uses of sodium chloride:

  • Common salt is a colourless and crystalline ionic compound. There is no water of crystallization in its crystalline structure.
  • It is a neutral salt, salty in taste.
  • This compound is used for the production of salts like Na2CO3, NaHCO3.
  • When an electric current is passed through a saturated solution of sodium chloride (brine), it is electrolysed and hydrogen gas is released at the cathode while chlorine gas is released at the anode.
  • This method is used for production of chlorine gas. In this method an important basic compound NaOH is formed in the cell.
    2NaCl + 2H2O → 2NaOH + Cl2↑ + H2
  • When salt is heated to a high temperature (about 800 °C), it melts. This is called the fused state of the salt.
  • When fused salt is electrolysed, chlorine gas is released at the anode and liquid sodium metal, at the cathode.

Question 2.
Give the properties and uses of Bleaching Powder.
Answer:
Properties and uses bleaching powder:

  • Bleaching powder is a yellowish-white coloured solid substance.
  • Its chemical name is Calcium oxychloride.
  • It has a strong odour of chlorine gas.
  • It is used for disinfection of drinking water at the water works and the water in the swimming pool.
  • It is used for bleaching of cloth.
  • It is used for disinfection by the road side and garbage sites.
  • Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid react rapidly with bleaching powder to release chlorine gas completely.
    CaOCl2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + Cl2 ↑ + H2O CaOCl2 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + Cl2 ↑ + H2O
  • Calcium oxychloride reacts slowly with carbon dioxide to form calcium carbonate and chlorine.
    CaOCl2 + CO2 → CaCOs + Cl2

Question 3.
Explain with neat labelled diagram the nature of radioactive radiation.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 2
Answer:

  • When radioactive radiations are allowed to pass through two oppositely charged plates they get separated. This method was introduced by Rutherford in 1902.
  • Rutherford and Willard studied the radiation emitted by radioactive substances.
  • For this purpose, the rays were allowed to pass through an electrical field and a photographic plate was held in their path.
  • It was found that the radiation was divided into three types.
  • One type of radiation deviated slightly towards the negatively charged plate, while the second type of radiation deviated substantially towards the positively charged plate.
  • However, the third type of radiation did not deviate at all in the electrical field.
  • The rays which deviated slightly toward negatively charged plate are called alpha rays.
  • Those which deviate substantially towards the positively charged plate are called beta rays and those which did not deviate at all are called gamma rays.

Question 4.
Give the characteristics of alpha, beta and gamma rays.
Answer:
Characteristics of alpha, beta and gamma rays are as given in the table.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Substances in Common Use 3

Question 5.
Give the uses of radioactive isotopes in Medical science.
Answer:
Medical science:

  • Polycythemia: The red blood cell count increases in the disease polycythemia. Phosphorus- 32 is used in its treatment.
  • Bone cancer: Strontium-89, strontium-90, samarium-153 and radium-223 are used in the treatment of bone cancer.
  • Hyperthyroidism: Enlargement of thyroid gland, weight loss in spite of appetite, insomnia are the symptoms of hyperthyroidism.
  • It occurs due to overproduction of hormones by the thyroid gland. Iodine-123 is used in the treatment of hyperthyroidism.
  • Tumour detection: Boron-10, iodine-131, cobalt-60 are used in the treatment of brain tumour, while arsenic-74 is used in detection of small tumours in the body.

Question 6.
What are the hazards of radioactive substances and radiation?
Answer:

  • The central nervous system is affected by radioactive radiations.
  • Hereditary defects are generated by bombardment of radiation on D.N.A in the body.
  • Radioactive radiation can penetrate the skin, and causes diseases like skin cancer, leukemia.
  • The radiative pollutants created due to explosions enter the body through air and it is difficult to control them.
  • The radioactive pollutants released in the sea enter the bodies of fishes and through them enter the human body.
  • The radioactive paint on the watch can cause cancer.
  • The radioactive isotopes strontium-90 can enter the body through plants, fruits, flowers, cereals, milk, etc. and cause diseases like bone cancer, leukemia.

Question 7.
Why are deodorant used? Give their types and content.
Answer:

  • Body odour is caused by the bacterial decomposition of the sweat. A deodorant is used to prevent this odour.
  • Deodorants contain parabens (methyl, ethyl, propyl, benzyl and butyl) and also alcohol in large proportions. Aluminium compounds and silica are also used.
  • Types of deodorants are :
    (a) Ordinary deo: It contains a smaller proportion of aluminium. It decreases the odour of the sweat.
    (b) Antiperspirant deo : This decreases the extent of sweating. It contains about 15% of aluminium chlorohydrate. It clogs the sweat pores on the skin.
    (c) Clinical deo : Some people sweat heavily and it has harmful effects on the skin. Clinical deo is meant for such people. It contains 20 to 25% aluminium. It is used during the night.

Question 8.
Explain how powder coating is done.
Answer:

  • Powder coating is a method of applying a layer harder than paint on the surface of an iron object to prevent rusting.
  • In this method, a polymer resin, a pigment and some other ingredients are melt, mixed, cooled and ground into a uniform powder.
  • This powder is sprayed on the polished metal surface by electrostatic spray deposition (ESD).
  • In this method, the particles of the powder are given an electrostatic charge due to which a uniform layer of the powder sticks to the metal surface.
  • Then the object is heated in the oven along with the coating.
  • A chemical reaction occurs in the layer, resulting in the formation of long cross-linked polymeric chains.
  • This powder coating is highly durable, hard and attractive.
  • Powder coating can be done on plastic and medium density fibre (MDF) board in day to day use as well.

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Laws of Motion Class 9 Science Chapter 1 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 1

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 1 Laws of Motion Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 1 Laws of Motion Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Match the first column with appropriate entries in the second and third columns and remake the table.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 1

2. Clarify the differences

A. Distance and displacement
Answer:

Distance Displacement
(i) Distance is the length of the actual path travelled by an object.
(ii) It is a scalar quantity.
(iii) It is either equal to or greater than displacement.
(iv) Distance travelled is always positive.
(i) Displacement is the minimum distance between the starting and finishing points.
(ii) It is a vector quantity.
(iii) It is either equal to or less than distance.
(iv) Displacement may be positive or negative or zero.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

B. Uniform and non-uniform motion.
Answer:

Uniform motion Non-uniform motion
(i) If an object covers equal distances in equal intervals of time it is said to be in uniform motion.
(ii) Distance – time graph for uniform motion is a straight line.
(iii) In uniform motion, acceleration is zero.
(i) If an object moves unequal distances in equal intervals of time, its motion is said to be non­uniform.
(ii) Distance – time graph for non-uniform motion is not a straight line.
(iii) In non-uniform motion acceleration is non-zero.

3. Complete the following table.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 2

4. Complete the sentences and explain them.

a. The minimum distance between the start and finish points of the motion of an object is called the ……….. of the object.
b. Deceleration is ………………………. acceleration
c. When an object is in uniform circular motion, its ………………………. changes at every point.
d. During collision ………………………. remains constant.
e. The working of a rocket depends on Newton’s ………………………. law of motion.

5. Give scientific reasons.

a. When an object falls freely to the ground, its acceleration is uniform.
Answer:

  • When the body falls freely to the ground, there are equal changes in velocity of the body in equal intervals of time.
  • Thus the acceleration of the body is constant, and it possesses uniform acceleration.

b. Even though the magnitudes of action force and reaction force are equal and their directions are opposite, their effects do not get cancelled.
Answer:

  • Action and reaction forces act on different bodies.
  • They don’t act on the same body, hence they cannot cancel each other’s effect.
  • Hence, even though the magnitudes of action force and reaction force are equal, they do not cancel each other.

c. It is easier to stop a tennis ball as compared to a cricket ball, when both are traveling with the same velocity.
Answer:

  • Momentum of an object depends on its mass as well as its velocity.
  • Cricket ball is heavier than a tennis ball. Although they are thrown with the same velocity, cricket ball has more momentum than a tennis ball.
  • The force required to stop a cricket ball is more than a tennis ball.
  • Hence it is easier to stop a tennis ball than a cricket ball moving with same velocity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

d. The velocity of an object at rest is considered to be uniform.
Answer:

  • When a body is at rest there is no change in velocity.
  • A body with constant velocity is said to be in uniform motion.
  • Hence, the state of rest is an example of uniform motion.

6. Take 5 examples from your surroundings and give an explanation based on Newton’s laws of motion.

7. Solve the following examples.

a) An object moves 18 m in the first 3 s, 22 m in the next 3 s and 14 m in the last 3 s. What is its average speed? (Ans: 6 m/s)
Answer:
Given:
Total distance (d) = 18 + 22 + 14 = 54 m
Total time taken (t) = 3 + 3 + 3 = 9 sec
To find:
Average speed = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 3

The object moves with an average speed of 6 m/s.

b) An object of mass 16 kg is moving with an acceleration of 3 m/s2. Calculate the applied force. If the same force is applied on an object of mass 24 kg, how much will be the acceleration? (Ans: 48 N, 2 m/s2)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 4

The force acting on the 1 body is 48 N and the acceleration of the 2” body is 2 m/s2

c) A bullet having a mass of 10 g and moving with a speed of 1.5 m/s, penetrates a thick wooden plank of mass 90 g. The plank was initially at rest. The bullet gets embedded in the plank and both move together. Determine their velocity. (Ans: 0.15 m/s)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 5
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 6
The plank embedded with the bullet moves with a velocity of 0.15 m/s.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

d) A person swims 100 m in the first 40 s, 80 m in the next 40 s and 45 m in the last 20 s. What is the average speed? (Ans: 2.25 m/s2)

Answer:
Given:
Total distance (d) = 100 + 80 + 45 = 225 m
Total time taken (t) = 40 + 40 + 20 = 100 sec
To find:
Average speed =?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 7
The person swims with an average speed of 2.25 m/s.

Class 9 Science Chapter 1 Laws of Motion Intext Questions and Answers

(i) Who will take less time to reach the school and why?
Answer:
Prashant will take less time as the path followed by him is the shortest.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 8

(a) Every morning, Swaralee walks round the edge of a circular field having a radius of 100 m. As shown in figure (a), if she starts from the point A and takes one round, how much distance has she walked and what is her displacement?
Answer:
Radius (r) = 100 m
Distance covered = Circumference of the circle
= 2 nr
= 2 x 3.14 x 100
= 628 m
Displacement = 0 m (Shortest distance between initial and final position is zero)

(b) If a car, starting from point P, goes to point Q (see figure 1.9) and then returns to point P, how much distance has it travelled and what is its displacement?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 9
Answer:
Distance covered = PQ + QP
= 360 + 360
= 720 m
Displacement = 0 m (The shortest distance between initial and final position is zero)

Class 9 Science Chapter 1 Laws of Motion Additional Important Questions and Answers

(A) Choose and write the correct option:

Laws Of Motion Class 9 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board Question 1.
The displacement that occurs in unit time is called …………….. .
(a) displacement
(b) distance
(c) velocity
(d) acceleration
Answer:
(c) velocity

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Laws Of Motion Class 9 Maharashtra Board Exercise Answers  Question 2
The unit of velocity in the SI system is …………….. .
(a) cm/s
(b) rn/s2
(c) um/s2
(d) rn/s
Answer:
(d) m/s

Laws Of Motion Class 9 Maharashtra Board  Question 3.
v2 = u2 + 2as is the relation between and …………….. .
(a) speed and velocity
(b) distance and acceleration
(c) displacement and velocity
(d) speed and distance
Answer:
(c) displacement and velocity

Class 9 Science Notes Chapter 1 Laws Of Motion Question 4.
…………….. is the relation between displacement and time.
(a) v = u + at
(b) v2 = u2 + 2as
(c) s = ut + 1/2 at2
(d) v = u + 2as
Answer:
(c) s = ut + 1/2 at2

Class 9 Science Chapter 1 Laws Of Motion Question Answer Question 5.
The force necessary to cause an acceleration of 1 m/s2 in an object of mass 1 kg is called …………….. .
(a) 1 dyne
(b) 1 m/s
(c) 1 Newton
(d) 1 cm/s
Answer:
(c) 1 Newton.

9th Science Chapter 1 Laws Of Motion Question 6.
Even if the displacement of an object is zero, the actual distance traversed by it …………….. .
(a) may not be zero.
(b) will be zero
(c) will be constant
(d) will be infinity
Answer:
(a) may not be zero

Question 7.
If the velocity changes by equal amounts in equal time intervals, the object is said to be in …………….. .
(a) uniform acceleration
(b) uniform velocity
(c) non-uniform acceleration
(d) non-uniform motion
Answer:
(a) uniform acceleration

Question 8.
If an object is moving with a uniform velocity …………….. .
(a) its speed remains the same, but direction of motion changes
(b) its speed changes but direction of motion is same
(c) its speed and direction both change
(d) its speed and direction both remain the same
Answer:
(d) its speed and direction both remain the same

Question 9.
is an example of positive acceleration.
(a) A stone is thrown vertically upwards
(b) A stone falls freely towards the earth
(c) Brakes are applied by the truck driver
(d) The train arriving at the station
Answer:
(b) a stone falls freely towards the earth

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 10.
An object continues to remain at rest or in a state of uniform motion along a straight line unless an …………….. acts on it.
(a) internal imbalanced force
(b) external unbalanced force
(c) internal balanced force
(d) external balanced force
Answer:
(b) external unbalanced force

Question 11.
The …………….. is proportional to the applied force and it occurs in the direction of the force.
(a) change of momentum
(b) rate of change of velocity
(c) change of velocity
(d) rate of change of momentum
Answer:
(d) rate of change of momentum

Question 12.
…………….. is a relative concept.
(a) Motion
(b) Direction
(c) Power
(d) Acceleration
Answer:
(a) Motion

Question 13.
A body is said to be in motion if it changes its …………….. with respect to its surroundings.
(a) position
(b) direction
(c) speed
(d) force
Answer:
(a) position

Question 14.
A body is said to be at …………….. if it does not change its position with respect to its surroundings.
(a) Motion
(b) Rest
(c) Gravity
(d) Force
Answer:
(b) Rest

Question 15.
…………….. is the length of the actual path travelled by an object in motion while going from one point to another.
(a) Distance
(b) Displacement
(c) Speed
(d) Velocity
Answer:
(a) Distance

Question 16.
The distance covered by a body in unit time is called its …………….. .
(a) velocity
(b) speed
(c) displacement
(d) rest
Answer:
(b) speed

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 17.
S.I. unit of speed is …………….. and in C.G.S unit it is …………….. .
(a) m/s and cm/s
(b) km/s and cm/s
(c) m/s and mm/s
(d) m/s and nm/s
Answer:
(a) m/s , cm/s

Question 18.
The distance travelled in a particular direction by an object in unit time is called its …………….. .
(a) velocity
(b) speed
(c) displacement
(d) rest
Answer:
(a) velocity

Question 19.
Units of speed and velocity are the
(a) Same
(b) Different
(c) Greater than each other
(d) Unequal
Answer:
(a) same

Question 20.
…………….. . is related to distance, while …………….. is related to displacement.
(a) Gravity and magnetism
(b) Speed and force
(c) Speed and velocity
(d) Motion and rest
Answer:
(c) Speed, velocity

Question 21.
If an object covers equal distances in equal time intervals, it is said to be moving with …………….. speed.
(a) Uniform
(b) Non uniform
(c) Changing
(d) Random
Answer:
(a) uniform

Question 22.
If an object covers unequal distances in equal time Intervals, it is said to be moving with speed.
(a) Uniform
(b) Non uniform
(c) Changing
(d) Random
Answer:
(b) non uniform

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 23.
The rate of change of velocity is called
(a) Speed
(b) Acceleration
(c) Velocity
(d) Rest
Answer:
(b) acceleration

Question 24.
Speed of light in dry air is …………….. m/s.
(a) 3 x 107
(b) 3 x 108
(c) 3 x 109
(d) 3 x 103
Answer:
(b) 3 x 108

Question 25.
When velocity of a body increases, its acceleration is …………….. .
(a) Negative
(b) Zero
(c) Positive
(d) Equal
Answer:
(c) positive

Question 26.
When velocity of a body decreases, its acceleration is …………….. .
(a) Negative
(b) Zero
(c) Positive
(d) Equal
Answer:
(a) negative

Question 27.
Negative acceleration is also called or
(a) Deceleration or retardation
(b) Deceleration or acceleration
(c) acceleration or retardation
(d) Zero
Answer:
(a) deceleration or retardation

Question 28.
In case of motion, object travels equal …………….. in equal intervals of time.
(a) Uniform, distance
(b) Non-Uniform, distance
(c) Uniform, displacement
(d) Uniform, displacement
Answer:
(a) uniform, distances

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 29.
Motion of an object was studied by …………….. .
(a) Sir Albert Einstein
(b) Sir Thomas Edison
(c) Sir Isaac Newton
(d) Sir Ravindranath Tagore
Answer:
(c) Sir Issac Newton

Question 30.
When an object moves in a circular path with uniform speed, its motion is …………….. motion.
(a) Non uniform circular
(b) Random circular
(c) Uniform circular
(d) Uniform linear
Answer:
(c) uniform circular

Question 31.
When a coin moves along a circular path, the direction of its motion at every point is …………….. .
(a) Circular
(b) Concave
(c) Tangential
(d) Convex
Answer:
(c) tangential

Question 32.
For all uniformly accelerated motions, the velocity-time graph is a …………….. .
(a) Curved line
(b) Straight line
(c) Negative line
(d) Positive line
Answer:
(b) straight line

Question 33.
In the distance-time graph, the slope of the straight line indicates …………….. .
(a) Acceleration
(b) Velocity
(c) Speed
(d) Rest
Answer:
(b) velocity

Question 34.
The first equation of motion gives relation between …………….. and time.
(a) Acceleration
(b) Velocity
(c) Speed
(d) Rest
Answer:
(b) velocity

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 35.
Newton’s first law explains the phenomenon of
(a) Rest
(b) Inertia
(c) Speed
(d) Velocity
Answer:
(b) inertia

Question 36.
…………….. cause a change in the state of an object at rest or in uniform motion.
(a) Balanced forces
(b) Zero forces
(c) Unbalanced forces
(d) None of them
Answer:
(c) Unbalanced forces

Question 37.
To describe an object’s momentum, we must specify its …………….. and …………….. .
(a) Mass and displacement
(b) Mass and direction
(c) Mass and velocity
(d) Mass and acceleration
Answer:
(c) mass and velocity

Question 38.
…………….. is the product of mass and velocity of an object.
(a) Speed
(b) Acceleration
(c) Momentum
(d) Force
Answer:
(c) Momentum

Question 39.
The rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied …………….. .
(a) Balanced force
(b) Unbalanced force
(c) Mass
(d) Velocity
Answer:
(b) unbalanced force

Question 40.
S.I. unit of momentum is
(a) kg cm/s
(b) kg m/s
(c) gm/s
(d) m/s
Answer:
(b) kg m/s

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 41.
…………….. is always conserved in a collision.
(a) Force
(b) Power
(c) Speed
(d) Total momentum
Answer:
(d) Total momentum

Question 42.
When a bullet is fired from the gun, the gun moves in backward direction. This motion is called as …………….. .
(a) Momentum
(b) Velocity
(c) Acceleration
(d) Recoil
Answer:
(d) Recoil

Question 43.
In CGS system, the unit of force is …………….. .
(а) Newton
(b) Watt
(c) Horse power
(d) Dyne
Answer:
(d) Dyne.

 (B) 1. Find the odd man out:

Question 1.
Displacement, Force, Momentum, Mass
Answer:
Mass

Question 2.
Speed, Power, Energy, Acceleration
Answer:
Acceleration

Question 3.
Newton’s 1st law, Newton’s 2nd law, Newton’s 3rd law, Kepler’s laws of motion
Answer:
Newton’s 3rd law

(B) 2. Find out the correlation

Question 1.
Speed zero: Body at rest :: Negative acceleration : Retardation
Answer:
Retardation

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
Displacement : Vector quantity :: Distance : Scalar quantity
Answer:
Vector quantity

Question 3.
When body comes to rest at the end of the motion : Final velocity is zero :: When body is at rest at the starting of motion : Initial velocity is zero
Answer:
Initial velocity is zero

Question 4.
Uniform circular motion: Displacement is zero :: Uniform velocity : Acceleration is zero
Answer:
Displacement is zero

Question 5.
Inertia : Newton’s 1st law :: Rate of change of momentum : Newton’s 2nd law
Answer:
Newton’s 2nd law

Question 6.
Balanced force : Body at rest :: Force equation : Mass x acceleration
Answer:
Body at rest

(B) 3. Distinguish between:

Question 1.
Positive acceleration and Negative acceleration
Answer:

Positive acceleration Negative acceleration
(i) When the velocity of a body increases, acceleration is said to be positive acceleration. (i) When the velocity of a body decreases, acceleration is said to be negative acceleration.

Question 2.
Scalar quantity and Vector quantity
Answer:

Scalar quantity Vector quantity
(i) Scalar quantities are physical quantities having magnitude only. (i) Vector quantities are physical quantities having both magnitude and direction.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
Balanced force and Unbalanced force
Answer:

Balanced force Unbalanced force
(i) Balanced force keeps the body at rest. (i) Balanced force keeps the body at rest.

(B) 4. State whether the following statements are true or false:

Question 1.
The velocity of a body is given by the distance covered by it in unit time in a given direction.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Displacement is a scalar quantity.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
Uniform acceleration means that the body is moving with a uniform velocity.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
The direction of acceleration can be opposite to that of velocity.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Work is a vector quantity.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
Displacement is always greater than distance.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 7.
The distance and displacement are equal only if, motion is along a straight path.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
If an object experiences acceleration, a force is acting on it.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
A train pulling out from a station is in uniform motion.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
If a bus in motion is suddenly stopped, the passengers fall backwards.
Answer:
False

Question 11.
If a single force is acting on an object, it will always accelerate.
Answer:
True

Question 12.
In circular motion, direction of motion is tangential.
Answer:
True

Question 13.
The inertia of a body is measured in terms of its mass.
Answer:
True

(B) 5. Name the following:

Question 1.
The scientist who summarized motion in a set of equations of motion.
Answer:
Isaac Newton

Question 2.
Motion of an object along a circular path with uniform speed.
Answer:
Uniform circular motion

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
What is the backward motion of the gun called?
Answer:
Recoil

Question 4.
The motion in which the object covers equal distance in equal intervals of time.
Answer:
Uniform motion

Question 5.
S. I. unit of acceleration.
Answer:
m/s2

Question 6.
CGS unit of momentum
Answer:
g cm/s

(B) 6. Answer the following in one sentence:

Question 1.
When is acceleration said to be positive?
Answer:
When the velocity of a body increases, acceleration is said to be positive acceleration.

Question 2.
What is negative acceleration?
Answer:
When the velocity of a body decreases, acceleration is said to be negative acceleration.

Question 3.
What is the direction of velocity of an object performing uniform circular motion?
Answer:
The direction of velocity is along the tangential direction to its position.

Question 4.
Give the mathematical expression used to determine velocity of an object moving with uniform circular motion.
Answer:
is the expression used to determine velocity of a body moving with uniform circular motion.

Question 5.
What kind of force keeps the body at rest?
Answer:
Balanced force keeps the body at rest.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 6.
Which law of motion gives the measure of force?
Answer:
Newton’s second law of motion gives the measure of force.

Question 7.
What are vectors and scalars?
Answer:
Scalars are physical quantities having magnitude only whereas, vectors are physical quantities having both magnitude and direction.

Question 8.
Which of the quantities distance, speed, velocity, time and displacement are scalars and which are vectors?
Answer:
Distance, speed and time are scalars displacement and velocity are vectors.

Give formula:

Question 1.
Force =
Answer:
Mass x Acceleration = ma

Question 2.
Final velocity (v) =
Answer:
Initial Velocity + (Acceleration x Time) = u + at

Question 3.
Displacement (s) =
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 10

Question 4.
Final velocity2 (v2) =
Answer:
Initial Velocity2 + 2 x Acceleration x Displacement = u2 + 2as

Question 5.
velocity of an object moving with uniform circular motion =
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 11

Give scientific reasons:

Question 5.
Motion is relative.
Answer:

  • The motion of an object depends on the observer, hence a body may appear moving for one person and at the same time at rest for another one.
  • Hence, motion is relative.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 6.
Newton’s first law of motion is called as law of inertia.
OR
Heavier objects offer more inertia.
Answer:

  • Inertia is related to the mass of the object.
  • As mass is the quantity of matter in a body, we need to exert more force to push a heavier body.
  • Hence heavier objects offer more inertia.
  • As the same property is described by Newton’s first law of motion, it is called as Law of Inertia.

Question 7.
The launching of a rocket is based on Newton’s third law of motion.
Answer:

  • Newton’s third law of motion states that ‘Every action force has an equal and opposite reaction force which acts simultaneously.’
  • When the fuel in a rocket is ignited, it bums as a result of chemical reaction.
  • The exhaust gases escape with a great force in the backward direction.
  • It exerts an equal and opposite reaction force on the rocket, due to which the rocket moves in the forward direction.
  • Thus, the principle of launching of rocket is based on Newton’s third law of motion.

Solve the following numerical:

Question 1.
An athlete is running on a circular track. He runs a distance of 400 m in 25 s before returning to his original position. What is his average speed and velocity?
Answer:
Given:
Total distance travelled = 400 m
Total displacement = 0, as he returns to his original position.
Total time = 25 seconds.
To find:
Average speed = ?
Average velocity = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 12
The athlete runs at an average speed of 16 m/s and velocity 0 m/s.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
An aeroplane taxies on the runway for 30 s with an acceleration of 3.2 m/s2 before taking off. How much distance would it have covered on the runway?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 13
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 14
The distance covered on the runway is 1440 m.

Question 3.
A kangaroo can jump 2.5 m vertically. What must be the initial velocity of the kangaroo?
Answer:
Given:
a = 9.8 m/s2, s = 2.5 m, v = 0,
To find:
u = ?
Formula:
v2 = u2 + 2as
Solution:
v2 = u2 + 2as
02 = u2 + 2 x (-9.8) (2.5) : (Negative sign is used as the acceleration is in the direction opposite to that of velocity.)
0= u2 – 49 u2
= 49 u
= 7 m/s

The initial velocity of the kangaroo must be 7 m/s.

Question 4.
A motorboat starts from rest and moves with uniform acceleration, if it attains the velocity of 15 m/s in 5s, calculate the acceleration and the distance travelled in that time.
Answer:
Given:
Initial velocity, u = 0
Final velocity, v = 15 m/s time, t = 5 s.
To find:
Acceleration (a) = ?
Distance (s) = ?
Solution:
From the first equation of motion
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 15
From the second equation of motion, the distance covered will be
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 16
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 17

The acceleration is 3 m/s2 and distance travelled is 37.5 m.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 5.
The mass of a cannon is 500 kg and it recoils with a speed of 0.25 m/s. What is the momentum of the cannon?
Answer:
Given:
mass of the cannon = 50 kg
recoil speed = 0.25 m/s
To find:
Momentum = ?
Formula:
Momentum = m x v
Solution:
Momentum = m x v
= 500 x 0.25
= 125 kg m/s

The momentum of cannon is 125 kg m/s

Answer the following in short:

Question 1.
Explain the three different ways to change the velocity.
Answer:
As velocity is related to speed and direction, it can be changed by :

  • Changing the speed while keeping the direction constant.
  • Changing direction while keeping speed constant.
  • Changing both speed as well as direction of motion.

Question 2.
Explain what is positive, negative and zero acceleration.
Answer:

  • Positive Acceleration: When the velocity of an object increases, the acceleration is positive. In this case, the acceleration is in the direction of velocity.
  • Negative Acceleration: When the velocity of an object decreases with time, it has negative acceleration. Negative acceleration is also called deceleration. Its direction is opposite to the direction of velocity.
  • Zero Acceleration: If the velocity of the object does not change with time, it has zero acceleration.

Question 3.
What inference do we draw from the velocity-time graph for a uniformly accelerated motion?
Answer:

  • From velocity-time graph we can infer whether velocity changes by equal amounts in equal intervals of time or not.
  • Thus, for all uniformly accelerated motion, the velocity – time graph is a straight line and slope of the line gives the acceleration.
  • For non-uniformly accelerated motion, velocity-time graph can have any shape according to variation in velocity with respect to time.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 4.
State the three equations of motion and give the relationship explained by them.
Answer:

  • v = u + at: This is the relation between velocity and time.
  • s = ut + 1/2 at2 : This is the relation between displacement and time
  • v2 = u2 + 2as : This is the relation between displacement and velocity.

Question 5.
What are the implications of Newton’s Third Law of motion?
Answer:

  • Action and reaction are terms that express force.
  • These forces act in pairs. One force cannot exist by itself.
  • Action and reaction forces act simultaneously.
  • Action and reaction forces act on different objects. They do not act on the same object and hence cannot cancel each other’s effect.

Question 6.
Explain recoil and recoil velocity. Derive its expression.
Answer:

  • Let us consider the example of a bullet fired from a gun. When a bullet of mass nij is fired from a gun of mass m2, its velocity becomes v2, and its momentum becomes m^. Before firing the bullet, both the gun and the bullet are at rest. Hence, total initial momentum is zero.
  • According to Newton’s third law of motion, the total final momentum also has to be zero. Thus, the forward-moving bullet causes the gun to move backward after firing.
  • This backward motion of the gun is called its recoil. The velocity of recoil, v2 is such that,
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 19

Complete the flow chart:

(1) Types of force and their effects
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 20

(2) Newton’s laws
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 21

Distinguish between:

Question 1.
Speed and velocity.
Answer:

Speed Velocity
(i) Speed is the distance covered by a body in unit time.
(ii) It is a scalar quantity.
(iii) Speed is equal to or greater than velocity.
(iv) Speed = distance/time
(v) It is always positive or zero but never negative.
(i) The displacement that occurs in unit time is called velocity.
(ii) It is a vector quantity.
(iii) Velocity is equal to or less than speed.
(iv) Velocity = displacement/time
(v) It may be positive, Zero or negative.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 2.
Balanced force and unbalanced force.
Answer:

Balanced force Unbalanced force
(i) Two equal forces applied on a body in the opposite direction.
(ii) This force does not change the state of rest or the state of uniform motion
(i) Two unequal forces applied on a body.
(ii) This force can change the state of rest or the state of uniform motion of a body in a straight line.

Give examples:

Question 1.
Scalar quantities
Answer:
Time, Volume, Speed, Mass, Temperature, Distance, Entropy, Energy, and Work

Question 2.
Vector quantities
Answer:
Acceleration, Velocity, Momentum, Force, and Weight

Answer the following questions:

Observe the figure and answer the questions:

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 22

(a) Measure the distance between points A and B in different ways as shown in figure (I).
Answer:
Distances measured may be of different lengths depending on the path taken.

(b) Now measure the distance along the dotted line. Which distance is correct according to you and why?
Answer:
Dotted line shows the shortest way of reaching from A to B.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

(c) Observe the following figures. If you increase the number of sides of the polygon and make it infinite, how many times will you have to change the direction? What will be the shape of the path?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 23
Answer:
If we increase the number of sides of the polygon and make it infinite, then we will have to change the direction an infinite number of times. The shape of the path thus obtained will be a circle.

Observe the figure and answer the questions

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 24

Question 1.
What will be the effect on the velocity of the motorcycle if its speed increases or decreases, but its direction remains unchanged?
Answer:
If the speed is increased the velocity of the motorcycle will increase and if the speed is decreased the velocity of the motorcycle will decrease

Question 2.
In case of a turning on the road, will the velocity and speed be same?
Answer:
As speed is scalar quantity while velocity is vector quantity so by turning velocity will change while speed remains same

Question 3.
If, on a turning, we change the direction as well as the speed of the motorcycle, what will be the effect on its velocity?
Answer:
Its velocity will change because velocity depends on speed as well as direction and here both speed and direction are changed.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Numerical:

Question 1.
A person travels a distance of 72 km in 4 hours. Calculate average speed in m/s.
Answer:
Given :
Total distance (d)
= 72 km
= 72×1000
= 72000 m

Total time taken (t)
= 4 hours
= 4 x 3600 (v lhr = 3600 sec)
= 14400 s

To find:
Average speed = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 25
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 26
The person travels with average speed of 5 m/s

Question 2.
balls have masses of 50 gm and 100 gm and they are moving along the same line in the same direction with velocities of 3 m/s and 1.5 m/s respectively. They collide with each other and after the collision, the first ball moves with a velocity of 2.5 m/s. Calculate the velocity of the other ball after collision.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 27
Final velocity of second ball after collision is 1.75 m/s.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Write laws and explain write implications:

Question 1.
Newton’s third law of motion
Answer:
‘Every action force has an equal and opposite reaction force which acts simultaneously’.

  • Action and reaction are terms that express force.
  • These forces act in pairs. One force cannot exist by itself.
  • Action and reaction forces act simultaneously.
  • Action and reaction forces act on different objects. They do not act on the same object and hence cannot cancel each other’s effect.

Question 2.
Explain Newton’s second law of motion and derive the formula.
Answer:
Newton’s second law explains about change in momentum. It states that The rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied force and the change of momentum occurs in the direction of the force.

Suppose an object of mass ‘m’ has an initial velocity ‘u. When a force ‘F’ is applied in direction of its velocity for time ‘t’, its velocity becomes ‘y’. Then, the total initial momentum of the body = ‘mu’. Its final momentum after time t = ‘mv’.

So, the rate of change of momentum
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 28

Hence by Newtons second la of motion, 4he rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied force.
∴ ma ∝ F
∴ F ∝ ma
∴ F ∝ kma (k = Constant of proportionaLity and value is 1).
∴ F = ma

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
State the law of conservation of momentum and derive the formula.
Answer:

Let mass of object A and B be m1 and m1 respectively
Let their initial velocity be u1 and u2 Let their final velocity be v1 and v2

We know,
P = mv
Let their initial momentum be m1u1 and m2 u2
Let their final momentum be m1v1 and m2v2

Total initial momentum = (m1u1 + m2u2)
Total final momentum = (m1v1 + m2v2)

If F2 is the force that acts on object B,
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 29

i.e. The magnitude of total of total final momentum = the magnitude of total initial momentum

Complete the paragraph:

Question 1.
Moving Objects
Answer:
‘Distance’ is the length of the actual path travelled by an object in motion while going from one point to another, whereas displacement is the minimum distance between the starting and finishing points. The displacement that occurs in unit time is called velocity. The units of speed and velocity are the same. In the SI system, the unit is m/s while in the CGS system; it is cm/s. Speed is related to distance while velocity is related to the displacement. If the motion is along a straight line, the values of speed and velocity are the same, otherwise they can be different. The first scientist to measure speed as the distance /time was Galileo. The speed of sound in dry air is 343.2 m/s while the speed of light is about 3 x 108 m/s. The speed of revolution of the earth around the sun is about 29770 m/s.

Question 2.
Types of motion
Answer:
If an object covers unequal distances in equal time intervals, it is said to be moving with non-uniform speed. For example the motion of a vehicle being driven through heavy traffic. If an object covers equal distances in equal time intervals, it is said to be moving with uniform speed. The rate of change of velocity is called acceleration. If the velocity changes by equal amounts in equal time intervals, the object is said to be in uniform acceleration. If the velocity changes by unequal amounts in equal time intervals, the object are said to be non-uniform acceleration. The speed of the tip is constant, but the direction of its displacement and therefore, its velocity is constantly changing. As the tip is moving along a circular path, its motion is called uniform circular motion.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
Newton’s laws and conservation of momentum
Answer:
An object continues to remain at rest or in a state of uniform motion along a straight line unless an external unbalanced force acts on it. The rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied force and the change of momentum occurs in the direction of the force. Momentum has magnitude as well as direction. Its direction is the same as that of velocity. In SI system, the unit of momentum is kg m/s, while in CGS system, it is g cm/s. If an unbalanced force applied on an object causes a change in the velocity of the object, then it also causes a change in its momentum.

The force necessary to cause a change in the momentum of an object depends upon the rate of change of momentum. Every action force has an equal and opposite reaction force which acts simultaneously. As the mass of the gun is much higher than the mass of the bullet, the velocity of the gun is much smaller than the velocity of the bullet. The magnitude of the momentum of the bullet and that of the gun are equal and their directions are opposite. Thus, the total momentum is constant. Total momentum is also constant during the launch of a rocket.

Answer the following in detail:

Question 1.
What is speed? State its units and types. Explain instantaneous speed and average speed.
Answer:

The speed of a body is the distance travelled in unit time. The units of speed in CGS system is cm/s and in SI system is m/s.
There are two types of speed :

    • Uniform speed : When a body covers equal distance in equal intervals of time throughout its motion, it is said to have uniform speed.
    • Non-uniform or variable speed: When a body covers unequal distance in equal intervals of time it is said to have non-uniform speed.

The speed of the body at any instant is called instantaneous speed. Average speed is the ratio of total distance covered to total time taken.

Question 2.
What is velocity? State its units and types.
Answer:

The velocity of a body is the distance travelled by a body in a particular direction in unit time. Thus, rate of change of displacement is called velocity.

v = s/t
where: s = displacement; t = time taken; v = velocity
(MKS unit: m/s CGS unit: cm/s)
There are two types of velocities :

    • Uniform velocity: If there is equal displacement taking place in equal intervals of time, it is uniform velocity.
    • Non-uniform velocity or variable velocity: If there is unequal displacement in equal intervals of time, it is non-uniform velocity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 3.
What is acceleration? State its units and types.
Answer:
(i) Acceleration is a rate of change in velocity. It is a vector quantity, \(a=\frac{v-u}{t}\)
where : v = final velocity; u = initial velocity;
a = acceleration
Units of acceleration in SI system is m/s2 and CGS system is cm/s2.

(ii) Types of acceleration: .
(a) Uniform acceleration : If the change in velocity is equal in equal intervals of time, the acceleration is uniform acceleration.
(b) Non-uniform acceleration : If the change in velocity is unequal in equal intervals of time, the acceleration is a non-uniform acceleration.

(iii) Kinds of acceleration:
Positive acceleration : When the velocity of an object goes on increasing, it is said to have Positive acceleration.
Negative acceleration : When the velocity of an object goes on decreasing, it is said to have negative acceleration or retardation or deceleration.
Zero acceleration : If the velocity of the object does not change with time, it has zero acceleration.

Question 4.
Explain Newton’s second law of motion and derive the formula.
Answer:
Newton’s second law explains about change in momentum. It states that ‘The rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied force and the change of momentum occurs in the direction of the force.’

Suppose an object of mass’m’ has an initial velocity ‘u’. When a force ‘F’ is applied in the direction of its velocity for time’t’, its velocity becomes ‘v’. Then, the total initial momentum of the body = ‘mu’. Its final momentum after time t = ‘mv’.

So, the rate of change of momentum
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 30

Hence by Newton’s second law of motion, the rate of change of momentum is proportional to the applied force.
∴ ma ∝ F
∴ F ∝ ma
∴ F = kma (k = Constant of proportionality and value is 1).
∴ F = ma

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

Question 5.
State the law of conservation of momentum and derive the formula.
Answer:
(i) Let mass of objects A and B be and m2 respectively
Let their initial velocity be m1 and u2
Let their final velocity be V1 and v2

(ii) We know,
P = mv
Let their initial momentum be m1u1 and m2u2
Let their final momentum be m1v1 and m2v2

(iii) Total initial momentum = (m1u1 + m2u2)
Total final momentum = (m1v1 + m2v2)

(iv) If F2 is the force that acts on object B,
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 31
i.e. The magnitude of total final momentum = the magnitude of total initial momentum.

Question 6.
Obtain the equations of motion by graphical method:

(a) Equation for velocity-time relation.
Answer:
Velocity-time graph: shows the change in velocity with time of a uniformly accelerated object. The object starts from the point D in the graph with velocity v. Its velocity keeps increasing and after time t it reaches the point B on the graph.

The initial velocity of the object = u = OD
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 32

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

(b) Equation for displacement-time relation.
Answer:
Suppose that an object is in uniform acceleration ‘a’ and it has covered the distance ‘s’ within time’t’. From the graph the distance covered by the object during time’t’ is given by the area of quadrangle DOEB.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 33

(c) Equation for displacement-velocity relation.
Answer:
We can determine the distance covered by the object in time t from the area of the quadrangle DOEB. DOEB is a trapezium. So we can use the formula for its area.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion 34
This is Newton’s third equation of motion.

Read the paragraph and answer the questions:

1. Paragraph

(a) When a bat strikes a ball, the ball exerts an equal and opposite force on the bat. The force : acting on the ball projects it with high velocity, Due to the large mass of bat compared to ball, reaction force on the bat slows down the bat’s motion.
(b) When a bullet is fired from a gun, the gun exerts a force on the bullet in the forward direction. This is the action force. The bullet also exerts an equal force on the gun in the backward direction. This is the reaction force. Due to the large mass of the gun, it j moves only a little distance backward. This backward movement of the gun is called the recoil of the gun.
(c) In a rocket, burning fuel creates a push on the front of the rocket pushing it forward. This creates an equal and opposite push on the exhaust gas backwards.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

(i) Which of Newton’s law examples are given here?
Answer:
Newton’s 3rd law is stated by the above example

(ii) When a rifle is fired it is pushed back this movement is called what?
Answer:
Movement of rifle getting pushed back after firing is called recoil.

(iii) What does the ball acquire after it gets velocity?
Answer:
The ball acquires momentum after it gets velocity.

(iv) State newton’s 1st law of motion
Answer:
An object continues to remain at rest or in a state of uniform motion along a straight line unless an external unbalanced force acts on it.

(v) Which force is required to produce motion in an object?
Answer:
Unbalanced force is required to produce motion in an object.

2. Paragraph 2
constant velocity. If that velocity is zero, then the object remains at rest. If an external force is applied, the velocity will change because of the force. The second law explains how the velocity of an object changes when it is subjected to an external force. The law defines a force to be equal to changes in momentum (mass times velocity) per change in time. Newton also developed the calculus of mathematics, and the “changes” “expressed in j the second law are most accurately defined in differential forms. (Calculus can also be used to determine the velocity and location variations experienced by an object subjected to an external force.) For an object with a constant mass the second law states that the force F is the product of an objects mass and its acceleration a:
F = m * a
For an external applied force the change in velocity depends on the mass of the object.

A force will cause in velocity; and likewise, a change in velocity will generate a force. The equation works both ways.
The third law states that for every action (force) in nature there is an equal and opposite reaction. In other words, if object A exerts a force on object B, then object B also exerts an equal force on object: A. Notice that the forces are exerted on different objects. The third law can be used to explain the generation of lift by a wing and the production of thrust by a jet engine

(i) A chalk kept on the table remains in the position of rest until moved by the teacher. Which law of motion is followed in this situation?
Answer:
Newton’s 1st law is followed in this situation e

(ii) What will happen to momentum if the mass and acceleration both are doubled?
Answer:
If the mass and acceleration both are doubled then the momentum will be increased four times

(iii) What will happen to momentum if the mass and acceleration both are halved?
Answer:
If the mass and acceleration both are doubled then the momentum will be decreased one four times

(iv) A moving stone filled truck collides with a moving car coming from opposite direction. Why is it observed that only the car is pushed backward?
Answer:
A stone filled truck as more mass than a car hence it has more momentum thus it is observed that only the car is pushed backward

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 1 Laws of Motion

(v) What will happen to the force if the jet engines do not produce enough thrust to push the aeroplane in mid-air?
Answer:
If the jet engines do not produce enough thrust to push the aeroplane in mid-air the force of aeroplane and resistance of air will become balanced thus putting the aeroplane at rest which will result in a crash.

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Carbon: An Important Element Class 9 Science Chapter 13 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 13

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Select the proper option and complete the statements
(single, all, double, ionic, carbon, give and take, hydrogen, multiple, share, most, covalent)

a. A carbon atom forms a ….……………. bond with other atoms. In this bond the two atoms ….electrons.
Answer:
covalent, share

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

b. All the carbon bonds in a saturated hydrocarbon ….……………. electrons.
Answer:
share

c. At least one carbon bond in an unsaturated hydrocarbon is ….…………… .
Answer:
multiple

d. ….……………. is the essential element in all the organic compounds.
Answer:
Carbon

e. The element hydrogen is present in ….. organic compound.
Answer:
all

2. Answer the following questions

a. Why are carbon and its compounds used as fuels?

Answer:
(i) The name ‘carbon’ is derived from Latin word ‘carbo’meaning coal. In the earth’s crust, carbon is present to an extent of approximately 0.27% in the form of carbonate, coal and petroleum. One of the non-crystalline and amorphous form of carbon is coal. Coal is a fossil fuel.

(ii) Peat, lignite, bituminous and anthracite are the four types of coal in the increasing order of their carbon content and heat produced respectively. Charcoal and coke are the other amorphous forms of carbon used as fuel.

(iii) Compounds of carbon such as hydrocarbons consist of carbon and hydrogen and they are easily combustible. For example, methane (CH4) which occurs in natural gas is highly inflammable. It bums by reacting with oxygen to give a bluish flame. In this reaction, 213 Kcal/mol of heat is given out. Methane bums completely.

Chemical reaction:
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O + Heat

(iv) Thus when hydrocarbons are burnt in air, large amount of heat is evolved with formation of carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O). Due to evolution of heat on combustion, carbon and its compounds are used as fuels.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

b. In which compound forms does carbon occur?
Answer:
Carbon in its combined state exists as various compounds such as:

  • Carbon dioxide and in the form of carbonates such as calcium carbonate, marble, calamine (ZnCO3).
  • Fossil fuel – coal, petroleum, natural gas.
  • Carbonaceous nutrients – carbohydrates, proteins, fats.
  • Natural fibres – cotton, wool, silk.
  • Hydrocarbons – compound of carbon and hydrogen.

c. Write the uses of the diamond.
Answer:
Uses of diamonds are:

  • Diamonds are used in glass cutting and rock drilling machines.
  • Diamonds are used in ornaments.
  • Diamond knives are used in the eye surgery.
  • Diamond dust is used for polishing other diamonds.
  • Diamond is used to make windows giving protection from radiation in space and in artificial satellites.

3. Explain the difference:

a. Diamond and graphite.

Answer:

Diamond  Graphite
(i) Diamond is a brilliant, hard and crystalline allotrope of carbon. (i) Graphite is a black, soft, brittle and slippery crystalline allotrope of carbon.
(ii) In diamonds, every carbon atom is bonded to four neighbouring atoms by covalent bonds forming tetragonal three dimensional structure which makes it very hard. (ii) In graphite, every carbon atom is bonded to three other carbon atoms by covalent bonds in such a way that a hexagonal layered structure is formed. A graphite crystal is made of many such layers of carbon atoms. These layers slip over each other on applying pressure.
(iii) Density of diamond is 3.5 g/cm3. (iii) Density of graphite is 1.9 to 2.3 g/cm3.
(iv) Diamond is a bad conductor of electricity as it does not have free electrons. (iv) Inside each layer of graphite, free electrons move continuously within the entire layer. Hence, graphite is a good conductor of electricity.

b. Crystalline and non-crystalline forms of carbon.
Answer:

Crystalline forms of carbon Non-crystalline forms of carbon
(i) A crystalline form has a regular and definite arrangement of atoms.
(ii) They have high melting points and boiling points.
(iii) A crystalline form has a definite geometrical shape, sharp edges and plane surfaces.
(iv) Diamond, graphite and fullerene are different crystalline forms of carbon.
(i) A non-crystalline form does not have a regular and definite arrangement of atoms.
(ii) They have low melting points and boiling points.
(iii) They are amorphous, hence, they do not have definite geometrical shape.
(iv) Coal, charcoal and coke are different non­crystalline/amorphous forms of carbon.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

4. Write scientific reasons

a. Graphite is a conductor of electricity.
Answer:

  • In graphite, each carbon is bonded to three other carbon atoms in such a way that a hexagonal layered structure is formed.
  • Due to this structure, graphite has free electrons available.
  • These free electrons move continuously within the entire layer.
  • Hence, graphite is a good conductor of electricity.

b. Graphite is not used in ornaments.
Answer:

  • Graphite is a black, soft, brittle and dull form of carbon.
  • It is neither malleable nor ductile.
  • These properties of graphite make it unsuitable for making of ornaments.
  • Hence, graphite is not used for making ornaments.

c. Limewater turns milky when CO2 is passed through it.
Answer:

  • Limewater traditionally means a weak solution of the alkali calcium hydroxide Ca(OH)2.
  • When CO2 is passed through limewater, it reacts with calcium hydroxide to form insoluble particulates (precipitate) of Calcium carbonate (CaCO3).
  • Calcium carbonate is weak basic salt and this gives a milky white precipitate.
  • Hence, lime water turns milky when CO2 gas is passed through it.

d. Biogas is an eco-friendly fuel.
Answer:

  • Biogas is formed by the decomposition of animal dung, dry leaves, wet garbage in a biogas plant.
  • This produces methane gas also called biogas.
  • Biogas is a very cheap fuel option which meets the demand for cooking gas.
  • Biogas is eco-friendly as it contains about 55% to 60% of methane and rest is carbon dioxide, hence, on combustion it does not produce harmful gases which cause pollution.
  • Biogas is a fuel which is convenient to use and in addition to this it produces a very good manure as a side product of the process.
  • Hence, biogas is an eco-friendly fuel.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

5. Explain the following.

a. Diamond, graphite and fullerenes are crystalline forms of carbon.
Answer:

  • Carbon exhibits a property of allotropy in which an element exists in more than one form in nature.
  • The chemical properties of these different forms are the same but their physical properties are different.
  • Carbon exists in crystalline as well as non-crystalline (amorphous form).
  • Crystalline form has a regular and definite arrangement of atoms. They have high melting points and boiling points.
  • A crystalline form has a definite geometrical shape, sharp edges and plane surfaces.
  • Carbon has three crystalline allotropes such as diamond, graphite and fullerene.
  • In the structure of diamond, every carbon atom is bonded to four neighbouring atoms by covalent bonds.
  • Therefore, diamond has a tetragonal three dimensional structure which makes it very hard.
  • Brilliant and pure diamond is the hardest natural substance.
  •  In the structure of graphite, every carbon atom in graphite is bonded to three other carbon atoms in such a way that a hexagonal layered structure is formed.
  • A graphite crystal is made of many sheets or layers of carbon atoms.
  • These layers slip over each other on applying pressure. One layer of graphite is called graphene.
  • Fullerene is rarely found in nature. It is found in soot and in interstellar space.
  • The first example of fullerene is Buckminster fullerene (C60).
  • This allotrope of carbon is named fullerene after the architect.
  • Richard Buckminster Fuller because the structure of C60 resembles the structure of the geodesic dome he designed.
  • (xi) Molecules of fullerenes are found in the form of buckyballs and buckytubes.
  • (xii) There are 30 to 900 carbon atoms in one molecule of a fullerene. , C60, C70, C76, C82 and C86 are other examples of fullerene. Their molecules occur in small numbers in soot.

b. Methane is called marsh gas.
Answer:

  • Methane is formed by the decomposition of plant and animal matter in swamps or marshy areas.
  • As methane gas bubbles out from marshy area, it is called as marsh gas.

c. Petrol, diesel, coal are fossil fuels.
Answer:
(i) A fossil fuel is a fuel formed by natural processes, such as anaerobic decomposition of buried dead organisms. Fossil fuels contain high percentage of carbon. The word carbon is derived from the Latin word ‘Carbo’ meaning coal.

(ii) Coal is formed from the remains of trees and other vegetation. Approximately 350 million years ago, these remains were trapped on the bottom of swamps, accumulating layer after layer and creating a dense material called peat. As this peat was buried under more and more ground, the high temperature and pressure transformed it into coal.

(iii) Petrol and diesel are obtained from mineral oil. Mineral oil also called as crude oil or petroleum oil is formed from the remains of plants and animals that lived in the seas millions of years ago. This plant and animal matter has been drawn down and subjected to extremes of temperature and pressure over millions of years ago.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

(iv) Mineral oil is commonly formed in rocks under the sea bed. The word petroleum is derived from Latin word ‘Rock oil’. Petrol and Diesel are obtained from mineral oil by the process called as fractional distillation.
Thus petrol, diesel and coal are fossil fuels.

d. Uses of various allotropes of carbon.

e. Use of CO2 in fire extinguisher.
Answer:

  • CO2 based fire extinguishers do not cause corrosion and are non-conductors of electricity.
  • It is beyond their capacity to extinguish a big fire.
  • Therefore these fire extinguishers are used to extinguish small scale fire of electrical and electronic equipments.

f. Practical uses of CO2.
Answer:
Practical uses of CO2 are:

  • CO2 is used to make aerated drinks.
  • CO2 obtained by chemical reaction or kept under pressure is used in fire extinguishers. Liquified CO2 is used to remove caffeine from coffee.
  • Liquid CO2 is used as solvent in modem eco-friendly dry cleaning.
  • Solid carbon dioxide is used in cold storage and to keep milk and milk products and frozen substances cool during transport. It is also used for getting special effects of a mist in dramas and movies.

6. Write two physical properties each.

a. Diamond
Answer:
Properties of diamond are:

  • Brilliant and pure diamond is the hardest natural substance.
  • The density of diamond is 3.5 g/cm3.
  • The melting point of diamond is 3500 °C.
  • When a diamond is heated at 800 °C in the presence of oxygen, CO2 is given away. In this process no other product besides CO2 is formed.
  • Diamond does not dissolve in any solvent.
  • Acids/bases have no effect on diamond.
  • Diamond is a bad conductor of electricity as it does not have free electrons.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

b. Charcoal
Answer:

  • The charcoal that is made from animals is made from their bones, horns, etc.
  • On the other hand, the charcoal made from plants is formed by combustion of wood in an insufficient supply of air.

c. Fullerene
Answer:
Properties of fullerenes are:

  • Molecules of fullerenes are found in the form of buckyballs and buckytubes.
  • There are 30 to 900 carbon atoms in one molecule of a fullerene.
  • Fullerenes are soluble in organic solvents such as carbon disulphide, chlorobenzene.

7. Complete the following Chemical reactions.

1. ………………..+………………..→ CO + 2H2O + Heat
2. ………………..+………………..→ HCl + Cl + HCl
3. 2 NaOH + CO2 →………………..+………………..
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 1

8. Write answers to the following in detail.

a. What are the different types of coal? What are their uses?
Answer:
Coal is a fossil fuel. It contains carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. It also contains nitrogen, phosphorus and sulphur. It occurs in the solid state. It is of four types.

  • Peat: Formation of peat is the first step in the formation of coal. It contains a high proportion
    of water and less than 60% of carbon. Therefore, not much heat can be obtained from peat.
  • Lignite: Peat was transformed into Lignite due to increased pressure and temperature inside the earth. It contains 60 to 70% of carbon.- Lignite is the second step of the formation of coal.
  • Bituminous coal: Bituminous coal was formed as the third step of formation of coal. It contains 70 to 90% of carbon.
  • Anthracite: Anthracite is known as the pure form of coal. This coal is hard and contains about 95% of carbon.

Uses of coal:

  • Coal is used as fuel in factories and homes.
  • Coal is used to obtain coke, coal gas and coal tar.
  • Coal is used in thermal power plants for generation of electricity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

b. How will you prove experimentally that graphite is good conductor of electricity?
Answer:
Apparatus required: Lead pendi, electrical wires, battery/cell, small bulb, etc.

Step-I: Remove the lead from a pencil and assemble the apparatus as shown in the diagram.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 28

Step-II:

  • Start the electric current in the circuit, the moment the electric current is passed through the circuit, the bulb glows.
  • This experiment proves that graphite is a good conductor of electricity as graphite has free electrons moving continuously within the entire layer and these free electrons conduct electricity in the lead of the pencil.

c. Explain the properties of carbon.
Answer:
Allotropic nature of Carbon: Some elements occur in nature in more than one form. The chemical properties of these different forms are the same but their physical properties are different. This property of elements is called allotropy. Carbon shows the property of allotropy.

Carbon allotropes are of two types:
(A) Crystalline forms:
Carbon has three crystalline allotropes: Diamond, Graphite and Fullerene. Properties of crystalline forms of carbon are as follows:

  • A crystalline form has a regular and definite arrangement of atoms.
  • They are made up of only carbon atoms.
  • They have high melting points and boiling points.
  • A crystalline form has a definite geometrical shape, sharp edges and plane surfaces.

(B) Amorphous forms or non-crystalline forms: Coal, charcoal, coke are the non-crystalline forms of carbon.
Properties of non-crystalline forms of carbon are as follows:

  • The arrangement of carbon atoms in this form is not regular.
  • Apart from carbon atoms, they also contain hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus and sulfur atoms.
  • Compared to a crystalline form, they have low melting and boiling points.
  • Most of them are used as fuels.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

d. Classify carbon.
Answer:
Carbon is classified as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 2

9. How will you verify the properties of carbon dioxide?
Answer:
Properties of carbon dioxide can be verified in the following ways:

  • When a burning candle is placed in a gas jar of carbon dioxide, it extinguishes indicating that carbon dioxide is a non-combustible gas and does not support combustion.
  • When carbon dioxide gas is passed through lime water, it turns lime water milky due to the formation of insoluble calcium carbonate.
  • Moist blue litmus turns red in a gas jar of carbon dioxide indicating, it is acidic in nature.
  • Carbon dioxide is fairly soluble in water, it dissolves in water forming carbonic acid.

Class 9 Science Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element Intext Questions and Answers

Can you recall?

Question 1.
Whatremains behind on complete combustion of any organic compound?
Answer:
A black colour substance ‘Carbon’ remains behind on complete combustion of any organic compound.

Question 2.
What type of element is carbon? Give some information about it.
Answer:

  • Carbon is a non-metallic element. It is available ‘ abundantly in the nature and occurs in free as well as combined state.
  • Carbon in free state is found as diamond and graphite and in combined state it is present to the extent of approximately 0.27% in the form of carbonate, coal, petroleum.
  • In atmosphere, the proportion of carbon in the form of carbon dioxide is approximately 0.03%.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 3.
What is an element? What are the different types of elements.
Answer:

  • A substance which cannot be decomposed into simple substances by any physical or simple chemical method is called as an Element.
  • An element is composed of atoms of only one kind.
  • The different types of elements are:
    (a) Metals – Examples: Gold, Silver, etc.
    (b) Non-metals – Examples: Carbon, Sulphur, etc.
    (c) Metalloids – Examples: Silicon, Antimony, etc.

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
Does an electric charge form on atoms when a covalent bond is formed between them? Why is a single bond between two carbon atoms strong and stable?
Answer:

  • No, electric charge is not formed on atoms when a covalent bond is formed between them. This is because covalent bond is formed by sharing of electrons.
  • Therefore, there is no change in number of electrons and protons in these atoms and they remain electrically neutral.
  • Covalent bonds occur when electrons are shared between two atoms. A single covalent bond is formed when only one pair of electrons is shared between atoms.
  • In this sharing, the atomic orbitals directly overlap between the nuclei of two atoms forming the strongest type of covalent bond called as sigma bond.
  • Hence, a single covalent bond between two carbon atoms is strong and stable.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 2.
In which of the solvents – water, kerosene and cooking oil does the coal powder dissolve?
Answer:
Solvents such as water, kerosene and cooking oil do not dissolve coal powder in them.

Question 3.
What inference will you draw about the solubility of carbon?
Answer:
Carbon is insoluble in water, kerosene and cooking oil.

Question 4.
Is the density of CO2 more or less than that of air?
Answer:

  1. Density is defined as mass per unit volume of a substance, expressed as kilograms per cubic meter.
  2. At standard temperature and pressure, the density of air is 1.29 kg/m3. While that of carbon dioxide (CO2) is 1.79 kg/m3. Hence, density of CO2 is more than that of air.

Question 5.
What is a compound? How are compounds formed?
Answer:

  • A compound is a substance formed when two or more elements are chemically bonded with each other in definite proportion by weight.
  • When atoms or two or more different elements chemically react with each other in a definite proportion by weight, a compound is formed. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element
  • The properties of a compound are altogether different from its constituent elements.
  • Example: Pure water is a compound made up of two elements Hydrogen and Oxygen. Hydrogen (H) atoms and oxygen (O) atoms have chemically reacted with each other in definite proportion to form a compound-water (H2O). The proportion of hydrogen and oxygen in water by volume is 2 : 1 and by weight is 1 :8 respectively.
  • The properties of water are altogether different from the properties of its constituent elements, hydrogen and oxygen.

Class 9 Science Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element Additional Important Questions and Answers

Choose and write the correct option:

Question 1.
The organic compound having double or triple bond in them is termed as
(a) unsaturated
(b) inorganic
(c) saturated
(d) complete
Answer:
(a) Unsaturated hydrocarbon

Question 2.
Covalent compounds are generally soluble in solvents.
(a) inorganic
(b) organic
(c) mixed
(d) mineral
Answer:
(b) organic

Question 3.
Methane is also called as
(a) maha gas
(b) mar’s gas
(c) Anthracite
(d) marsh gas
Answer:
(d) Marsh gas

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 4.
is an alio trope of carbon used to make ornaments.
Answer:
Diamond

Question 5.
The number of valence electrons in carbon is
(a) 4
(b) 5
(c) 6
(d) 3
Answer:
(a) 4

Question 6.
In saturated hydrocarbons, two carbon atoms are linked by
(a) double bond
(b) triple bond
(c) multiple bond
(d) single bond
Answer:
(d) single bond

Question 7.
Carbon has 4 valence electrons in its outermost shell, hence, it is
(a) divalent
(b) tetravalent
(c) trivalent
(d) pentavalent
Answer:
(b) tetravalent

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 8.
Methanogenic bacteria act on the organic acids to produce
(a) oxygen gas
(b) nitrogen gas
(c) methane gas
(d) carbon dioxide gas
Answer:
(c) Methane gas

Question 9.
is used to remove caffeine from coffee.
(a) liquefied O2
(b) liquefied N2
(c) liquefied CO2
(d) liquefied CH4
Answer:
(c) Liquified CO2

Question 10.
Exhaled air contains about CO2.
(a) 4%
(b) 3%
(c) 5%
(d) 6%
Answer:
(a) 4%

Question 11.
Electronic configuration of carbon is
(a) (2, 2)
(b) (2,4)
(c) (2, 5,4)
(d) (2, 6)
Answer:
(b) 2, 4

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 12.
Molecular formula of ethane is
(a) C3H4
(b) C2H4
(c) C2H6
(d) C2H2
Answer:
(c) C2H6

Question 13.
Molecular mass of carbon dioxide is
(a) 28
(b) 22
(c) 56
(d) 44
Answer:
(d) 44

Question 14.
On heating a mixture of hydrogen and carbon monoxide gases at 300°C in the presence of nickel (catalyst) is formed.
(a) carbon dioxide gas
(b) oxygen gas
(c) methane gas
(d) ethylene gas
Answer:
(c) methane gas

Question 15.
Ethane with molecular formula C2H6 has covalent bonds.
(a) six
(b) seven
(c) eight
(d) nine
Answer:
(b) seven

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 15.
Weight of Kohinoor Diamond was
(a) 186 carats
(b) 27 carats
(c) 252 carats
(d) 23 carats
Answer:
(a) 186 carats

Question 16.
Covalent compounds have
(a) high melting point
(b) low melting point
(c) moderate melting point
(d) very high melting point
Answer:
(b) low melting point

Question 17.
Methane is
(a) C2H6
(b) C3H8
(C) CH2
(d) CH4
Answer:
(d) CH4

Question 18.
Wohler, a German scientist synthesized the compound from an inorganic compound ammonium cyanate.
(a) methane
(b) ethylene
(c) urea
(d) acetic acid
Answer:
(c) urea

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 19.
Molecular mass of methane is
(a) 19
(b) 16
(c) 17
(d) 18
Answer:
(b) 16

Question 20.
coal contains highest percentage of carbon.
(a) Bituminous
(b) Peat
(c) Anthracite
(d) Lignite
Answer:
(c) Anthracite

Question 21.
H2C = CH2 is ……………………… .
(a) Propane
(b) Ethyne
(c) Ethane
(d) Ethene
Answer:
(d) Ethene

Question 22.
CH3 – C = CH is ……………………… .
(a) Propene
(b) Propyne
(c) Ethyne
(d) Ethene
Answer:
(b) Propyne

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 23.
Carbon dioxide gas is not used in
(a) photosynthesis
(b) aerated drinks
(c) glass cutting
(d) fire extinguishers
Answer:
(c) glass cutting

Question 24.
Melting point of diamond is
(a) 3700 °C
(b) 3500 °C
(c) 4000 °C
(d) 2500 °C
Answer:
(b) 3500 °C

Question 25.
Melting point of C02 is
(a) 26 °C
(b) 56 °C
(c)-56.6°C
(d)-98°C
Answer:
(c) -56.6 °C

Question 26.
Melting point o* methane is
(a) -182.5 °C
(b) -161.5 °C
(c) 182.5 °C
(d) 161.5 °C
Answer:
(a) -182.5 °C

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 27.
Biogas contains about methane.
(a) 55% to 60%
(b) 20% to 25%
(c) 90% to 95%
(d) 40% to 45%
Answer:
(a) 55% to 60%

Question 28.
is not a property of carbon dioxide gas.
(a) Supporting combustion
(b) Odourless
(c) Colourless
(d) Turns blue litmus red
Answer:
(a) Supporting combustion

Name the following:

Question 1.
Industries that use methane in the form of natural gas.
Answer:
Fabric mills, paper mills, food processing industry, petrol purification.

Question 2.
Organic compounds prepared from methane.
Answer:
Ethanol, methyl chloride, methylene chloride, acetylene.

Question 3.
Chemicals used in regular fire extinguisher.
Answer:
Sodium bicarbonate and dilute sulphuric acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 4.
Components of biogas
Answer:
Methane, carbon dioxide

Question 5.
Organic solvents is which fullerenes are soluble.
Answer:
Carbon disulfide, chlorobenzene.

Question 6.
Use of carbon dioxide is dramas and movies
Answer:
The special effect of mist.

Match the columns:

Question 1.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Diamond
(2) Fullerenes
(3) Graphite
(a) Hexagonal layered structure
(b) Tetragonal three-dimensional structure
(c) Geodesic dome

Answer:
(1-b),
(2- c),
(3 – a)

Question 2.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Peat
(2) Lignite
(3) Bituminous
(4) Anthracite
(a) 60-70% of Carbon
(b) 95% of Carbon
(c) less than 60% of Carbon
(d) 70 – 90% of Carbon

Answer:
(1 – c),
(2 – a),
(3 – d),
(4 – b)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 3.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Propyne
(2) Propene
(3) Propane
(a) CH3 – CH2 – CH3
(b) CH3 – C = CH
(c) CH3 – CH = CH2

Answer:
(1 – b),
(2 – c),
(3 – a)

Question 4.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Fullerene
(2) Diamond
(3) Graphite
(a) Lubricants
(b) Insulator
(c) Ornaments

Answer:
(1 – b),
(2 – c),
(3 – a)

Question 5.

Column ‘A Column ‘B’
(1) Water gas
(2) Methane gas
(3) Producer gas
(4) Carbon dioxide gas
(a) CH4
(b) CO + H2
(c) CO2
(d) CO + H2 + CO2 + N2

Answer:
(1 – b),
(2 – a),
(3 – d),
(4 – c)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

State whether the following statements are true or false. Correct the false statement.

(1) Study of organic compounds is called as organic chemistry.
(2) Hydrocarbons with double bonds are called as saturated hydrocarbons.
(3) Ethene is saturated hydrocarbon.
(4) Covalent compounds are good conductor of electricity.
(5) Methane is a covalent compound.
(6) Covalent compounds are soluble in organic solvents.
(7) Graphite is used in making lubricants and lead pencils.
(8) The density of diamond is 9.8 g/cm3.
(9) Diamond knives are used in eye surgery.
(10) Fullerenes are used as insulators.
(11) Coke is used in production of water gas i.e. (CO2 + H2O).
(12) Structural formula of propyne is CH3 – C = CH.
(13) COz is used to make aerated drinks.
(14) Methane gas is black in colour.
(15) Production of biogas is aerobic process.
Answer:
(1) True
(2) False. Hydrocarbons with double bonds are called as Unsaturated hydrocarbons.
(3) False. Ethene is Unsaturated hydrocarbon.
(4) False. Covalent compounds are bad conductor of electricity.
(5) True
(6) True
(7) True
(8) False: The density of diamond is 3.5 g/cm3.
(9) True
(10) True
(11) False. Coke is used in production of water gas i.e. (CO + H2).
(12) False. Structural formula of propyne is CH3 – C = CH.
(13) True
(14) False. Methane gas is colourless.
(15) False. Production of biogas is anaerobic process.

Find the odd man out:

Question 1.
Propane, Methane, Ethene, Pentane.
Answer:
Ethene. It is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with double bond between two carbon atoms while rest are saturated hydrocarbons with single bond between two carbon atoms.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 2.
CH4, C2H6, C3H8, CaCO3.
Answer:
CaCO3. It is a salt which is an inorganic’ compound, while rest are hydrocarbon compounds, i.e. organic compounds.

Question 3.
C2H2, C3H8, C2H6, CH4.
Answer:
C2H2. It is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with triple bonds while rest are saturated hydrocarbons with single bonds between two carbon atoms.

Question 4.
Diamond, Fullerene, Graphite, Methane.
Answer:
Methane. It is a marsh gas while rest are allotropes of carbon.

Question 5.
Coal, Petroleum, Natural gas, Cotton
Answer:
Cotton. Cotton is a natural fibre while rest all are fossil fuels.

Question 6.
Cotton, Silk, Proteins, Wool
Answer:
Proteins. Proteins are carbonaceous nutrients while rest all are natural fibres.

Question 7.
Carbohydrates, Coal, Proteins, Fats
Answer:
Coal. Coal is a fossil fuel while rest all are carbonaceous nutrients.

Question 8.
Peat, Charcoal, Lignite, Bituminous
Answer:
Charcoal. Charcoal is a non-crystalline form of carbon while rest all are types of coal.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 9.
Lubricants, Electrodes, Ornaments, Arc Lamps
Answer:
Ornaments. Ornaments are made from diamonds while rest all are made from graphite.

Write the correlated terms:

(1) Propene : Double bond :: Propyne : ……………………. .
(2) Ethane : CH3 – CH3 :: Ethene : ……………………. .
(3) Hydrogen : Monovalent :: Carbon : ……………………. .
(4) Methane : Low melting point i.e. -182.5°C Diamond : ……………………. .
(5) Graphite : Hexagonal structure :: Diamond : ……………………. .
(6) Density of Diamond : 3.5 g/cm3 :: Density of Graphite : ……………………. .
(7) Peat: 60% of carbon :: Anthracite : ……………………. .
(8) Melting point of CO2: -56.6°C :: Melting point of CH4: ……………………. .
Answer:
(1) Triple Bond
(2) CH2 = CH2
(3) Tetravalent
(4) High melting point i.e. 3500°C
(5) Tetragonal structure
(6) 1.9 to 2.3 g/cm3
(7) 95% of carbon
(8) -182.5 °C

Give scientific reasons:

Question 1.
Covalent compounds have low melting and boiling points.
Answer:

  • When substances melt or boil, bonds between the molecules are broken due to heat supplied.
  • On covalent compounds, the intermolecular forces of attraction are weak.
  • Hence, intermolecular forces in covalent compounds are broken easily due to which they have low melting and boiling points.

Question 2.
Graphite is a good conductor of electricity whereas diamond is a non-conductor of electricity.
Answer:

  • In diamond, each carbon atom uses all its four electronic to get bonded to another carbon atom, whereas in graphite each carbon uses there out of four electrons during bonding.
  • Hence in diamond no free electrons are left whereas in graphite free electrons are available.
  • Due to the presence of electron which are free to flow graphite is a good conductor of electricity, whereas due to the absence of free electrons diamond is a non-conductor of electricity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 3.
Graphite is used as a lubricant.
Answer:

  • Lubricants are used to reduce friction and wear and tear of mechanical parts.
  • Graphite is smooth and slippery and hence is useful in reducing friction. Hence, graphite is used as a lubricant.

Question 4.
Methane is used as a domestic fuel.
Answer:

  • Methane is highly inflammable.
  • It burns by reacting with oxygen to give a bluish flame.
  • It burns completely and producers 213 Kcal/ mol of heat.
  • Being the smallest hydrocarbon, the proportion of CO2 released in the combustion of methane is small.
  • Therefore methane is used as a domestic fuel.

Answer in short:

Question 1.
What was the contribution of chemist Wohier in organic chemistry?
Answer:

  • The German chemist Wohier synthesized an organic compound urca from an inorganic compound ammonium cyanate,
  • Ever since then, many organic compounds have been made from inorganic compounds.
  • Carbon was found to he the main element in all these compounds.
  • Hence, organic chemistry is also referred to as chem is try of carbon corn pounds.

Question 2.
With neat diagram explain the structure of diamond.
Ans.

  • In diamond, every carbon atom is bonded to four neighbouring atoms by covalent bonds.
  • Therefore, diamond has a tetragonal three dimensional structure which makes it very hard.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 29

Question 3.
With neat diagram explain the structure of graphite?
Answer:

  • Every carbon atom in graphite is bonded to three other carbon atoms in such a way that a hexagonal layered structure is formed.
  • A graphite crystal is made of many sheets or layers of carbon atoms.
  • These layers slip over each other on applying pressure.
  • One layer of graphite is called graphene.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 30

Question 4.
Give the properties of graphite.
Answer:
Properties of graphite are:

  • Graphite found in nature is black, soft, brittle and slippery.
  • Inside each layer of graphite, free electrons move continuously within the entire layer. That is why graphite is a good conductor of electricity. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element
  • Due to the layered structure graphite can be used for writing on paper.
  • The density of graphite is 1.9 to 2.3 g/cm3.
  • Graphite does not dissolve in most solvents.

Question 5.
Give the uses of graphite.
Answer:
Uses of graphite are:

  • Graphite is used for making lubricants.
  • Graphite is used for making carbon electrodes.
  • Graphite is used in pencils for writing.
  • Graphite is used in paints and polish.
  • Graphite is used in arc lamps which gives a very bright light.

Question 6.
Give the uses of fullerenes.
Answer:
Uses of Fullerenes are:

  • Fullerenes are used as insulators.
  • Fullerenes are used as a catalyst in water purification.
  • At a certain temperature, fullerene exhibits superconductivity.

Question 7.
What is Coal?
Answer:

  • Coal is a fossil fuel. It contains carbon, hydrogen and oxygen.
  • It also contains nitrogen, phosphorus and sulphur.
  • It occurs in the solid state. It is of four types – peat, lignite, bituminous and anthracite.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 8.
What is Coke?
Answer:
The pure coal that remains when coal gas has been taken away from coal, is called coke.

Question 9.
Give the uses of Coal.
Answer:
Uses of Coal are:

  • Coal is used as fuel in factories and homes.
  • Coal is used to obtain coke, coal gas and coal tar.
  • Coal is used in thermal power plants for generation of electricity.

Question 10.
Give the uses of Coke.
Answer:
Uses of Coke are:

  • Used as domestic fuel.
  • Coke is used as a reducing agent.
  • Coke is used in production of water gas (CO + H2) and producer gas (CO + H2 + CO2 + N2)

Question 11.
Name the types of coal and give the differences in them.
Answer:
The four types of coal are Peat, Lignite, Bituminous and Anthracite.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 3

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 12.
Give the properties of covalent compounds.
Answer:
Properties of covalent compounds:

  • Covalent compounds have low melting points and boiling points.
  • Generally they are insoluble in water and soluble in organic solvents.
  • They are poor conductors of heat and electricity.

Question 13.
What are saturated hydrocarbons? Give examples.
Answer:

  • The hydrocarbons having only single bonds between carbon atoms are called saturated hydrocarbons.
  • For example, ethane (C2H6) which is (CH3 – CH3), propane (C3H8) which is (CH3 – CH2 – CH3).

Question 14.
What are unsaturated hydrocarbons? Give examples.
Answer:

  • Some hydrocarbons have a multiple bond between two carbon atoms.
  • A multiple bond can be a double bond or a triple bond.
  • Hydrocarbons having at least one multiple bond are called unsaturated hydrocarbons.
  • For example, ethene (H2C = CH2), ethyne (HC = CH), propene (CH3 – CH = CH2), propyne (CH3 – C = CH).

Question 15.
Give the following information of carbon dioxide: Molecular formula, Molecular mass, Melting point, Percentage occurrence in air.
Answer:
Molecular formula – CO2, Molecular mass – 44, Melting point -56.6 °C Percentage occurrence in air – 0.03%.

Question 16.
Give the physical and chemical properties of carbon dioxide.
Answer:
Physical properties of carbon dioxide are:

  • It is an odourless gas.
  • It is a colourless gas.

Chemical properties of carbon dioxide are:

  • It is non-combustible and does not support combustion.
  • It turns lime water milky.
  • It is fairly soluble in water and dissolves in water forming carbonic acid.
  • It turns blue litmus red indicating it is acidic in nature.
  • The colour of universal indicator turns orange/ yellow in C02 indicating its pH value between 4 and 6, i.e. acidic in nature.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 17.
Give the uses of Carbon dioxide.
Answer:
Uses of Carbon dioxide are:

  • CO2 is used to make aerated drinks
  • Solid carbon dioxide is used in cold storage and also to keep milk and milk products and frozen substances cool during transport. It is also used for getting special effects of a mist in dramas and movies.
  • CO2 obtained by chemical reaction or kept under pressure is used in fire extinguishers.
  • Liquified CO2 is used to remove caffeine from coffee.
  • Liquid CO2 is used as solvent in modern eco-friendly dry cleaning.
  • Plants use CO2 in air for photosynthesis.

Question 18.
Give the occurrence of methane.
Answer:
The occurrence of methane is as follows:

  • Methane occurs in natural gas to the extent of 87%.
  • Decomposition of organic matter in the absence of air (anaerobic) produces methane.
  • Methane is present in biogas.
  • Methane is found in coal mines.
  • Methane is found at the surface of marshy places which is why it is also called marsh gas.
  • On heating a mixture of hydrogen and carbon monoxide gases at 300 °C in the presence of nickel (catalyst), methane gas is formed.
  • Fractional distillation of natural gas gives methane in pure form.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 19.
Give the physical properties of methane.
Answer:
Physical properties of methane are:

  • Melting point of methane is (-182.5 °C).
  • Boiling point of methane is (-161.5 °C).
  • It is a colourless gas.
  • The density of liquid methane is less than that of water.
  • Methane is sparingly soluble in water. It is highly soluble in organic solvents like gasoline, ether and alcohol.
  • Methane is in gaseous state at room temperature.

Question 20.
Give the uses of methane.
Answer:
Uses of methane are:

  • Methane in the form of natural gas is used in industries such as fabric mills, paper mills, food processing industry, petrol purification.
  • Being the smallest hydrocarbon, the proportion of CO2 released in the combustion of methane is small and, therefore, it is used as a domestic fuel.
  • Methane is used for production of organic compounds such as ethanol, methyl chloride, methylene chloride and acetylene.

Question 21.
How is methane formed? Give structural formula and electron dot model of methane.
Answer:

  • Atomic number of carbon is 6. The electronic configuration of carbon is (2, 4). The valency of carbon is 4.
  • Carbon atom can form four covalent bonds with other carbon atoms or atoms of different elements.
  • When a carbon atom shares one electron each with four hydrogen atoms and forms four C-H bonds, a methane (CH4) molecule is formed.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 4

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 22.
What are organic and inorganic compounds?
Answer:
Compounds obtained directly or indirectly from plants and animals are called organic compounds and compounds obtained from minerals are called inorganic compounds.

Question 23.
What is allotropy?
Answer:

  • Allotropy – Some elements occur in nature in more than one form.
  • The chemical properties of these different forms are the same but their physical properties are different.
  • This property of elements is called allotropy.

Question 24.
What are basic organic compounds? What are they also called as?
Answer:

  • The compounds formed from only carbon and hydrogen are called basic organic compounds.
  • These are also called hydrocarbons.

Write a balanced chemical equation and explain the following chemical reactions.

Question 1.
Preparation of urea from Ammonium cyanate:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 5
Organic compound Urea can be synthesized from an inorganic compound Ammonium cyanate.

Question 2.
Coal when burnt in air
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 6
When coal is burnt in air, the carbon present in coal combines with oxygen present in air to form carbon dioxide gas.

Question 3.
Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 7
When Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric add it forms Caldum chloride, water and Carbon dioxide gas is evolved.

Question 4.
Carbon dioxide is passed through an aqueous solution of Sodium hydroxide:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 8
When Carbon dioxide gas is passed through an aqueous solution of Sodium hydroxide it forms Sodium carbonate and Water.

Question 5.
Carbon dioxide is passed through an aqueous solution of Sodium carbonate:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 9
When carbon dioxide is passed through an aqueous solution of Sodium carbonate, it forms Sodium bicarbonate.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 6.
Carbon dioxide is passed through freshly prepared lime water for a short duration and then for longer duration:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 10
When Carbon dioxide is passed through freshly prepared lime water, it forms water and white precipitate of Calcium carbonate because of which lime water turns milky.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 11
When Carbon dioxide is continuously passed through milky lime water, it forms Calcium bicarbonate which is soluble in water and therefore, water once again turns colourless.

Question 7.
Carbon dioxide gas is dissolved in water.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 12
Carboh dioxide gas is fairly soluble in water, it dissolves in water under pressure to form Carbonic acid.

Question 8.
Sodium bicarbonate reacts with dilute Sulphuric acid, (reaction in fire extinguisher):
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 13
When Sodium bicarbonate reacts with dilute Sulphuric acid it forms Sodium sulphate, water and Carbon dioxide gas.

Question 9.
Methane gas is burnt in air:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 14
Methane is highly inflammable, it burns in air with a bluish flame and combines with oxygen present in air to form Carbon dioxide and water. In these reaction 213 kcal/mol of heat is given out.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Question 10.
Methane and Chlorine gases react with each other.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 15
Methane and chlorine gases react with each other at the temperature of 250 °C to 400 °C in presence of ultra voilet light and form mainly Methyl chloride (Chloromethane and ‘ Hydrogen chloride)
This reaction is called Chlorination of methane.

Question 11.
Production of methane gas in biogas plant.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 16
In biogas plant, microbes act on the bio-degradable complex organic compounds and produce organic acids.

The methanogenic bacteria act on the organic acids to produce Methane gas and Carbon dioxide gas.

Question 12.
Production of water gas:
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 17
When super heated steam is passed over red hot coke at high temperature, it forms carbon monoxide gas and hydrogen gas.

This gaseous product of carbon monoxide gas and hydrogen gas together is called as water gas.

With the help of ne abelled diagram explain the following:

Question 1.
Regular fire extinguisher.
Answer:

  • A fire extinguisher contains Sodium bicarbonate powder. There is also dilute sulphuric acid placed in a glass capsule.
  • On pressing the knob, the capsule breaks and sulphuric acid comes in contact with the sodium bicarbonate. These two react chemically to release CO2 which comes out.
  • CO2 based fire extinguishers do not cause corrosion and are non-conductors of electricity. Therefore, they are used when electrical or electronic equipment catches fire. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element
  • CO2 based fire extinguishers are used to extinguish small scale fire. It is beyond their capacity to extinguish a big fire.
  • In modern fire extinguishers liquid and solid CO2 is filled under pressure. On reducing the pressure, it becomes gaseous and comes out forcefully through the horn-like hose pipe.
  • Chemical reaction:
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 18

Question 2.
Biogas plant.
Answer:

  • Animal dung, dry leaves, wet garbage get decomposed by anaerobic microbes in a biogas plant.
  • This produces methane gas, also called biogas.
  • Biogas is a very cheap fuel option which meets the demand for cooking gas. It is also used for the production of electricity.
  • Biogas contains about 55% to 60% methane and the rest is carbon dioxide.
  • Biogas is a fuel which is convenient to use and, in addition to this, a very good manure is also produced as a side product of the process.
  • Biogas production process – Production of biogas is an anaerobic process. It takes place in two stages.
    (a) Production of acids – The microbes act on the biodegradable complex organic compound and produce organic acids.
    (b) Methane gas production – The methanogenic bacteria act on the organic acids to produce methane gas.

Chemical reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 19

Answer the following

Question 1.
What happens when substances like milk, sugar, wool, dry leaves, hair and seeds are heated strongly in hard glass test tube?
Answer:
When milk, sugar, wool, dry leaves, hair and seeds are heated strongly in hard glass test tube, they get charred and a black substance is left behind. This black substance is carbon.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Answer the following questions:

Question 1.
Take some milk in an evaporating dish. Heat the evaporating dish on a bunsen burner. What remains behind at the bottom of an evaporating dish on complete evaporation of the milk?
Answer:

  • On complete evaporation of milk, a black residue is left behind.
  • This residue is of carbon.

Question 2.
Take small samples of sugar, wool, dry leaves, hair, seeds, split pulses and plastic in separate test tubes. Heat each test tube and observe the changes taking place in the substances. What does the black substance in each test tube indicate?
Answer:

  • On heating the above samples, they get charred and a black substance is left behind.
  • The black substance is carbon.

Question 3.
Apparatus : Coal, match box, moist litmus paper, etc.

Procedure : Ignite the coal. Hold the moist blue litmus paper over the gas released on igniting the coal. Note the observation.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 20

(a) With which gas in the air does the coal react on igniting?
Answer:
Coal reacts with oxygen gas present in the air, on igniting.

(b) What is the substance formed?
Answer:
The substance formed is carbon dioxide.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

(c) What change takes place in the litmus paper?
Answer:
The moist blue litmus paper turns red.

(d) Write down the chemical reaction taking place in the above procedure.
Answer:
(i) Carbon combines with oxygen to form Carbon dioxide gas.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 21
(ii) This C02 combines with water present on moist blue litmus paper to form Carbonic acid which turns blue litmus to red.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 22

Question 4.
Apparatus : Pencil, electrical wires, battery/ cell, small bulb, water, kerosene, test tube, lead pencils, etc.

Procedure : Remove the lead from a pencil and arrange the apparatus as shown in the above diagram. Note your observations for the following.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 23

(a) What is the colour of lead in the pencil? .
Answer:
The colour of the lead in the pencil is black as it is made from graphite which is an allotrophic form of carbon.

(b) Try to break lead with your hand.
Answer:
The lead breaks easily as it is made up of graphite which is brittle in nature.

(c) Start the electric current in the circuit and observe. What did you find?
Answer:
When we start the electric current in the circuit, the bulb in the circuit glows, indicating that the lead in the pencil is a good conductor of electricity.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

(d) Take some water in a test tube. Take some kerosene in another test tube. Put lead dust in both the test tube. What did you observe?
Answer:
(i) Lead dust does not dissolve in water nor in kerosene.
(ii) It remains insoluble in both the test tubes.

Question 5.
Apparatus : Test tube, straw, lime water, etc.

Procedure: Take freshly prepared lime water in a test tube. Blow air in it for some time through the straw and observe the lime water. Note the observation.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 24

(a) What did you see?
Answer:
When we blow air through the straw in freshly prepared lime water, it turns milky.

(b) What might be the reason behind the change?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 25
Freshly prepared lime water is obtained by dissolving lime (CaO) in water (H2O).

When we blow air through the straw in lime water, carbon dioxide (CO2) present in the air reacts with lime water to form white precipitate (insoluble substance) of Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3) due to which lime water turns milky.
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 26

Question 6.
With the help of a neat labelled diagram explain the laboratory preparation of Carbon dioxide gas.
Answer:
The laboratory preparation of Carbon dioxide gas is as follows:

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon: An Important Element

Apparatus : Retort stand, round bottom flask, thistle funnel, gas delivery tube, gas jars.
Chemicals : Calcium carbonate (Pieces of Shahabad tiles/marble pieces/limestone), dilute hydrochloric acid.

Procedure:

  • Assemble the apparatus as shown in the figure. While assembling, place CaCO3 in the round bottom flask.
  • Add dilute HCl in the flask through thistle funnel. See to it that the end of the funnel dips in the acid.
  • CO2 is formed as a result of the reaction between CaCO3 and HCl. Collect this gas in four to five gas jars. The chemical equation of the above reaction is as follows. CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 13 Carbon An Important Element 27

9th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Observing Space: Telescopes Class 9 Science Chapter 18 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 18

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 9 Science Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 9 Science Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Fill in the blanks with the proper words.

a. The wavelength of visible light is between …………………..….. and …………………..…. .
b. GMRT is used for …………………..….. waves.
c. A certain X-ray telescope is named after scientist …………………..…. .
d. The first scientist to use a telescope for space observations …………………..…. .
e. The biggest optical telescope in India is situated at …………………..…. .

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

2. Form pairs

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) X-rays (a) GMRT
(2) Optical telescope (b) ISRO
(3) Indian radio telescope (c) Hubble
(4) Launching artificial-satellite (d) Chandra

Answer:
(1 – d),
(2 – c),
(3 – a),
(4 – b),

3. What are the difficulties in using ground-based optical telescopes? How are they overcome?
Answer:
Difficulties:

  • The intensity of visible light coming from a heavenly body decreases due to absorption as it passes through the Earth’s atmosphere. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes
  • Due to changes in atmospheric temperature and pressure light rays change their path.
  • Because of sunlight, we cannot use optical telescopes during the day.
  • During the night, city lights and cloudy weather cause difficulties.

Solution:

  • To reduce these problems, optical telescopes are situated on top of mountains, in uninhabited places.
  • To get rid of all the above problems completely, the telescope is placed above the earth’s atmosphere, in space.

4. Which type of telescopes can be made using a concave mirror, convex mirror, plane mirror, and a lens? Draw diagrams of these telescopes.
Answer:

  • A Newtonian telescope can be made using a concave mirror, plane mirror and a lens.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space Telescopes 4
  • A Cassegrain telescope can be made using a convex mirror, concave mirror and a lens.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space Telescopes 5
  • A refracting telescope can be made using two or more lenses.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space Telescopes 6

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

5. Study the figure and answer the following questions:
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space Telescopes 3

a. What type of telescope is shown in the figure?
b. Label the main parts of the telescope.
c. Which type of mirror does the telescope use?
d. What other type of telescope uses a curved mirror?
e. Explain the working of the above telescope.
Answer:
(a) The Newtonian telescope (Reflecting telescope)
(b)
Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes 1
(c) Concave mirror
(d) The Cassegrain telescope
(e) Working.

  • Light rays coming from space are reflected by the concave mirror.
  • Before these reflected rays converge at the focus, they are deflected again by a small plane mirror.
  • As a result, they get focused at a point lying on the perpendicular to the axis of the telescope’s cylinder.
  • They pass through the eyepiece and we get a magnified image of the source.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

6. Answer the following questions.

a. Explain the construction of Galileo’s telescope.
Answer:

  • The Galileo’s telescope is made up of two or more convex lenses.
  • The lens facing the object is called the objective lens which is made as large as possible to collect the maximum amount of light coming from a heavenly object.
  • The lens closer to the eye is called the eyepiece which uses the light collected by the objective lens and produces a large image of the source.
  • Such a telescope is also called a refracting telescope.

b. Explain the construction of a radio telescope.
Answer:

  • The radio telescope is made from one or more dishes of a particular parabolic shape.
  • As in optical telescope, the incident radio waves are reflected by these dishes and converge at the focus.
    Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space Telescopes 2
  • A radio receiver is placed at the focal point.
  • The information gathered by this receiver is passed on to a computer which analyses it and constructs an image of the source.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

c. Why are optical telescopes located in uninhabited places on mountains?
Answer:

  • The visible light coming from a heavenly body has to pass through the earth’s atmosphere to reach the earth’s surface.
  • During this journey, some of the light is absorbed by the atmosphere and the intensity of the light reaching the earth’s surface decreases.
  • A second problem is caused by the changes in atmospheric pressure and temperature.
  • These changes cause turbulence in the atmosphere which in turn cause the light rays to change their path slightly and thereby shake the position of the image.
  • We cannot use optical telescope during the day. because of sunlight also.
  • During the night too, city lights and cloudy weather can cause difficulties in observing the heavenly bodies.
  • Hence, optical telescopes are located in uninhabited places on mountains.

d. Why can an X-ray telescope not be based on the earth?
Answer:

  • X-rays are emitted from distant heavenly bodies.
  • The rays coming towards the earth will be absorbed by the earth’s atmosphere and will go undetected.
  • Hence, X-ray telescopes are placed in an orbit outside the earth’s atmosphere and not on the earth.

Class 9 Science Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes Intext Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is meant by space observation? Why is it important?
Answer:
The observation of distant planets, galaxies and other astronomical objects is called as space observation.

  • Various space based satellites support our telecommunication networks by providing us television broadcasting.
  • Meteorology services such as weather forecasting help in disaster management.
  • Observation of positions of stars and other heavenly bodies has helped in the study of solar system, solar winds, pulsars, supernova, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 2.
What is the difference between sky and space?
Answer:
Sky: It is a layer of gas that surrounds the earth in which sunlight is scattered making it visible from the surface of the earth.
Space: The vast emptiness beyond the sky is called as space.

Class 9 Science Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes Additional Important Questions and Answers

Choose and write the correct options:

Question 1.
The first telescope was invented by
(a) Einstein
(b) Galileo
(c) Newton
(d) Mendel
Answer:
(b) Galileo

Question 2.
Eight is an wave.
(a) electric
(b) magnetic
(c) electromagnetic
(d) mechanical
Answer:
(c) electromagnetic

Question 3.
Visible radiation telescopes are also called as
(a) Gamma Ray telescopes
(b) Optical telescopes
(c) X-ray telescopes
(d) Radio telescopes
Answer:
(b) Optical telescope

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 4.
Reflecting telescopes are mainly of two types : ……………….. and ………………. .
(a) Newtonian and Galileoan
(b) Optical and Cassegrain
(c) Newtonian and Cassegrain
(d) Optical and Refracting
Answer:
(c) Newtonian and cassegrain

Question 5.
Giant Meterwave Radio Telescope (GMRT) has been erected at near Pune.
(a) Asangaon
(b) Talegaon
(c) Narayangaon
(d) Bhategaon
Answer:
(c) Narayangaon

Question 6.
Visible light coming from heavenly bodies have to pass through the to reach the earth surface.
(a) stratosphere
(b) troposphere
(c) atmosphere
(d) biosphere
Answer:
(c) atmosphere

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 7.
To collect the maximum amount of light coming from an object, the objective lens should be made as as possible.
(a) large
(b) small
(c) circular
(d) flat
Answer:
(a) large

Question 8.
The images formed by lenses have errors of colours. This is called
(a) chromatic disruption
(b) chromatic aberration
(c) chromatic reflection
(d) chromatic reaction
Answer:
(b) chromatic aberration

Question 9.
Radio telescope is made up of one or more dishes of shape.
(a) spherical
(b) hyperbolic
(c) parabolic
(d) hexagonal
Answer:
(c) parabolic

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Match the columns:

Question 1.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) X-rays (a) GMRT
(2) Optical telescope (b) ISRO
(3) Indian radio telescope (c) Hubble
(4) Launching artificial satellite (d) Chandra
(5) Radio waves (e) telecommunication
(6) INSAT and GSAT (f) longer than 20cm

Answer:
(1 – d),
(2 – c),
(3 – a),
(4 – b),
(5 – f),
(6- e)

Question 2.

Column ‘A’ Column ‘B’
(1) Micro waves
(2) Infrared waves
(3) Visible light rays
(4) Ultraviolet rays
(5) X-rays
(a) 800 nm – 0.3mm
(b) 360 pm – 400 nm
(c) 3 pm – 300 pm
(d) 400 nm – 800nm
(e) 0.3 mm -20cm

Answer:
(1 – e),
(2 – a),
(3 – d),
(4 – b),
(5 – c)

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Define the following:

Question 1.
Visible radiation
Answer:
Light is an electromagnetic wave. Every wave has a characteristic wavelength. Our eyes can see only that light which has wavelengths between 400 nm to 800 nm. Such light is called visible radiation.

Question 2.
Reflecting Telescope
Answer:
When light falls on the mirror, it gets reflected. Telescopes that use concave mirrors are called reflecting telescope.

Question 3.
Optical telescopes
Answer:
Telescopes which are made from regular lenses and mirrors and used to see visible radiations coming from space are called optical telescopes.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 4.
Refracting Telescopes
Answer:
Light rays change their direction as they enter a lens from the atmosphere and again when they enter the atmosphere after passing through the lens. This is called refraction. The telescopes that use such lenses are called refracting telescopes.

Question 5.
Radio telescopes
Answer:
Many heavenly bodies emit radio waves in addition to visible radiation. A special type of telescope which is used to receive these rays are known as radio telescope.

Answer the following:

Question 1.
How do refracting telescopes work?
Answer:

  • Most refracting telescopes are made with two or more lenses.
  • The two lenses are called objective lens and an eyepiece lens.
  • The objective lens should be large so that maximum light can be collected from the source.
  • Using the light collected, the eyepiece lens which is small in size, produces a large image of the source.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 2.
What are the difficulties in using refracting telescopes?
Answer:

  • We require a large objective lens which is very difficult to make. Also large lenses are heavy and tend to get distorted.
  • As the objective and eyepiece lens are placed on the opposite sides of the telescope, the length of the telescope also increases with increase in the size of the lenses. This makes it difficult to manage a large telescope.
  • The images formed by lenses have errors of colours. This is called chromatic aberration.

Question 3.
How does a radio telescope work?
Answer:

  • A radio telescope is made from one or more dishes of a particular parabolic shape.
  • The incident radio waves are reflected by these dishes and converge at a focus.
  • A radio receiver is placed at focal point.
  • The information gathered by this receiver is then passed onto a computer which analyses and constructs the image of the source.

Question 4.
What are the two types of reflecting telescopes?
Answer:

  • The reflecting telescopes are mainly of two types: Newtonian and Cassegrain.
  • The newtonian telescope uses a plane mirror and a concave mirror.
  • The Cassegrain telescope uses a convex and a concave mirror.

Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes

Question 5.
What is the purpose of launching X-Ray telescope Chandra?
Answer:
Chandra was launched to study X-rays coming from heavenly objects. Special mirrors which . can reflect X-rays were used in this telescope.

Answer the following:

Question 1.
State some of the satellites and their uses.
Answer:

  • The INSAT and GSAT series of satellites support our telecommunication network, television broadcasting and meteorological services.
  • It is because of them that telephone, television and internet services are available everywhere in the country.
  • The EDUSAT satellite is used exclusively for education.
  • The IRS satellite series is used for the monitoring and management of natural resources as well as disaster management. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes
  • Astrosat: It has ultraviolet and X-ray telescopes and detectors. It is a unique system having different kinds of telescopes on a single satellite.

Question 2.
What is the specialty of the artificial satellite Astrosat?
Answer:

  • This satellite was launched by Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO).
  • It has ultraviolet and X-ray telescopes and detectors. Most of the parts used in this satellite are made in India.
  • It is an unique system having different kinds of telescopes on a single satellite. Indian scientists are studying various aspects of the Universe using the data obtained with these telescopes.

Answer in detail:

Question 1.
Explain any two space observation telescope.
Answer:
Hubble Telescope:

  • In 1990, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration launched into space an optical telescope called the Hubble telescope.
  • It has a mirror of diameter 94 inches and is orbiting the earth at a height of 589 km from it.
  • This telescope is still working and has helped to make important discoveries.

Chandra Telescope:

  • In 1999, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration launched an X-ray telescope named Chandra, in space, to study X-rays coming from heavenly objects.
  • Special mirrors which can reflect X-rays were used in this telescope.
  • Chandra has given us very useful information about stars and galaxies.
  • The telescope is named after the famous Indian scientist Subramanian Chandrashekhar.

Question 2.
Write short note : GMRT
Answer:

  • Giant Meterwave Radio Telescope (GMRT) is a large radio telescope erected at Narayangaon near Pune.
  • It uses radio waves having wavelengths of about a metre, coming from heavenly bodies to study those bodies. This telescope is actually a collection of 30 dishes, each having a diameter of 45 m.
  • It is called a giant telescope as the arrangement of the 30 dishes over an area which measures up to 25 km across. It works as a single dish having a diameter of 25 km. Maharashtra Board Class 9 Science Solutions Chapter 18 Observing Space: Telescopes
  • GMRT gives the same data that we would have got from a telescope having a single dish of 25 km diameter.
  • Scientists study the solar system, solar winds, pulsars, supernova, interstellar hydrogen clouds, etc. with the help of the GMRT.

9th Std Science Questions And Answers: